Skip to main content

Full text of "Mysticism : its true nature and value : with a translation of the "Mystical theology" of Dionysius, and of the letters to Caius and Dorotheus (1, 2 and 5)"

See other formats


■' 

>.' 

1 

Hi. 

k 

; 

1 

t 

""^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^l 



V^ 


i "" 


iiijMt«,iim'i.'i''.i  •  I'K' 


V 


/> 


// 


>  *. 


*>' 


■1  ..,;l^ 

'■1. 

,4 

A / 

1 

, . , 

,  > 

LIBRARY  OF 
WELLESLEY  COLLEGE 


FROM  THE  FUND  OF 
EBEN  NORTON  HORSFORD 


MYSTICISM:   ITS  TRUE  NATURE 

AND  VALUE 


6^5 


.'  V.J  .., 


4» 


CONTENTS 


-♦-♦- 


INTRODUCTION 

PAGES 

Different  uses  of  the  word  "  mystical " — Confusion  due 
to  a  congenital  tendency — Primitive  man  seeks 
knowledge  for  a  practical  purpose — Infers  an  im- 
material element  in  nature,  from  his  consciousness 
of  a  similar  element  in  himself — Attempts  to  make 
use  of  spiritual  powers  external  to  himself— Hence 
arises  magic,  a  confusion  of  science,  theology  and 
mysticism — The  education  of  the  human  race,  a 
progress  from  confused  to  distinct  thought — Incon- 
gruity of  rt:j2^rz^rzassumptions  with  scientific  method, 
perceived  by  Bacon — Stages  of  progress  :  lambli- 
chus,  Paracelsus,  Cardan — Christian  Revelation 
— Precipitation  of  effete  ideas,  hence  surviving 
superstitions — The  vaguely  mystical  habit  of  mind 
latent  in  everyone — Appears  in  sudden  emer- 
gencies ;  symbolic,  or  nature  mysticism  and 
spiritualism — Idealistic  Pantheism  as  applied  to 
mysticism — Its  difficulties,  logical  and  moral- 
Progress  always  attended  by  struggles  between 
the  old  and  the  new — Element  of  truth  in  the 
primitive  view  not  to  be  lost  sight  of — The  new 
not  always  true — Christian  mysticism  still  en- 
tangled with  alien  ideas xiii.-xliii. 

V 


vi  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  I 

TWO   IDEAS   OF  MYSTICISM 


PAGES 


Knowledge  is  either  experimental  or  theoretical,  but  is 
limited  by  sense-experience — Natural  knowledge 
of  God,  through  reason  or  revelation,  is  theo- 
retical ;  it  cannot  be  experimental — Experimental 
knowledge  of  God  always  desired — Mystical  the- 
ology— Two  points  of  view,  the  natural  and  the 
supernatural — They  are  not  mutually  opposed,  but 
complementary — Natural  mysticism  is  the  attempt 
eithe?'  to  transcend  the  limitations  of  sense  or  to 
find  transcendental  knowledge  within  them — 
Fundamental  difference  between  these  two  methods 
— Neither  is  more  than  a  mental  attitude — Super- 
natural mysticism  implies  the  transcendence  of 
God,  on  the  one  hand  ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  the 
inability  of  the  natural  powers  alone  to  attain  to 
immediate  knowledge  of  Him — Catholic  idea  of 
mysticism  —  True  mysticism  rightly  said  to  be 
empirical  —  Compared  with  sensation  —  The  in- 
tellectual principles  of  mystical  knowledge  not 
essentially  different  from  those  of  ordinary  know- 
.  ledge — What  is  to  be  understood  by  the  super- 
natural —  The  Via  Remotio7iis  —  Supernatural 
illumination  not  contrary  to  nature — Its  method — 
Natural  theories  to  account  for  supernatural 
mysticism — Reasons  for  rejecting  them — Theo- 
logical and  evidential  value  of  the  subject      .         .         1-49 


CHAPTER  II 

SUPERNATURAL  MYSTICISM 

Origin  of  the  term — Mysticism  in  the  Church— In 
Greek  philosophy — Dionysius — Social  conditions 
which  bring  mysticism  into  prominence — Spurious 
mysticism 50-60 


CONTENTS  vii 

CHAPTER  III 

THE  NATURE  OF   MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE 

PAGES 

Mystical  experience  essentially  supernatural — Three 
modes  of  relation  'of  creatures  to  the  Crealor — 
"  Natural "  contemplation  —  Passivity —  Mystical 
cognition  and  sensation — ^Mystical  and  ordinary 
religious  experience — Mystical  certitude — Mystical 
experience  indescribable — Necessity  of  prepara- 
tion— Gerson — Eckhart,  Tauler — Three  stages — 
St  Teresa— Visions  and  locutions — Self-delusion  .       61-87 

CHAPTER  IV 

THE  OBJECT  OF   MYSTICAL  KNOWLEDGE 

Mystical  "  vision,"  how  to  be  understood — How  the 
soul  can  see  God — The  Beatific  Vision— Doctrine 
of  St  Thomas — St  Paul's  visions— Transiency  of 
mystical  state — Spiritual  marriage — The  lumen 
gloricE — St  Augustine's  classification — Uncertainty 
of  sensible  and  imaginary  impressions  as  com- 
pared with  intellectual  vision  —  All  three  truly 
supernatural 88-104 

CHAPTER  V 

THE   PSYCHOLOGY   OF   MYSTICISM 

The  object  of  mystical  contemplation  perceived  by  a 
natural  process,  and  therefore  capable  of  analysis 
— No  theory  on  the  subject  formulated  by  mystical 
writers — Three  different  views  (i)  existence  of  a 
special  mystical  faculty.  This  theory  is  superfluous, 
(2)  that  all  apparently  mystical  states  are  merely 
automatic,  and  generally  of  pathological  origin. 
This  implies  the  presupposition  that  genuine 
mysticism  is  impossible.  (3)  that  mystical  com- 
munications really  take  place,  but  are  apprehended 
by  the  same  psychical  process  which  transmits 
automatic  suggestion.  This  practically  coincides 
with  the  view  of  ecclesiastical  authority — Difficulty 
of  distinguishing,  how  caused  ....    105-121 


viii  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  \T 

EVIL 


PAGES 


Affinity  of  the  problem  with  mysticism— The  solution 
of  mystics  often  appears  unsatisfactory  to  others — 
Evil  due  to  created  freewill — Independence  of  the 
Divine  Will — Evil  negative — Practical  character 
of  mystical  solution  compared  with  the  philo- 
sophical or  theoretical — Schopenhauer,  Hartmann 
and  "Ethical"  religions — Benefits  of  mysticism  in 
this  respect  not  restricted  to  mystics      .         .         .    122-135 

CHAPTER  VII 

IMMANENCE  AND  TRANSCENDENCE 

Terms  explained — Spinoza,  Hegel  and  Mysticism — 
The  "ground" — Immanence  and  Transcendence 
not  ontologically  distinct 136-145 

CHAPTER  VIII 

PLOTINUS 

Philosophy  and  mysticism  of  Plotinus — Two  possible 

views  of  his  relation  to  Christian  mysticism    .         .  146-158 

CHAPTER  IX 

HERETICAL   MYSTICS 

Distinction  clear  between  true  and  spurious  mysti- 
cism—  "Pragmatic"  test,  twofold  application — 
Mysticism,  theosophy  and  theology — Intrinsic  dis- 
tinction between  mystical  experience  and  deduc- 
tions from  it — Doctrines  not  to  be  guaranteed  by 
mystical  origin — Necessary  features  of  genuine 
mysticism — The  Beghards  —  Boehme  —  Sweden- 
borg — Quietism  —  DistiiKtion  between  doctrines 
and  mystical  experiences  equally  applied  to 
orthodox  mystics— St  Teresa— St  John  of  the 
Cross — Margaret  Mary  Alacoque.         .         .         .     159-176 


^ 


CONTENTS  ix 

CHAPTER  X 

MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION 

PAGES 
Obstacles  to  philosophical  treatment  of  mysticism  in 
its  transcendental  aspect — Experimental  evidence 
of  mysticism  in  support  of  natural  theology — 
The  object  of  mysticism  beyond  the  reach  of 
explanation  per  causas — Mysticism  a  form  of 
religious  experience,  but  not  one  guaranteed  to 
Christians — Its  relation  to  "  institutional"  religion, 
and  to  ordinary  religious  experience  as  continuous 
with  and  interpenetrated  by  it — The  Lnitation 
of  Christ — Mystical  experience  perhaps  occasion- 
ally granted  to  non-mystics 177-192 

CHAPTER  XI 

DIONYSIUS 

History  of  the  Dionysian  writings— Authorship  and 
character  —  Can  they  be  considered  forgeries — 
Modern  theories,  etc 193-206 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE  "mystical  THEOLOGY"  OF  DIONYSIUS   THE  AREOPAGITE 
CHAP.  PAGES 

I. — What  the  Divine  Darkness  is. 
y      II. — How  to  be  united  with,  and  to  give  praise 
to  Him  who  is   the   cause   of  all  things 
and  above  all. 
III. — What   is   affirmed   of  God,   and   what    is 
denied  of  Him. 

IV. — That  He  who  is  the  supreme  cause  of  all 
sensible  things  is  Himself  no  part  of 
those  things. 
V. — That  He  who  is  the  supreme  cause  of  all 
intelligible  things  is  Himself  no  part  of 
those  things       ......    207-223 


X  CONTENTS 

Letter  pages 

I. — To  Caius  the  Monk — The  ignorance  by 
means  of  which  God  is  known  is  above 
sense-knowledge,  not  below  it. 

II. — To  the  Same — In  what  sense  God  is  above 

the  principle  of  divinity. 
V. — To   Dorotheus    the    Deacon — The    divine 

darkness  further  explained        .  .  224-229 

APPENDIX  I 

THE   REALITY   OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE 

The  occurrence  of  "  imageless  thought "  demonstrated 
by  the  most  recent  psychological  experiments — 
Application  of  this  discovery  to  mysticism — Ex- 
planation of  the  relations  between  image  and 
concept — Thought  deals  primarily  with  concepts — 
Hence  all  difficulty  is  removed  from  the  theory 
that  the  soul,  while  still  united  with  the  body, 
can  have  a  direct  intuition  of  an  immaterial 
object — Further,  the  place  and  function  of  sense 
— imagery  in  thought  is  now  seen  to  be  precisely 
those  which  are  assigned  by  mystics  to  visions, 
locutions,  &c.  in  mystical  experience — It  follows 
that  the  reality  of  such  imagery  corresponds  to 
the  reality  of  the  concepts  w-ith  which  it  is  con- 
nected  —  Thus,  also,  the  distinction  between 
natural  and  supernatural  states  which  have 
features  of  mutual  resemblance  is  experimentally 
confirmed  and  elucidated  —  Professor  James's 
view,  that  a  mystical  or  "  cosmic  "  consciousness 
is  aroused  by  natural  stimuli — No  cause  can  be 
found  for  supernatural  states,  but  that  to  which 
the  mystics  themselves  attribute  them — Professor 
James's  instances — The  abnormal  state  in  each 
case  connected  with  a  sense-image — Thus  there  is 
no  specifically  cosmic  form  of  consciousness,  but 
only  an  aptitude,  common  to  mankind,  for  con- 
templating ideas  apart  from  images — Conscious- 


CONTENTS  xi 

PAGES 
ness   is   not   cosmic,   but    conceptual — Argument 

recapitulated — If  the   contemplation  of  religious 

ideas  is  held  to  have  a  natural  tendency  to  bring 

on   mystical   states   of    consciousness,   the   point 

is  really  conceded 230-256 

APPENDIX  II 
Notes 257, 258 


"  Cosi  la  mente  mia  tutta  sospesa 
Mirava  fissa  immobile  ed  attenta, 
E  sempre  di  mirar  faceasi  accesa. 

A  quella  luce  cotal  si  diventa, 

Che  volgersi  da  lei,  per  altro  aspetto, 
E  impossibil  che  mai  si  consenta  ; 

Perocche  '1  ben,  ch'e  del  volere  obbietto 
Tutto  s'accoglie  in  lei  ;  e  fuor  di  quella 
E  difettivo  cio  ch'  e  li  perfetto." 

Dante,  Paradiso^  cxxxiii.. 


INTRODUCTION 

Most  people  have  only  a  very  vague  notion  of 

what  is  to  be  understood  by  mysticism.     The 

word  is  generally  applied  to  anything  beyond 

the  range   of  ordinary  sense-experience,  or  to 

any  occurrence  which  sense-experience  does  not 

immediately    seem    to    explain.      The    way    in 

which  this  common  use  of  the  word  is  connected 

with  its  original   meaning  will   be  pointed  out 

later.      But  it  is  of  some  importance  to  notice 

what  the  things  or  occurrences  are  that  in   the 

popular  language  of  the  present  day  are  called 

mystical.      These   are  very  various,    but   they 

may  be  classified  somewhat  as  follows.     First, 

there    is     magic,     in    all     its    forms,     ancient, 

mediseval   and    modern.       Next    there   comes 

what  is  now  called  spiritualism,  or  the  attempt 

to   communicate  with    immaterial    but  rational 

beings,  who  are  believed  to  have  some  power 

b 


xiv  MYSTICISM 

of  influencing  the  visible  world.  Thirdly,  there 
are  the  various  emotions,  of  a  more  or  less 
obscure  kind,  which  are  excited  in  the  mind  by 
associations  connected  with  natural  objects, 
familiar  sights  and  sounds,  or  strange  and 
sudden  events  ;  these  are  experienced  in 
greater  or  less  degree  by  everyone,  but  their 
origin  and  development  are  not  always  readily 
traceable.  Fourthly,  there  is  a  derivative  sense 
of  the  word  in  which  it  is  applied  to  modes  of 
speech  or  action,  apparently  directed  to  some 
hidden  or  obscure  object,  which  do  not  directly 
indicate,  but  rather  seem  to  suggest  something 
in  itself  impalpable  or  transcendental.^ 

Thus  the  rites  of  savage  religions,  the 
incantations  which  found  a  place  in  the 
prescriptions  of  mediaeval  physicians,  the 
pretensions  of  astrology  and  of  alchemy  and 
of  sorcery  and  witchcraft,  share  the  title  with 
the  feats  of  clairvoyants  and  ''  mediums,"  with 
the  claims  of  faith-healing  and  of  thought- 
reading  ;   and  again  with   the  vague  emotions 

1  See  e.£:,  Disraeli's  Endymioti^  ch.  xxvi.,  "  There  is  a  mystic 
bond  between  us,  originating  perhaps  in  the  circumstance  of 
our  birth  ;  for  we  are  twins,"  and  ch.  xxxv.,  "  She  asked  ques- 
tions in  a  hushed  mystical  voice." 


INTRODUCTION  xv 

aroused  by  a  brilliant  sunset  or  by  mountain 
scenery,  by  music,  or  by  the  memories 
associated  with  a  well-known  place.  So  even 
a  whispered  word,  a  solemn  tone  of  voice,  and 
even  a  conjuring  trick,  is  often,  by  the 
derivative  (though  doubtfully  legitimate)  use  of 
the  word,  described  as  mystical. 

In  quite  another  direction,  again,  mysticism 
has  been  brought  into  connection  with  a  certain 
school  of  metaphysics,  as  a  kind  of  direct 
intuition  by  means  of  which  the  absolute 
reality  underlying  the  phenomenal  world  may 
be  perceived  and  contemplated  ;  and  this 
intuition  is  held  by  some  to  be  the  true 
essence  of  mysticism,  as  the  common  and  only 
reality  belonging  to  all  kinds  of  mystical 
experience. 

Lastly,  the  mysticism  recognised  by  the 
Catholic  Church  as  genuine  is  the  direct 
intellectual  communication  of  God  with  the 
soul.  This  is  due  not  to  any  natural 
endowment  or  effort  of  the  mystic,  but  to  the 
favour  of  God  alone ;  though  this  favour  is 
granted,  ordinarily,  only  to  those  who  have 
prepared    themselves   to    receive   it,    and    who 


xvi  MYSTICISM 

may  therefore  be  said  in  a  certain  sense  to  be 
specially  qualified  for  it. 

It  seems  well  to  indicate,  by  way  of  intro- 
duction, the  real  significance  of  the  confusion  in 
which  the  subject  is  still  commonly  involved  ; 
a  confusion  which  is  due,  unquestionably,  to 
certain  congenital  tendencies  of  the  human 
mind  in  its  perpetual  contact  with  an  environ- 
ment of  which  its  understanding,  though 
always  imperfect,  grows  constantly  deeper  and 
wider. 

It  is  certain  that  all  human  beings  have  a 
natural  desire  or  tendency  to  seek  for  some 
explanation  of  the  various  objects  which 
surround  them,  both  animate  and  inanimate. 
This  desire  arises,  no  doubt,  primarily  from 
man's  dependence  on  his  surroundings,  and  his 
want,  at  least  for  practical  purposes,  of  those 
primitive  instincts  by  means  of  which  other 
animals  are  enabled  to  make  provision  for  their 
needs,  and  to  avoid  the  dangers  that  constantly 
threaten  them.  For  these  purposes  man  has 
to  rely  mainly  on  the  reasoning  power  which- 
distinguishes  him  from  the  lower  animals.  He 
has,    therefore,    from    the    first,  set  himself  to 


INTRODUCTION  xvii 

discover  the  various  uses  to  which  natural 
objects  may  be  put,  and  the  means  that  may- 
enable  him  to  avoid  premature  destruction  by 
hostile  powers.  The  desire  of  knowledge  for 
its  own  sake  is  a  less  potent  and  far  less 
universal  cause  of  enquiry  ;  it  may  probably, 
indeed,  have  no  independent  source,  but  be 
merely  an  aspect  or  outcome  of  the  practical 
need.  However  that  may  be,  the  chronic 
desire  of  the  human  race  for  an  understanding 
of  its  environment,  and  its  increasing  efforts  in 
pursuit  of  such  an  understanding,  are  un- 
questionable. Now  the  method  by  which 
knowledge  is  sought  is  always  the  explanation 
of  the  unknown  by  the  known  :  no  other 
method  is,  indeed,  available.  Therefore  un- 
cultivated and  uncivilised  man  has  necessarily 
to  use  his  very  small  stock  of  knowledge  as  his 
instrument  for  reducing  the  vast  proportions  of 
his  ignorance.  The  first  thing  of  which  all 
men  acquire  a  clear  conception  is  themselves. 
Self  is  the  first  thing  that  stands  out  clear-cut 
against  the  confused  background  of  the  not- 
self  ;  and  the  self  is  almost  immediately  per- 
ceived to  be  something  more  than  the  mere 


xviii  MYSTICISM 

body,  since  it  is  endowed  with  the  powers  of 
thinking,  of  feeling  and  of  willing — powers  in 
which  the  bodily  organism  seems  to  have  no 
direct  share,  but  to  which  it  appears  to  be  in 
some  way  subject.  A  man's  invisible  and 
intangible  thoughts,  desires,  and  intentions  are, 
or  appear  to  be,  the  causes  of  the  movements 
of  his  body  ;  and  when  he  sets  out  to  interpret 
to  himself  the  impressions  he  receives  from 
surrounding  objects  of  all  kinds,  he  naturally 
applies  to  them  the  only  criterion  he  possesses, 
namely,  his  experience  of  himself.  Thus  he  is 
led  to  attribute  the  movements  of  objects  over 
which  he  has  no  control  to  a  cause  like  that 
which  he  has  already  been  led  by  experience  to 
assign  for  the  bodily  movements  which  depend 
on  the  invisible  controlling  power  within 
himself  As,  then,  man  finds  by  experience 
that  the  motive  power  of  his  own  body  is 
supplied  by  the  immaterial  co-efficient  of  his 
nature  which  we  call  soul  or  spirit,  so  by  an 
inevitable  inference  he  attributes  the  movements 
and  actions  of  persons  and  things  other  than 
himself  to  a  similar  invisible  and  intangible 
power  within  or  behind  them.     The  inference 


INTRODUCTION  xix 

is  like  that  which  he  makes  about  other  human 
beings,  and  which  he  knows  they  make  about 
himself;    it  is    very  far  from    an  unreasonable 
one,  and  in  its  main  features  is  perfectly  correct. 
We  need  not,  indeed,  suppose  that  the  precise 
idea  of  an  immaterial  soul  as  it  is  now  conceived, 
or  of  immaterial  as  distinct  from  corporeal  exist- 
ence, is  distinctly  present  to  the  mind  of  primitive 
man.     It  would  seem  that,  in  some  instances  at 
least,  he  has  only  a  general  and  vague  notion  of 
all-pervading    power,    manifested    in    material 
things    by     various     means,     and    in    various 
degrees.^     But   even    so,    the  mere    notion    of 
power  as  something  real,  though  beyond   the 
purview  of  the  senses,  has  in   it  at  least  the 
rudimentary  concept  of  spirit.     The  primitive 
mind  does   not  seek    to   analyse    its   confused 
ideas,  and  does  not,  at  first,  attempt  to  associate 
its  notion  of  the  power  exhibited  in  material 
things  with  any  particular  kind  of  vehicle,  such 
as    the    individual    soul.       Nevertheless,    the 
essential    idea    is   there,    and    we    may   safely 
conclude   that    the   primitive   or    savage   con- 
ception   of  the   universe   is    in   a   wide   sense 

^  See  A.  Lang,  Origins  of  Religion. 


XX  MYSTICISM. 

animistic,  i.e.,  it  attributes  to  all  things  alike, 
in  different  degrees,  the  possession  of  an 
invisible  and  intangible  power,  closely  re- 
sembling that  of  which  human  beings  are 
conscious  in  themselves. 

It  is  then  but  a  short  step  from  the  belief 
in  the  existence  of  spiritual,  or  quasi-spiritual, 
power  to  the  attempt  to  make  use  of  it.  It 
would  seem  in  fact,  as  we  have  remarked,  that 
the  general  animistic  notion  of  the  world  is 
obtained  in  the  course  of  a  quest  for  knowledge 
which  may  be  turned  to  practical  use.  As 
therefore  uncivilised  man  makes  use  of  his 
material  surroundings  to  obtain  food,  warmth 
and  shelter,  so  he  inevitably  endeavours  to 
make  use,  in  their  own  sphere,  of  the  spiritual 
powers  by  which  he  thinks  the  world  is  animated. 
Hence  arises  the  primitive  notion  of  magic,  or 
the  art  and  science  of  dealing  directly  with  the 
hidden  and  spiritual  qualities  of  things,  apart 
from  the  mechanical  methods  by  which  the 
things,  in  their  external  aspects,  are  converted 
to  human  uses.  This  is  the  fundamental  notion 
of  magic  in  all  the  numberless  forms  it  has 
assumed  in  the  history  of  mankind.     It  contains 


INTRODUCTION  xxi 

in  germ  and  In  confusion  all  the  different 
sciences  in  which  the  whole  experience  of  the 
race  has  since  been  formulated.  Magic  is  in 
fact  rudimentary  science,  theology  and  mysticism 
all  in  one. 

The  savage  doctor  drives  out  the  occult 
quality,  or  invisible  spirit  of  disease,  from  his 
patient  by  means  of  charms  and  incantations, 
which  are  not  supposed  to  have  any  direct  or 
mechanical  effect  on  the  disordered  parts. 
They  are  intended  to  drive  out  the  hidden  cause 
or  agent  to  which  the  sickness  is  attributed. 
The  treatment  is,  in  principle,  thoroughly 
scientific  ;  it  declines  to  deal  with  symptoms, 
and  attacks  the  supposed  origin  of  the  trouble. 
The  only  mistake  about  it  is  that  it  is  founded 
on  a  diagnosis  which  goes  rather  too  far ;  but 
the  medicine-man's  procedure  is  quite  reason- 
able in  view  of  his  limited  knowledge.  Or 
again,  primitive  man  at  a  certain  stage  of 
development  believes  that  the  whole  world  is 
worked  by  supernatural  agents,  acting  on 
motives  like  his  own,  and  liable,  like  himself, 
to  be  moved  by  appeals  to  their  fears,  their 
pity  and  their  hopes.     Through   them,  there- 


xxii  MYSTICISM 

fore,  he  supposes  that  he  possesses  unlimited 
powers  of  influencing  the  course  of  nature  to 
his  own  advantage.  Prayers,  promises  or 
threats  may  secure  for  him  sunshine  or  rain, 
abundant  crops  and  success  in  hunting  or 
in  war.^  Hence  the  system  of  taboos,  by  which 
the  anger  of  the  god  is  averted,  and  his  good- 
will secured.  Here  we  have,  jumbled  to- 
gether, the  scientific  principle  which  aims  at 
the  control  of  nature  through  a  knowledge  of 
its  processes ;  the  theological  concept  of  the 
government  of  the  world  by  a  spiritual  being 
or  beings  ;  and  the  rudiments  of  the  mystical 
notion  of  some  kind  of  direct  communication 
with  the  unseen,  the  prime  condition  of  which 
is  already  perceived  to  be  the  removal  of 
obstacles,  even  though  the  nature  of  the  real 
obstacles  to  be  removed  is  far  from  beingf 
rightly  understood. 

The  process  of  scientific,  moral  and  religious 
education  through  which  mankind  has  passed, 
and  is  still  passing,  is  thus  evidently  one  of 
differentiation.  It  seem  improbable,  however, 
that  the  process  is  chronologically  continuous 

^  Frazer,  Golden  Bought  vol.  i.  p.  8. 


INTRODUCTION  xxiii 

for  the  whole  race  ;  degeneration  has  probably 
quite  as  much  to  do  with  the  present  state  of 
savage  races  as  imperfect  development ;  and 
there  is  no  evidence  to  negative  the  supposition 
that  the  animism  of  the  savage  is  ultimately 
due  to  a  primitive  revelation  now  well-nigh 
forgotten.  But  the  educational  process  is 
clearly  traceable  within  specific  limits  of 
place  and  time ;  and  in  its  main  features  it 
consists  in  the  disentanglement  and  conse- 
quent advance  of  departments  of  knowledge 
which  first  appear  in  a  single  confused  mass. 
Development  is  from  confusion  to  distinction 
of  thought.^ 

This  process  of  development  has  been  a 
very  gradual  one  ;  it  is  still  far  from  complete 
in  itself,  and  it  has  by  no  means  uniformly 
affected  the  whole  of  mankind  either  socially 
or  individually.  It  was  long  before  either 
theology  or  science  could  be  fully  emancipated 
from  the  presuppositions  of  magic.  The 
chemist,  the  astronomer,  the  physician  and 
the  mathematician  were  for  many  centuries 
regarded,  and  indeed  regarded  themselves,  as 

^  Marett,  Anthropology^  p.  239. 


xxiv  MYSTICISM 

occultists  or  magicians,  on  one  side,  at  least,  of 
their  researches  ;  though  on  another  side  they 
were  true  experimentalists.  The  two  points  of 
view  were  curiously  intermingled  and  combined 
in  ancient  and  medieval  science  and  philosophy, 
the  a  priori  assumptions  of  earlier  times  being 
brought  in  to  fill  the  gaps  in  the  fragmentary 
and  tentative  scientific  theories  of  the  time. 
The  first  to  be  conscious  of  this  incongruity 
was  Bacon,  who  supposed  that  nature  would 
yield  up  her  secrets  only  to  a  system  of 
unprejudiced  ''interrogation,"  thereby  over- 
stepping the  mark  in  one  direction  almost 
by  as  much  as  his  predecessors  had  in  the 
other.  Mere  interrogation  of  nature  is,  of 
course,  impossible  ;  what  the  Novum  Organon 
left  out  of  account  was  the  necessity  of  some 
kind  of  creative  imagination  for  the  direction  of 
experiment.  But  Bacon  was  the  first  to  state 
clearly  the  distinction  between  the  construction 
of  verifiable  hypotheses  and  the  a  priori 
assumption  of  unverifiable  theories  as  facts — 
a  distinction  which  has  never  since  been  wholly 
lost  sight  of. 

A  clearly  marked  stage  in  the  advance  from 


INTRODUCTION  xxv 

confusion  to  distinction  of  thought  appears  in 
the  theology  of  lamblichus.^  He  held  that 
there  were  two  sorts  of  gods — the  higher,  or 
purely  spiritual,  who  were  the  proper  object  of 
the  spiritual  contemplation  that  only  a  select 
few  are  capable  of;  and  the  lower  gods  and 
demons,  whose  nature  was  something  between 
the  purely  spiritual  and  the  wholly  material — 
removed  on  the  one  hand  by  their  spirituality 
from  the  direct  knowledge  of  mankind,  and  on 
the  other  hand,  separated  from  that  of  the 
higher  gods  by  its  admixture  of  the  nature  of 
earthly  things.  Material  sacrifices  were  due  to 
the  lower  gods,  and  all  men  were  free  to 
propitiate  them  by  this  means  ;  they  were  not, 
like  the  higher  gods,  the  patrons  of  an  exclusive 
class.  Here  we  see  the  primitive  conception  of 
animism  divided,  and  then  somewhat  curiously 
cross-divided. 

With  Paracelsus  again,  and  the  later 
mediaeval  physicists,  the  animistic  assumption 
takes  a  different  and  less  transcendental  form. 
Paracelsus  conceived  all  material  existence  as 
a   hierarchy,    rising    in    successive   degrees    of 

^  Egyptian  Mysteries^  v.  14. 


xxvi  MYSTICISM 

refinement  to  the  immediate  presence  of  God. 
The  highest  degree  is  reached  in  the  "quint- 
essence" of  things,  which  is  a  "moist  fire," 
servine  as  a  kind  of  mask  or  screen  to  the 
divine  presence.  Lower  down  in  the  scale  are 
the  "  essences  "  of  things,  in  which  are  highly 
sublimated  elements  called  ''virtues,"  capable 
of  being  extracted  and  of  entering  into  com- 
bination with  one  another.  Certain  of  them 
possess  a  dominating  power,  in  virtue  of  which 
they  are  **  magisteries "  and  attract  others  of 
the  same  kind  to  themselves,  as  the  virtue  of 
vinegar  attracts  and  dominates  the  virtue  of 
wine.  This  is  the  way  in  which  drugs  were 
supposed  to  act  on  the  human  body,  and 
anticipates  the  homoeopathic  principle  of  in- 
finitesimal doscs.^  Paracelsus's  directions  for 
producing  the  desired  results  contain  an  odd 
mixture  of  chemical  formulae  and  magical 
incantations.  We  may  see  in  this  cosmic 
theory  a  further  advance  towards  distinctness 
of  thought.  Quintessence,  essence  and  virtue 
are  not  either  wholly  or  partially  spiritual  ;  yet 
they  are  not  strictly  material  or  organic  ;  they 

Paracelsus,  Theophrastia  (Archidoxies  vi.). 


INTRODUCTION  xxvii 

are  mere  names,  concealing  a  wide  ignorance  of 
natural  processes  since  discovered,  and  con- 
fusing those  processes  with  the  all  pervading 
energy  of  nature  to  which  they  are  due,  and 
which  is  still  as  far  as  ever  from  being 
understood. 

Another  striking  instance  of  the  confusion, 
as  yet  only  partially  resolved,  of  man's  outlook 
on  the  universe  is  to  be  found  in  the  relation  long 
supposed  to  exist  between  the  "microcosm" 
of  the  human  body,  and  the  "  macrocosm  "  of 
the  solar  system.  The  heavenly  bodies  were 
believed  to  be  in  natural  sympathy  with  the 
human  organism,  and  to  exert  special  influences 
upon  it.  The  sun  acted  on  the  heart,  the 
moon  on  the  ''  animal  humours."  Hence  a 
considerable  part  of  mediaeval  therapeutics 
was  concerned  with  the  movements  of  the 
planets,  with  the  object  of  transmitting  their 
virtue  to  the  patient  at  the  most  favourable 
moment.^  Animism  had  receded  to  a  very 
great  extent  from  the  earth,  but  still  lingered 
among  the  stars. 

The  process  of  distinction  goes  on  with  con- 

^  V.  Cardan,  De  varietate  rerum^  &'c. 


xxviii  MYSTICISM 

stantly  increasing  momentum.  Our  own  days 
have  witnessed  the  birth  of  several  new 
sciences,  each  the  legitimate  offspring  of  a 
parent  science,  and  each,  no  doubt,  to  be  in 
turn  the  mother  of  more.  Mysticism  is  the 
final  step,  in  one  direction,  of  the  differentiating 
process.  As  God,  the  personal  and  tran- 
scendent Creator,  is  the  ultimate  term  of 
metaphysics,  so  the  mystical  or  immediate 
knowledge  of  God  is  the  ultimate  of  that 
relation  of  the  human  soul  to  Him,  as  its 
source,  object  and  end,  which  constitutes 
religion.  This  finality,  however,  implies  more 
than  a  natural  process  of  development.  Side 
by  side  with  the  growth  of  natural  knowledge, 
and  intermingled  with  it,  has  always  stood  a 
divinely  imparted  revelation.  Its  influence  is 
to  be  traced,  not  only  in  the  spiritual  ex- 
periences of  the  descendants  of  Abraham,  and 
in  the  fuller  light  of  the  Catholic  Church,  but 
also  in  sidelights,  off-shoots  and  reactionary 
movements,  often  alien  and  sometimes  directly 
hostile  to  it.  But  when  God  had  once  made 
Himself  known  to  man,  the  way  to  personal 
and    direct    intercourse  was    open  ;  knowledge 


INTRODUCTION  xxix 

could  be  translated  into  experience.  St.  Paul's 
mystical  experience  was  as  complete  and  final 
as  the  faith  that  he  taught. 

It  hardly  needs   to  be  pointed  out  that  all 
mankind  have  not  reached  the  same  stage  in 
their  progress  from  confusion  to  distinction  of 
thought ;  nor  is  the  progress  continuous.     Re- 
actions  and    reversions,    as   well    as    cases   of 
arrested  development,  occur  in  this  as  in  other 
phases  of  human  history.     In  the  advance  of 
human    knowledge    and    experience    from    the 
pre-sclentific   to    the    scientific    stage,   or    from 
confusion  to  distinction  in  the  apprehension  of 
facts,  there  has  occurred,  as  was  to  be  expected, 
a  kind  of  precipitation  of  superfluous  or  effete 
ideas.     These  have  continued  to  exist,  and  to 
exert  an    influence,  more  or  less  recognisable, 
upon  the  minds  alike  of  the  civilised  and  the 
uncivilised,  the  wise  and  the  foolish,  the  learned 
and  the   unlearned.     Human  nature  is  always 
fundamentally    the    same,     and    the    primeval 
tendency    to    envisage  our   surroundings  as    a 
confused    medley    of    material    and     spiritual 
elements,  reasserts  itself  sometimes  in  the  most 

unexpected   places.     A    sudden    shock    to    the 

c 


XXX  MYSTICISM 

feelings  will   often  throw  the    most  cultivated 
persons  back  to  the  savage  state  of  mind  In 
which     the     unexpected     or     the    unexplained 
excites  emotions  of  confused  wonder  or  terror, 
with     an     undercurrent     of     hardly     realised 
suggestion     of    supernatural     agency.      Many 
people    who    have    no    belief    In    ghosts   are 
terribly  afraid  of  them,  and  are  quite  capable, 
under  appropriate  circumstances,  of  imagining 
that  they  see    them.     The  civilised   habits   of 
reflection  and  analysis  generally  prevail,  after 
the    first    moment,    over   the   sudden   emotion. 
But   more   often    than    not,  at   the    Instant    of 
receiving    a    sudden    blow,     or    witnessing    a 
sudden  catastrophe,  or  receiving  important  or 
unexpected  news,  either  painful  or  pleasurable, 
we  get  a   momentary  glimpse  of  ourselves   in 
the  mental  condition  of  primitive  man.     Again, 
the  practice  of  magic  and  witchcraft  Is  still  far 
from  unknown  even  in  the  centres  of  European 
civilisation  ;  and  many  persons  who  feel  them- 
selves superior  to  any  form  of  religious  belief, 
still  associate   o^ood  or  bad  luck   with    certain 
trivial   actions  and  events.     Many  people  still 
feel  uncomfortable  If  they  happen  to  tread  on 


INTRODUCTION  xxxi 

the  joint  of  two  paving  stones,  or  if  they  have 
to  pass  under  a  ladder;  the  ''envy  of  the 
gods  "  is  still  averted  by  ejaculating  ''  unberufen 
und  unbeschrieen,"  or  some  such  phrase ;  and 
belief  in  the  power  of  the  evil  eye  is  as 
seriously  and  almost  as  widely  entertained  now 
as  it  was  in  the  days  of  St.  Thomas  Aquinas. 

In  fact  the  vaguely  mystical  attitude  of 
mind  in  which  primitive  man  views  everything 
around  him  lies  dormant  in  all  of  us,  and  on 
occasion  will  come  uppermost ;  just  as  the 
savage  passions  which  have  been  trained  and 
disciplined  into  the  manners  and  customs  of 
civilised  life  will  on  occasion  break  out  in  all 
their  primitive  crudity.  But  the  undeveloped 
and  untaught  mystical  tendency  is  no  more 
true  mysticism  than  the  primitive  savage 
emotions  are  habits  of  virtue  or  ofood  manners. 
To  this  primitive  source  we  must  trace  the 
common  tendency  to  apply  the  title  of  mystical 
to  almost  anything  that  seems  unusual  or 
difficult  of  explanation.  More  especially,  the 
surviving  confusion  of  the  primitive  mind  is  to 
be  recognised  in  the  emotional  apprehension  of 
objects  of  beauty  or  interest,   as   symbolising 


n/ 


xxxii  MYSTICISM 

something  beyond  themselves  which  is  their 
cause  and  which  gives  them  their  deeper  mean- 
ing. So  to  appreciate  nature,  history  or  art  is  to 
follow  the  mystical  tendency  which  is  inherent 
in  human  nature,  and  without  which  the 
existence  of  actual  mysticism  could  scarcely  be 
conceived  as  possible.  But  the  mystical 
tendency  is  not  mysticism  ;  just  as  the  rudi- 
mentary elements  of  science  contained  in 
primitive  conceptions  of  nature  were  not  yet 
actually  scientific. 

Spiritualism,  even  if  its  claims  to  be  con- 
sidered a  genuine  science  are  admitted,  falls  far 
short  of  the  position  of  true  mysticism.  The 
beings  with  whom  it  deals  (if,  indeed,  they  have 
any  real  existence)  are  not  supposed  to  represent 
the  supreme  controlling  power  of  the  universe, 
nor  is  the  alleo"ed  communication  with  them 
direct ;  it  takes  place,  if  at  all,  through 
"materialisations,"  the  body  of  a  '' medium,"  or 
the  instrumentality  of  domestic  furniture. 
Spiritualism  may  be  considered  as  a  stage, 
possibly  a  retrogressive  one,  in  the  evolution 
of  the  mystical  tendency ;  it  has  certainly 
nothing  in  common  with  true  mysticism. 


INTRODUCTION  xxxiii 

But  the  attempted  connection  of  Christian 
mysticism  with  ideaHstic  pantheism  raises 
special  difficuhies  of  its  own.  On  this  theory, 
which  has  recently  found  some  favour  with  an 
undiscerning  public,  it  appears  to  be  held  that 
there  is  a  transcendental  sphere  into  which 
exceptionally  gifted  minds  have  been  able  to 
penetrate,  but  which  is  not — as,  of  course,  in 
the  pantheistic  view  it  could  not  be — that 
immediate  presence  of  a  personal  God  which 
Christian  mystics  believed  that  they  enjoyed. 
Their  belief  in  the  divine  Trinity  and  the 
Incarnate  Son  was,  it  is  thought,  merely  a  part 
of  the  subjective  medium  through  which  their 
consciousness  of  the  transcendental  reality  had 
to  pass,  and  which  gave  its  own  form  and  colour 
to  their  mystical  experience.  The  *'dry  light  " 
of  the  Absolute  is,  in  this  view,  stained  by  the 
preconceptions  of  the  mind  which  contemplates 
it.  We  may,  therefore,  abstract  all  such  pre- 
conceptions of  whatever  kind — whether  founded 
on  revelation,  philosophic  speculation  or  theo- 
sophic  insight — and  consider  the  residuum  as 
the  one  essential  and  all-pervading  element  of 
mystical  vision. 


xxxiv  MYSTICISM 

This  residuum  is  held  to  be  the  inner  reality 
of  nature,  the  stable  foundation  on  which  the 
kaleidoscopic  changes  of  the  universe  take 
place,  and  in  which  the  changing  elements 
themselves  are  substantially  comprehended. 
The  phenomenal  experience  of  mankind  in 
general  is  fragmentary ;  but  the  mystic  con- 
templates all  things  in  their  totality ;  he 
envisages  the  greatest  common  measure  of  the 
universe  as  a  single  luminous  point,  from  which 
the  various  elements  of  the  cosmos,  ideal  or 
material,  perpetually  radiate,  and  in  which  they 
are  all  at  the  same  time  concentrated.  Thus  it 
is  supposed  that  the  mystic  enters  into  a  kind 
of  impersonal  union  with  the  essence  of  things, 
or  rather  realises  that  union  in  a  sphere  higher 
than  that  of  personality.  It  matters  nothing, 
accordingly,  what  the  subjective  medium  may 
be  through  which  the  transcendental  vision 
passes — that  is  merely  the  soul-language  in 
terms  of  which  the  true  object  is  expressed ; 
and  the  actual  object  of  mystical  contemplation 
is  for  Catholic,  Protestant,  Buddhist  and 
Mohammedan  precisely  one  and  the  same.  So 
stated,  it  is  not  to  be  denied   that   the  theory 


INTRODUCTION  xxxv 

has  a   certain  plausibility.     But  here   are   the 
difficulties. 

First,  we  have,  and  can  have,  no  direct 
evidence  in  the  matter  but  the  accounts  given 
by  the  mystics  themselves  of  their  own  experi- 
ence. But  if  we  are  to  accept  one  part  of  this 
account,  on  what  ground  may  we  reject  another 
part,  when  our  authorities  agree  in  regarding 
both  as  equally  certain.^  If.  for  instance,  we 
may  refuse  credit  to  St.  Teresa's  explicit  state- 
ment that  she  had  a  direct  intuition  of  the  Moly 
Trinity,  have  we  any  right  to  believe  that  she 
had  any  intuition  at  all  ?  We  have  only  her 
bare  word,  in  any  case,  to  go  by.  If  it  is 
replied  that  we  are  justified  in  accepting  the 
statements  in  which  all  so-called  mystics  agree, 
while  we  are  bound  to  reject  those  in  which 
they  mutually  differ ;  we  must  inquire  what, 
after  all,  it  is  that  they  agree  in  ?  What  is  the 
common  ground  in  St.  Paul's  vision  of  the 
seventh  heaven  ;  Schopenhauer's  contempla- 
tion of  the  *'  kernel  "  of  the  universe  ;  Julian 
of  Norwich's  inexplicable  explanation  of  the 
divine  justice,  the  abstraction  of  the  Hesychast 
or     the     Buddhist      monk,     the     trances     of 


xxxvi  MYSTICISM 

Mohammed,  the  ecstasy  of  Plotinus,  and 
all  the  endless  other  varieties  of  abnormal 
religious  or  quasi-religious  experience  ?  The 
most  we  can  say  is  that  they  all  saw,  or  thought 
they  saw,  something.  But  their  accounts  of  it 
are  so  various  as  to  be  mutually  destructive ; 
they  cannot,  logically,  be  supposed  to  have  seen 
the  same  thing.  But  if  they  did  not  all  see  the 
same  thing,  two  conclusions  only  are  possible- — 
either  each  saw  what  he  thought  he  saw,  or  no 
one  saw  anything.  The  two  conclusions  are, 
of  course,  easily  reconcileable  by  supposing  that 
the  vision  in  every  case  was  produced  by  the 
imagination  of  the  visionary,  and  had  no 
external  reality — each  saw  what  he  supposed 
himself  to  see,  but  there  was  nothing  there  but 
himself.  This  is  very  far  from  being  our  own 
conclusion  ;  but  we  submit  that  it  is  the  only 
one  to  which  any  attempt  to  synthesize  the 
endless  variety  of  experience  claimed  by 
visionaries  of  all  kinds  and  times  can  logically 
lead.  What  we  think  can  be  conclusively 
shown  by  a  patient  investigation  of  the  evidence 
is  that  Christian  mystics  have  common 
characteristics  quite   apart  froiu  the  doctrines 


INTRODUCTION  xxxvii 

they  are  bound  to  hold  in  common,  which  are 
pecuh'ar  to  themselves,  and  which  afford  firm 
ground  for  accepting  their  experiences  as 
genuine. 

It  may,  however,  be  contended  that  in  the 
Absolute  the  disharmonies  of  the  phenomenal 
world  are  adjusted  ;  that  it  is  the  fragmentary 
character  of  error  that  makes  it  erroneous,  and 
that  consequently  in  the  Absolute  error  is  seen 
in  relation  to  the  whole,  and  therefore  as  a 
mode  of  truth.  But  if  Christian  doctrines  are 
seen  in  the  Absolute  to  be  in  themselves  errors, 
however  adjustable,  then  certainly  they  are  not 
seen  in  the  light  in  which  Christian  mystics 
professed  to  see  them.  The  Christian  mystics 
were  convinced  that  in  their  peculiar  experiences 
they  had  a  perfect  assurance  of  the  truth  of  the 
doctrines  they  believed,  and  if  we  are  asked  to 
suppose  that  those  experiences  really  presented 
the  doctrines  in  any  other  light,  we  are  merely 
thrown  back  upon  our  question  as  to  what  the 
mystics  really  did  see.  If,  on  the  other  hand, 
the  doctrines  were  perceived  as  simply  true,  then 
the  mystical  vision  was  precisely  what  the 
mystics  declared  it  to  be,  and  there  is  no  room 


xxxviii  MYSTICISM 

in  it  for  the  Absolute.  Otherwise  we  must 
imagine  that  the  Absolute  can  alter  his  aspect 
to  suit  the  preconceptions  of  those  who  contem- 
plate him — in  which  case  he  is  not  the  Absolute 
but  the  Relative,  and  so  passes  out  of  even 
imaginary  existence.  To  those  who,  like  Mr. 
Schiller,^  are  convinced  for  independent  reasons 
that  the  Absolute  has  no  real  existence,  this 
interpretation  of  mysticism  can  only  appear  as 
a  reversion,  on  a  colossal  scale,  to  the  primitive 
confusion  of  mind. 

The  second  difficulty  is  rather  moral 
than  logical.  On  this  Absolutist  theory  it 
is  not  easy  to  see  how  the  mystics'  expendi- 
ture of  time  and  energy  is  to  be  justified 
—much  less  how  they  can  be  entitled,  as  the 
Absolutists  hold  them  to  be,  to  our  respect  and 
admiration. 

The  Christian  mystics  believed  that  they 
contemplated  the  triune  God  who  condescended 
to  enter  into  the  closest  personal  communica- 
tion with  them  ;  and  that  such  contemplation  of 
God  was  the  true  end  of  man's  existence.  In 
these  transcendental  experiences  they  held  that 

*  F.  Schiller,  Humanism. 


INTRODUCTION  xxxix 

they  tasted  in  some  degree  the  joys  reserved  in 
full  for  a  future  beyond  the  grave  ;  and  it  was 
this  belief  that  in  their  view  justified  the 
devotion  of  their  lives  to  the  main  purpose  of 
contemplation,  and  explained  the  exalted  happi- 
ness they  derived  from  it.  But  if  they  were 
mistaken  in  this  belief  it  is  not  so  easy  to  justify 
their  proceedings.  To  anticipate  in  this  life  by 
supernatural  divine  aid  the  occupation  and 
delight  of  the  next  life  can,  from  the  Christian 
point  of  view,  be  nothing  but  right  and 
admirable.  But  it  is  not  held  by  anyone  to  be 
certain  that  the  contemplation  of  the  Absolute 
is  the  one  true  and  sufficient  end  of  man,  either 
in  this  life  or  in  the  next ;  nor  is  the  Absolutist 
at  all  sure  that  there  is  any  personal  future  life 
to  serve  as  the  pattern  or  ideal  for  the  present 
one.  The  theory  we  are  considering,  therefore, 
leaves  it  at  least  open  to  doubt  whether  the 
mystic  acts  rightly  in  neglecting  the  social 
duties  and  interests  of  a  normal  human  being 
for  the  sake  of  pursuing  his  favourite  occupation. 
The  pantheistic  theory  of  mysticism  may  thus 
be  no  less  retrogressive  morally  than  it  is  logi- 
cally, from  the  point  of  view  of  its  supporters 


xl  MYSTICISM 

themselves.  The  natural  contemplation,  or 
emotional  and  symbolical  outlook  on  life  which 
has  already  been  mentioned,  holds  a  position 
quite  distinct  from  this  psychophysical  tran- 
scendentalism. The  former  is  not,  indeed,  true 
mysticism  ;  it  deals  with  the  transcendental  not 
as  actualised,  but  as  Inferred  from  the  pheno- 
menal ;  it  depends  not  on  any  special  enlighten- 
ment by  supernatural  aid,  but  on  the  natural 
powers  of  soul  and  body,  assisted  or  not, 
according  to  circumstances,  by  the  ordinary 
operations  of  grace.  But  so  far  as  it  goes,  it  Is 
a  genuine  thing,  and  the  guiding  principle  of 
much  that  is  gracious  and  noble  In  practical  life. 
But  the  theory  which  would  reduce  all  forms 
of  transcendentalism  to  a  common  denominator 
and  so  deal  with  them  en  bloc,  cannot,  as  we 
have  seen,  stand  upright  by  itself,  and  falls  to 
pieces  by  Its  own  weight. 

It  only  remains  to  point  out  that  progress 
from  a  confused  and  imaofinative  view  of  the 
cosmos  to  an  orderly  and  scientific  one  has 
been  marked,  in  its  various  stages,  by  a  series 
of  struggles  of  a  more  or  less  violent  character. 
The  Ariclan  priest  ''who  slew  the  slayer  and 


INTRODUCTION  xli 

shall  himself  be  slain  "  Is  typical  of  every  suc- 
cessive phase  of  thought  which  has  prevailed 
for  Its  appointed  time  among  civilised  or  un- 
civilised communities.  Prejudice  dies  hard,  and 
has  the  support  of  great  names  and  venerable 
traditions.  Moreover,  there  is  in  the  confused 
outlook  of  the  primitive  mind  an  element  of 
truth  which  endears  it  to  many.  The  world  is 
not  the  exclusive  possession  of  the  scientist,  the 
philosopher  or  even  the  mystic,  but  for  all  alike 
and  together.^  All  science  and  all  philosophy 
must  deal  with  things  not  as  they  really  are, 
but  as  dissociated  from  their  place  in  nature  for 
the  purpose  of  separate  investigation  ;  and  so 
to  abstract  is  necessarily  to  some  extent  to 
falsify.  Neither  force  nor  matter  nor  number 
really  exists  in  the  shape  in  which  it  has  to  be 
dealt  with  by  the  chemist,  the  mechanist  or  the 
mathematician  :  nature  combines,  the  intelli- 
gence of  man  distinguishes  :  neither  point  of 
view  can  afford  to  forget  or  neglect  the  other. 
It  is  no  wonder,  then,  that  the  distinguishing 
process  should  at  first  sight  seem  to  be  a 
ruthless    mutilation    of    the    truth,    that    men's 

^  See  Munsterberg,  Psychology  and  Life, 


xlii  MYSTICISM 

natural  Impulses  should  be  constantly  forcing 
them  back  upon  the  old  and  easy  ways,  or  that 
the  pioneers  of  knowledge  should  be  treated  as 
traitors  and  deceivers.  Moreover,  it  is  by  no 
means  always  that  the  newest  ideas  are  the 
true  ones  ;  error  as  well  as  truth  has  its  martyrs. 
The  Christian  revelation  has  never  ceased  to 
be  clear  in  itself,  nor  has  its  divinely  appointed 
guardian  ever  failed  to  hold  it  before  the  world 
in  all  its  purity  and  authority ;  but  again  and 
again  both  its  friends  and  foes  have  failed  to 
distinguish  between  revelation  itself  and  their 
own  crude  deductions  from  it,  just  as  their 
remote  ancestors  failed  to  distinguish  the  facts 
of  their  surroundings  from  the  Imaginary  causes 
to  which  those  facts  were  referred.  Mysticism, 
as  the  personal  revelation  of  God  to  the 
individual  soul,  and  as  a  special,  and  in  some 
respects  the  highest  manifestation  of  divine 
grace,  has  always  held  a  place  in  the  faith  and 
life  of  the  Church  ;  but  It  has  often  been  con- 
fused with  the  Imaginations  of  non-Christian 
philosophies,  with  fanatical  excitement,  and  with 
mere  superstition. 

Christian  mysticism  has  not  yet  got  wholly 


INTRODUCTION  xliii 

free   from    its  entanglement  with   alien  ideas. 
Perhaps  it  never  will  ;  for  human  progress  is 
subject  to  frequent  reactions,  and  the  primitive 
confusion  seems  perpetually  to  reappear  in  ever 
changing    forms.     Perhaps,    too,   it   is  as   well 
that  the  **  inner  way,"  since  it  never  can  be  an 
easy  one,   should   not  be  quite  obvious.     One 
can    hardly   desire    or   even   imagine  that    the 
pursuit   of    mystical    knowledge    should    ever 
become  widely  popular.      It  came  near  to  being 
so,  for  a  short  time  and  within  a  narrow  circle, 
at  the  court  of  Louis  XIV.,  with  consequences 
that  cannot  be  thought  satisfactory.     But  those 
who    accept    the    Christian    revelation    in    its 
completeness    need    find    no    difficulty    in    re- 
cognising   mysticism    as    at    once    the    highest 
achievement  of  the  human  soul,  and  a  testimony 
to  the  reality  of  the  divine  assistance  on  which 
that  achievement  depends. 


MYSTICISM:  ITS  TRUE  NATURE 

AND  VALUE 

CHAPTER   I 

TWO    IDEAS    OF    MYSTICISM 

Mysticism,  in  the  wide  and  somewhat  loose 
sense  in  which  the  term  is  commonly  used, 
may  be  considered  as  the  final  outcome  of  a 
congenital  desire  for  knowledge  which  appears 
in  all  animate  creatures.  In  children  and 
savages,  as  also  in  the  lower  animals,  it  takes 
the  rudimentary  form  of  sensitive  curiosity  ; 
in  more  fully  developed  rational  natures  it 
becomes  the  desire  to  understand  the  inner 
nature  of  things,  and  finally  extends  itself  to 
that  obscure  region,  dimly  recognised  by  all 
men,  which  lies  beyond  the  sphere  of  things, 
and  of  the  senses  by  which  things  are  per- 
ceived.      But    knowledge    is    of    two   kinds — 


2  MYSTICISM 

abstract   and    concrete,    or    experimental    and 
theoretical.     We  know  for  certain  in  one  way 
that  there  are  coins  in  the  Bank  of  England, 
but  we  know  that  there  are  similar  coins  in 
our   own    pockets    in    quite   another   way :    in 
the  one  we  have  the  direct  evidence  of  our 
senses,   and   in   the   other   the   senses   indeed 
have  their  necessary  part,  but  not  by  way  of 
direct  contact  with  the  object  of  our  know- 
ledge.      It    is    scarcely   necessary   to    remark 
that  these  two   kinds  of  knowledge  go  hand 
in   hand :    the   theoretical    in    the    last    resort 
depends  on  the  experimental ;  and  certain  as 
we  may  be  of  the  correctness  of  our  theoreti- 
cal knowledge,  we  are  seldom  content  without 
putting  it  in  practice,  when  it  is  in  our  power 
to  do  so,  and  thus  proving  it  by  experiment. 
There  is,  however,  a  point  at  which  the  experi- 
mental  test   ceases   to  be   possible,  and   that 
point  is  fixed  by  the  limits  of  our  senses :  we 
cannot   know   anything   experimentally  which 
is  not  sensible,  or  capable  of  being  embodied 
in  sensible  things,  as  a  mechanical  or  chemical 
principle  is  embodied   in  the  substances  with 
which  experiments  are  made.     But  our  senses 


TWO    IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  3 

take  us  only  a  very  short  distance  into  the 
nature  of  things — what  things  are  ''in  them- 
selves " — on  what  principle  they  are  what  they 
are — what  is  the  inward  nature  of  the  perpetual 
changes  they  undergo ;  on  such  questions  as 
these  we  can  theorise  freely,  and  can  no 
doubt  reach  some  conclusions  which  we  are 
able  to  regard  as  absolutely  certain.  But  we 
must  be  content  with  theoretical  certainty  at 
most,  since  experiment  in  these  matters  is  out 
of  our  power.  But  theory  itself — founded  as 
it  necessarily  is  on  experimental  knowledge — 
must  also  have  a  limit,  which  it  reaches  when 
it  has  exhausted  the  implications  of  sense 
experience — when  it  has,  so  to  speak,  used  up 
the  raw  material  of  thought  supplied  by  sensa- 
tion. We  can  make  no  theory  about  a  thing 
we  have  never  seen  or  with  which  we  have 
never  been  brought  into  contact  by  any  of 
the  organs  of  sense.  Such  a  thing  is  merely 
x\  we  must  know  what  x  stands  for,  before 
we  can  say  anything  at  all  about  it.  Our 
imagination  may  make  it  stand  for  anything 
we  please,  but  what  we  make  it  represent 
can  only  be  some  sense   impression  that  we 


4  MYSTICISM 

recall  from  the  past,  or  some  idea  that  we 
have  at  some  time  abstracted  from  our  sense 
knowledge. 

Now  we  obviously  reach  the  limit  of 
theoretical  knowledge  when  we  come  to  the 
end  (which  from  another  point  of  view  is 
the  beginning)  of  everything.  Here  we  are 
indeed  far  beyond  the  bounds  of  sense :  but 
we  can  go  no  farther.  There  may  be  a  great 
deal  beyond  the  end,  or  before  the  beginning, 
of  what  we  understand  by  everything ;  but 
we  can  find  out  nothing  about  it  —  for  we 
have  no  means  of  doing  so.  We  cannot, 
properly  speaking,  even  imagine  anything 
about  it ;  for  imagination  can  only  repeat  for 
us  what  we  already  know  ;  and  that  can  have 
no  place  beyond  the  beginning  of  all  know- 
able  things.  When  we  see  a  stream  of  water, 
we  can  be  quite  certain  that  it  has  a  source, 
and  we  may  be  able  to  perceive  indications  of 
the  source's  nature  and  immediate  surroundings: 
but  the  stream  can  tell  us  nothing  of  what 
lies  beyond  its  source — of  the  geography  of  the 
country,  the  character  of  the  inhabitants,  their 
political  organisation  and  the  like.     All  these 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  5 

are  beyond  the  beginning  of  the  stream  ;  we 
can  find  out  what  they  are  only  by  going  there 
and  seeing  for  ourselves,  or  by  getting  some 
one  who  has  been  there  to  tell  us  about  them. 
Now  the  limit  of  our  theoretical  knowledge 
in  this  world  is  reached  when  we  attain  to 
the  concept  of  a  First  Cause,  or  the  necessary 
being  which  produces,  underlies  and  upholds 
the  contingent  and  changeable  universe ;  and 
that  cause  and  necessary  being,  needless  to 
say,  is  God.  We  have  an  absolute  theoretical 
certainty  of  the  existence  of  God,  depending 
ultimately  on  facts  of  experience ;  and  we 
have,  or  may  have,  many  practical  evidences 
of  His  power,  wisdom  and  goodness.  More- 
over, He  has  by  various  means  told  us  things 
about  Himself  which  we  could  not  otherwise 
have  known.  But  direct  experimental  know- 
ledge of  Him  we  have  and  can  have  none, 
in  the  ordinary  course  of  things.  We  cannot 
see  Him,  or  touch  Him,  or  hear  Him.  Yet 
the  more  certain  men  are  of  His  existence, 
the  more  conscious  they  are  of  His  love  and 
goodness,  and  the  more  deeply  their  minds 
are  penetrated  by  the  idea  of  His  perfection, 


6  MYSTICISM 

the  more  they  inevitably  long  for  some  such 
experimental  knowledge  of  Him  as,  within 
our  earthly  experience,  the  senses  alone  can 
obtain  for  us.  But  this,  from  the  nature  of 
the  case,  is  impossible ;  God  is  no  more  to 
be  directly  apprehended  by  our  senses  than 
an  idea,  a  thought  or  an  emotion. 

Is  there  then  no  third  way  by  which  we  may 
not  only  know  but  feel  the  presence  of  God — 
by  which  all  that  He  is  to  us  may  become  not 
merely  theoretical  certainty,  but  a  fact  of  direct 
experience?  Is  there,  that  is  to  say,  any 
means  by  which,  though  we  cannot  bring  Him 
down  to  the  world  of  sense,  we  may  ourselves, 
in  virtue  of  our  partially  spiritual  nature,  ascend 
to  the  spiritual  world  and  there  behold  Him  ? 

It  is  the  desire  and  the  search  for  such  a 
means  of  approach  to  God  that  has  produced 
Mysticism  or  *'  Mystical  Theology,"  which  in 
its  general  aspect  is  the  experience,  real  or 
supposed,  of  actual  quasi-physical  contact  with 
God — an  experience  undoubtedly  known  in 
reality  by  many,  though  by  many  more  it 
has  beyond  question  been  merely  imagined. 

"  Speculative "    or    Dogmatic    Theology    is 


TWO    IDEAS   OF    MYSTICISM  7 

like  the  theory  of  optics,  which  tells  us  what 
the  eye  is,  and  how  it  sees ;  mystical  theology 
is  the  sight  itself,  with  all  that  it  involves  of 
exercise  and  training.  Speculative  theology 
is  a  science ;  mystical  theology  is  an  art. 

There  are  two  points  of  view  from  which 
this  art  may  be  regarded,  the  natural  and 
the  supernatural.  They  do  not  by  any 
means  necessarily  exclude  one  another ;  each, 
indeed,  in  point  of  fact,  implies  the  other. 
But  neglect  of  the  supernatural  side  of 
mysticism  has  led  to  an  altogether  mistaken 
notion  of  what  mysticism  has  always,  until 
very  recently,  been  held  to  mean ;  and  it 
must  be  admitted  that  forgetfulness  of  the 
natural  side,  consisting  of  the  limitations, 
necessities  and  obligations  of  humanity,  has 
too  often  been  the  cause  of  degenerate  and 
extravagant  superstition,  with  its  many  attend- 
ant evils. 

Viewed  simply  on  its  natural  side,  mysti- 
cism appears  as  an  attempt,  more  or  less 
successful,  to  pass  through  or  overleap  the 
barrier  of  material  things,  and  so  to  enter 
the  presence  from  the  sight  of  which  we  are 


8  MYSTICISM 

ordinarily  excluded  by  our  subjection  to  the 
senses.     There   are   two  ways   in    which    this 
attempt  may  be  and  has  been    made.      One 
is  by  an  endeavour  to  pass  beyond  the  finite 
and  sensible  world  by  the  concentration  upon 
one  point  of  those  mental  or  spiritual  forces 
which    in    every    individual    man    appear    to 
belong    more    to    the    world    of    permanent 
reality  than   to   that   of  transient  appearance 
in  which  our  bodily  life  is  spent.     The  mind 
resolutely  casts   out   all    figures   and  ideas  of 
sensible  things ;  it  empties  itself,  by  a  power- 
ful   effort,   of   all    its    acquired    furniture,    and 
strives  in  its  own  original  nakedness  to  behold 
the  naked  reality  that  exists  behind  the  many- 
coloured  vesture  of  sense.     Plotinus,   Proclus 
and  their  disciples,  travelling  by  this  difficult 
road,   found,   or  seemed   to   find,    the   springs 
of  being  in  the   abstract   and  absolute   unity 
which  lies  behind  the  ever-expanding  variety 
of  the   created  world.     But  whether    in    that 
remote    and   desolate    region    to    which    they 
penetrated   they   found    anything   which    they 
had   not  brought  with  them    from    the   world 
of    light,     colour    and     warmth     which    they 


TWO   IDEAS   OF    MYSTICISM  9 

sought  to  abandon,  may  be  considered  doubt- 
ful. That  they  did  not  is  at  any  rate  the 
view  of  those  whose  object  is  the  same,  but 
who  adopt  a  method  the  reverse  of  theirs. 
That  method,  by  some  considered  the  only 
true  one,  is  to  look  for  mystical  knowledge 
not  beyond,  but  in  the  material,  intellectual 
and  emotional  life  in  which  our  lot  is  cast. 
It  regards  this  world  as  but  a  small  frag- 
ment of  a  much  larger  whole,  and  as  made 
up  of  many  elements,  all  of  which  are  not 
discoverable,  so  at  least  as  to  be  clearly 
distinguished  by  either  our  bodily  or  our 
intellectual  faculties.  But  every  part  of  it 
is,  in  this  view,  connected  with  and  symbolic 
of  something  infinitely  greater  than  itself.  It 
embodies  and  illustrates  the  operation  of  vast 
cosmic  laws ;  it  gives  evidence  of  a  divine 
benevolence  which  reaches  further  than  our 
utmost  vision  can  follow ;  it  is  lit  by  a  ray 
from  the  sun  of  perfect  beauty  that  lies 
below  the  horizon  of  earthly  existence.  Thus 
"a  man's  reach  must  exceed  his  grasp"  as 
he  goes  through  life ;  his  mind  constructs 
from  the  ''broken  arc"  of  natural  experience 


lo  MYSTICISM 

the  **  perfect  round "  of  heavenly  beatitude  ; 
in  the  discords  of  earth  his  ear  catches 
echoes  of  celestial  harmonies,  and  the  darkest 
places  of  this  world  are  invested  with  ''clouds 
of  glory"  for  those  who  thus  *'see  into  the 
life  of  things." 

Thus  mysticism  has  been  called  **the 
attempt  to  realise  the  presence  of  the  living 
God  in  the  soul  and  in  nature,  or,  more 
generally,  the  attempt  to  realise  in  thought 
and  feeling  the  immanence  of  the  temporal 
in  the  eternal,  and  of  the  eternal  in  the 
temporal."^ 

No  one  can  dispute  the  universal  right  of 
defining  terms  according  to  taste  and  fancy ; 
and  those  who  define  or  describe  mysticism 
in  this  way  have  a  perfect  right  to  do  so. 
But  if  this  is  mysticism,  then  surely  we 
ought  to  have  another  name  for  the  other 
method  —  the  ''tremendous  journey  towards 
the  mysterious  Isles  of  Fire,  the  Icelands  of 
abstraction  and  of  love  "  undertaken  by  Philo, 
Plotinus  or  Proclus.^ 

^  W.  R.   Inge,  "Christian    Mysticism,"  Bampion  Lectures^ 
Lect.  I. 
^  M.2it\.tx]\nQ\i,  Ruysbroeck  and  the  Mystics.     Introd. 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  ii 

There  would  seem  to  be  little  in  common 
between  the  suggestive  and  symbolic  aspect 
of  things  in  which  the  world  appears  as  the 
true  manifestation  of  God,  and  that  in  which 
the  same  world  is  felt  to  be  the  one  great 
obstacle  which  conceals  the  eternal  reality 
from  the  sight. 

But  whichever  method  may  be  considered 
the  right  one,  mysticism,  considered  as  a 
purely  natural  phenomenon  [z.e.y  as  consisting 
in  a  peculiar  exercise  of  the  natural  powers), 
is  necessarily  limited  to  the  interaction  of 
human  reason  and  emotion  and  those  natural 
objects  with  which  reason  and  emotion  are 
concerned ;  and  in  which  suggestions  of 
something  supernatural  may  be  more  or  less 
clearly  perceived.  Mysticism  so  understood  is 
merely  a  certain  attitude  of  the  mind  towards 
its  surroundings ;  and  what  it  perceives  is 
proved,  it  is  thought,  to  be  thereby  really 
there.  Its  outlook  may  be  partial,  and  its 
ideas  consequently  one-sided,  and  the  expres- 
sion of  them  may  need  correction.  But  it  is 
all  true,  whether  as  fact  or  as  symbol — which 
may,    though    itself    literally    untrue,    yet    be 


12  MYSTICISM 

more  true  than  the  literal  truth.  ''The  true 
is,  for  us,  the  good."^  All  that  can  be  dis- 
cerned in  the  nature  which  half  conceals  and 
half  reveals  the  Deity,  so  far  as  it  is  beautiful, 
attractive  and  ennobling,  is  in  some  sense 
true,  and  in  some  degree  a  vision  of  God. 
Such  visions,  therefore,  as  seen  by  different 
minds  and  by  whatever  method,  need  only 
to  be  compared,  correlated  and  mutually 
adjusted,  in  order  to  form  all  that  from  this 
point  of  view  can  be  rightly  called  a  body 
of  Mystical  Theology. 

The  second  view  which  may  be  taken  of 
the  subject  as  a  whole  is  that  of  Dionysius, 
and  of  the  long  succession  of  mystics  who 
have  consciously  or  unconsciously  adopted 
the  principles  laid  down  in  his  Mystical 
Theology.  Its  basis  is  a  profound  con- 
viction of  the  uniqueness  and  incommuni- 
cability  of  the  Divine  nature.  However 
exalted  creatures  may  be  in  nature,  and 
however  perfect  in  relation  to  their  place 
and  function,  there  is  a  chasm  between  them 
and    their   Divine    Creator   which    cannot   be 

^  Inge,  op,  cit.^  Lect.  VII. 


TWO    IDEAS   OF    MYSTICISM  13 

closed  or  bridged  even  in  thought.  How- 
ever sharply  any  one  form  of  existence  may 
be  distinguished  from  all  others,  this  dis- 
tinction cannot  even  approach  the  funda- 
mental character  of  the  distinction  between 
all  creatures  on  the  one  side  and  their 
Creator  on  the  other.  There  cannot  even, 
properly  speaking,  be  so  near  a  rapproche- 
ment of  the  two  as  to  make  a  real  distinction 
possible — God  can  be  related,  in  His  essence, 
to  creatures  only  by  a  fiction  of  the  mind  : 
they  are  to  His  absolute  independence  and 
self-sufficiency  as  nothing.  But  on  the  other 
hand,  God  is  not  separated  from  Creation  by 
time  or  space — by  which  His  being  is,  indeed, 
not  affected  in  any  way. 

All  creatures  are  in  a  state  of  immediate  de- 
pendence upon  Him,  and  it  is  only  in  virtue  of 
this  dependence  that  they  exist.  In  a  certain 
sense,  therefore,  God  is  immediately  present 
among  and  in  creatures  :  they  are  the  continual 
offspring  of  His  power  and  wisdom  ;  and  where 
these  are  at  work,  there  God  in  His  uncreated 
essence  must  also  be.  Consequently,  God  is 
in  a  true  sense  immanent  in  creation ;    He  is 


14  MYSTICISM 

not  indeed  mixed  with  it,  and  it  is  and  must 
be  the  one  thing  that  in  His  uncreated  being 
He  cannot  resemble  ;  yet  all  creation  has  the 
distant  likeness  to  Him  which  mere  being 
imparts ;  and  in  all  its  parts  reflects,  however 
dimly.  His  wisdom  and  beauty.  Therefore 
that  God  is  may  be  clearly  known  from  the 
'*  visible  things*'  of  creation.  But  what  God  is 
in  Himself,  no  man  can  know,  unless  God  Him- 
self reveals  it  to  him.  To  see  the  reflection 
of  Divine  beauty  is  one  thing  :  to  see  God 
is  another.  For  all  man's  natural  knowledge 
comes  from  creatures,  and  by  way  of  sensa- 
tion :  and  God  is  the  one  being  that  is  not 
a  creature,  and  of  whom  sensation  can  directly 
tell  us  nothing. 

This  being  so,  the  only  direct,  immediate  or 
experimental  knowledge  of  God  that  man  can 
attain  to  must  be  supernaturally  bestowed  upon 
him.  Naturally,  man  is  enclosed  within  the 
iron  walls  of  sense  and  sensible  things,  through 
which  no  sound  or  ray  of  light  can  penetrate ; 
their  solid  metal  vibrates,  so  to  speak,  and  the 
warmth  from  without  is  felt  in  the  air  they 
enclose.       But    all    is    silence    and    darkness, 


TWO   IDEAS  OF   MYSTICISM  15 

unless  the  solid  barrier  is  removed  by  some 
power  greater  than  man's.  To  supernatural 
mysticism  it  seems  that  such  power  is  from 
time  to  time  exerted  for  man's  benefit ;  the 
walls  of  his  prison  are  parted,  for  a  moment 
at  least,  and  he  sees  something  of  what  lies 
outside.  And  if  any  true  vision  of  God  has 
ever  been  obtained  by  those  who  have  sought 
it  through  the  exertion  of  their  natural  powers 
—  whether  negatively,  as  the  Neoplatonist 
ascetics,  or  positively,  as  the  nature  mystics 
and  symbolists — it  has  come  directly,  not  from 
the  exertion  of  those  powers,  but  from  His 
spontaneous  bounty  alone. 

Such  is  the  theory  of  mysticism  which 
obtains  in  the  Catholic  Church.  It  does  not 
dispute  the  genuineness  or  the  attractiveness 
of  the  symbolical  view  of  life,  nor  does  it  deny 
the  necessity  of  personal  effort  as  a  condition 
(though  not  the  cause)  of  the  supernatural 
vision ;  but  it  holds  that  merely  natural  con- 
templation is  based  on  association  and  feeling, 
and  is  incapable  of  leading  the  soul  beyond 
the  confines  of  the  material  world.  Natural 
symbolism   will  make  known  much  of  God's 


i6  MYSTICISM 

action  and  of  His  nature  ;  but  it  cannot  bring 
man  face  to  face  with  Him.  The  supernatural 
conception  of  mysticism,  moreover,  admits  fully 
the  existence  of  a  constant  need  and  desire  in 
mankind  for  God,  even  far  beyond  the  Christian 
pale ;  it  is  also  ready  to  admit,  where  sufficient 
evidence  can  be  shown,  that  this  desire  has 
in  any  given  case  received  some  degree  of 
satisfaction  in  the  only  way  in  which  such 
satisfaction  is  possible.  God's  condescension 
is  not  to  be  confined  within  any  narrower 
limits  than  those  He  has  Himself  imposed ; 
and  there  is  nothing  contrary  to  possibility  in 
the  Alexandrian  opinion  that  such  a  mystical 
knowledge  of  God  had  been  attained  by  some 
Neoplatonists  as  many  Christians  had  failed  to 
reach.  The  one  point  insisted  on  is  that  such 
knowledge  is  and  must  be  essentially  super- 
natural ;  that  is,  that  it  cannot  be  obtained  by 
means  of  any  created  thing,  or  by  any  effort 
of  the  human  powers,  since  the  thing  known 
is  itself,  in  Dionysius'  words,  eVemi/a  Trdvroov — 
beyond  all  that  man  can  of  himself  see  or  know. 
The  first  thing  that  strikes  one  about  these 
two  general  views  of  the  subject  would  seem 


TWO   IDEAS   OF    MYSTICISM  17 

to  be  their  quite  obvious  incompatibility. 
More  than  one  praiseworthy  attempt  has  been 
made  to  treat  them  together,  as  two  varieties 
of  the  same  thing.  But  the  only  way  in  which 
this  can  possibly  be  done  is  by  taking  one 
as  the  genuine  theory  of  Mysticism,  and  the 
other  as  spurious. 

Mysticism  might  conceivably  be  either  natural 
or  supernatural ;  it  cannot  possibly  be  both. 
If  God  can  be  seen  or  known  in  and  by 
nature,  then  the  supernatural  contemplation  of 
Him  as  essentially  apart  from  and  above  all 
creatures  can  only  be  a  delusion.  For  the 
two  methods  are  directly  opposed  to  one 
another ;  and  two  opposite  processes  cannot 
possibly  have  an  identical  result.  If,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  Dionysian  method  of  abstrac- 
tion can,  by  the  aid  of  Divine  Grace,  enable 
man  to  transcend  created  nature  and  to  behold 
the  absolute  uncreated  existence,  then  the 
method  which  looks  for  an  intuition  of  God 
in  nature  may  indeed  have  a  high  value  as 
poetry  or  romance,  or  as  a  way  of  appreciating 
the  evidence  for  God's  existence ;  but  it 
cannot,  in  that  case,  be  mysticism.     However 


B 


i8  MYSTICISM 

Strongly  based  on  experience,  or  however 
deeply  emotional  in  its  mental  reactions,  it 
is  in  the  last  analysis  merely  a  process  of 
inference ;  and  any  appearance  it  may  give 
rise  to  of  intuitive  knowledge  must  be  capable 
of  analysis  into  the  component  parts  of  an  in- 
ductive syllogism.  **The  mystic,"  it  has  been 
said,  *4s  the  only  thorough-going  empiricist;"^ 
and  indeed,  in  regard  to  his  transcendental 
intuitions  he  can  be  nothing  else.  In  the 
vision  claimed  by  supernatural  mysticism  — 
and  there  alone — the  ''that"  and  the  ''what" 
are  identical ;  essence  and  existence  are  one 
in  God,  and  experimental  knowledge  of  His 
existence  must  necessarily  preclude  all  dis- 
cursive reasoning  as  to  His  essence.  Hence 
both  the  certitude  of  mystics  as  to  the  reality 
of  their  knowledge,  and  their  total  incapacity 
to  explain  it.  Thorough  empiricism  is  really 
possible  only  at  the  two  ends  of  the  scale 
of  human  experience — in  mystical  contempla- 
tion and  in  sensation.  In  sensation,  as  in 
mysticism,  empiricism  is  the  only  possible 
attitude ;    sensations    in    themselves,    and    as 

^  Royce,  The  World  and  the  Individual^  vol.  i.  ch.  i. 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  19 

they  appear  grouped  in  consciousness,  are 
complete  and  immediate ;  they  cannot  be 
explained,  idealised  or  analysed.  But  the 
moment  sensations  become  the  subject  of 
thought,  pure  empiricism  is  no  longer  possible; 
sense-experience  must  depend  for  its  continuity 
upon  some  kind  of  ideal  constructions ;  and 
the  poetry  and  romance  of  life  and  nature, 
and  even  the  *'Ascensio  mentis  in  Deum  per 
scalam  rerum  creatarum,"  are  no  more  than 
modes  of  the  mind's  perpetual  wrestling  with 
its  environment.  It  is  only  when  **the  wheel 
has  come  full  circle  "  in  the  intuition  of  mysti- 
cism that  the  unquestionable  immediacy,  finality 
and  certainty  of  sensation  are  brought  back  in 
the  higher  sphere  of  the  intelligence. 

Such,  at  least,  is  the  contention  on  behalf 
of  supernatural  mysticism ;  and  the  only  real 
alternative  to  it  is  complete  surrender  of  all 
that  mysticism  has  been  held  to  connote. 
For  a  confused  consciousness  of  the  divine  or 
the  supernatural,  as  symbolised  or  suggested 
by  certain  fragmentary  aspects  of  nature,  or 
art,  or  social  existence,  is  at  bottom  a  per- 
fectly different  thing  from  the  direct  vision  of 


20  MYSTICISM 

and  intercourse  with  a  divine  person.  **  I  talk 
not  with  thy  dreams,"  supernatural  mysticism 
replies  to  the  imaginative  outpourings  of  the 
nature  mystic,  the  philanthropist  or  the  lover.^ 
Beautiful  or  pathetic  or  true  as  those  dreams 
may  be,  they  have  no  other  origin  than  that 
of  dreams  which  are  none  of  those  things ; 
and  if  supernatural  mysticism  is  only  another 
kind  of  dream  —  if  its  origin  can  be  traced 
to  the  same  turbid  stream  of  mingled  experi- 
ence and  thought — well  then,  there  is  no  such 
thing  as  true  mysticism  ;  we  must  revert  to 
the  opinion  of  those  to  whom  mysticism  was 

^  St  John  of  the  Cross  brings  the  two  methods  into  sharp 
contrast.  "While  created  things  furnish  to  the  soul  traces 
of  the  Beloved,  and  exhibit  the  impress  of  His  beauty  and 
magnificence,  the  love  of  the  soul  increases,  and  consequently 
the  pain  of  His  absence  ;  for  the  greater  the  soul's  knowledge  of 
God,  the  greater  is  the  desire  to  see  Him,  and  its  pain  when  it 
cannot ;  and  while  there  is  no  remedy  for  this  pain  except  in 
the  presence  of  the  Beloved,  the  soul,  distrustful  of  every 
other  remedy,  prays  for  the  fruition  of  His  presence."  It  says, 
in  effect :  "  Entertain  me  no  more  with  any  knowledge  of  Thee  or 
with  Thy  communications  or  impressions  of  Thy  grandeur,  for 
these  do  but  increase  my  longing  and  the  pain  of  Thy  absence  ; 
for  Thy  presence  alone  can  satisfy  my  will  and  desire.''  The 
will  cannot  be  satisfied  with  anything  less  than  the  vision  of 
God,  and  therefore  the  soul  prays  that  He  may  be  pleased  to 
give  Himself  to  it  perfectly  in  truth,  in  the  consolation  of  love." 
— Spiritual  Canticle^  Explanation  of  Stanza  VI. 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  21 

only  a  name  for  an  ignoble  kind  of  self-delu- 
sion, and  relegate  both  name  and  thing  to 
the  secular  lumber  -  room  which  has  already 
received  such  outworn  mental  furniture  as 
astrology,  alchemy  and  necromancy.  Roman- 
ticism will  doubtless  always  hold  a  certain 
place  in  human  thought  and  feeling ;  for 
whatever  new  aspects  nature  and  life  may 
have  in  store,  there  can  hardly  fail  at  any 
time  to  be  numbers  of  men  and  women 
whose  sensibility  is  more  readily  awakened 
by  the  contact  of  their  surroundings  than  by 
interior  reflection.  But  mysticism  is,  as  we 
have  seen,  either  supernatural  or  nothing. 
Our  enquiry  must  therefore  be  directed  to 
the  conditions  which  supernatural  mysticism 
claims  for  itself,  with  the  view  of  deter- 
mining whether  or  not  its  pretensions  have  a 
sufficient  basis  in  observable  facts  to  entitle 
to  credence  those  transcendental  experiences 
for  which  we  can  have  no  evidence  beyond 
the  bare  word  of  the  mystic  himself  We 
shall  have  therefore  to  consider  whether  and 
how  far  the  Dionysian  principles  are  identi- 
cal with   those   which  are  discernible   in   the 


22  MYSTICISM 

ordinary  course  of  nature ;  whether  mystical 
states,  as  described  by  those  who  have  ex- 
perienced them,  are  compatible  with  the 
nature  and  normal  action  of  the  human 
faculties ;  and  whether  those  states  —  if  we 
find  them  to  rest  on  a  solid  theory,  and  to 
be  in  harmony  with  the  verified  results  of 
psychological  investigation — may  or  may  not 
be  adequately  accounted  for  by  merely  natural 
agency. 

As  to  these  three  questions,  which  will  be 
discussed  in  some  detail  further  on,  it  will 
be  sufficient  to  note  here  first,  that  ordinary 
cognition  and  reflection  require  as  their 
starting  -  point  some  contact  with  external 
matter  (what  such  contact,  externality  and 
matter  may  be  in  themselves  we  need  not, 
for  our  present  purpose,  enquire)  by  means 
of  which  the  mind  may  form  ideas,  to  be 
subsequently  dealt  with  by  way  of  reflection. 
Consequently,  ideas  or  thoughts  which  are 
not  related  in  this  manner  and  degree  to 
external  material  things  are  simply  incon- 
ceivable in  the  natural  order :  and  if  it  is 
granted  that  the  mind  may  by  any  means  so 


TWO   IDEAS   OF  MYSTICISM  ^3 

abstract  itself  from  the  external  world  that 
it  has  no  image  of  any  external  thing  before 
it,  either  directly  as  a  ''phantasm,"  or  in- 
directly as  an  abstract  idea  formed  on  a  basis 
of  sense-experience,  then,  naturally  speaking, 
it  has  nothing  before  it  but  an  absolute  blank. 
But  this  is  precisely  the  condition  in  which 
the  mind  is  conceived  by  supernatural  mystics 
to  be  during  the  time  —  generally  a  very 
brief  one — of  contemplation.  So  far  as  the 
natural  world  and  all  images  derived  from  it 
are  concerned,  there  is  nothing  but  a  blank. 
But  the  void  is  filled  by  the  divine  presence, 
and  by  supernatural  agency.  We  are  not, 
however,  led  to  suppose  by  anything  mystical 
writers  tell  us  that  the  state  of  mere  negative 
abstraction  ever  actually  exists.^  One  may 
well  doubt  whether  it  is  possible  that  it  should  ; 

^  Cf.  Schopenhauer.  "  If  something  is  none  of  all  the  things 
we  know,  it  is  certainly  for  us,  speaking  generally,  nothing. 
But  it  does  not  follow  from  this  that  it  is  absolutely  nothing, 
that  from  every  possible  point  of  view  and  in  every  possible 
sense  it  must  be  nothing,  but  only  that  we  are  limited  to  a 
completely  negative  knowledge  of  it,  which  may  very  well  lie 
in  the  limitations  of  our  point  of  view.  Now  it  is  just  here  that 
mysticism  proceeds  positively,  and  therefore  it  is  just  from  this 
point  that  nothing  but  mysticism  remains." — World  as  Will 
and  Idea^  iv.  48. 


24  MYSTICISM 

and  certainly  the  mystic  does  not  suppose 
himself  to  create  a  mental  blank,  which,  after 
being  so  created,  is  supernaturally  filled.  On 
the  contrary,  the  fundamental  notion  of  the 
mystical  state  is  '*  Rapture  " — the  mind  does 
not  extricate  itself,  but  is  taken  out  of  its 
normal  relations  with  the  external  world  by 
that  very  presence  and  influence  which  supplies 
their  place.  The  mystical  knowledge  of  God 
is,  in  regard  to  all  natural  knowledge  and 
light,  merely  **  Ignorance"  and  ''Darkness"; 
and  this  is  the  only  condition  under  which 
such  knowledge  could  conceivably  be  imparted. 
The  soul,  as  it  were,  looks  over  the  extreme 
edge  of  the  phenomenal  world,  and  has  no 
use  whatever  for  anything  belonging  to  that 
world  :  if  it  had  any,  it  could  not  really  be 
at  the  edge,  but  would  be  the  subject  of  a 
delusion.  Mystical  knowledge,  therefore,  in 
no  way  contradicts  the  principles  which  appear 
necessarily  to  govern  the  ordinary  cognition 
of  human  beings ;  it  does  not  even  imply 
emancipation  from  them,  it  merely  transfers 
them  to  another  sphere. 

But  a  word  must  be  said  as  to  the  nature 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  25 

of  this  sphere.  It  is,  of  course,  what  is 
commonly  called  the  supernatural :  and  the 
supernatural  sphere  is  conceived  unquestion- 
ably by  the  mystic  as  distinct  from  and  ex- 
cluding the  natural.  The  supernatural  begins 
where  the  natural  ends.  If  this  is  denied, 
then  of  course  there  is  an  end  of  super- 
natural mysticism  as  a  genuine  thing  —  and, 
by  consequence,  as  we  have  seen,  of  any- 
thing whatever  that  can  be  clearly  connoted 
by  the  term.  Mr.  Inge,  indeed,  in  his  other- 
wise admirable  Bampton  Lectures,  strongly 
opposes  this  theory  ;  on  what  grounds  it  is 
not  easy  to  see.  He,  with  other  modern 
upholders  of  mysticism,  in  the  sense  in  which 
it  is  understood  by  them,  regards  the  pheno- 
menal world  interpreted  by  reason  as  a  true 
manifestation  of  the  divine  ideas  and  nature ; 
it  is  the  imperfection  of  human  reason,  caused 
by  sin  and  ignorance,  that  prevents  men  in 
general  from  ''seeing  the  world  as  God  sees 
it" — as,  in  fact,  it  really  exists  in  the  mind  of 
God — and  as  being  spiritual  in  its  nature,  by 
reason  of  its  creation  by  His  thought  and  will. 
We   may   pass  over  the  latent  Spinozism  of 


26  MYSTICISM 

these  and  similar  phrases,  which,  taken  Hterally, 
would  seem  to  identify  spirit  and  matter,  the 
created  universe  and  God.  The  point  where 
this  theory  manifestly  falls  short  of  true 
mysticism  is  that  it  takes  something  created, 
no  matter  what,  for  its  final  object.  Super- 
natural mysticism,  as  we  have  said  already, 
has  no  objection  to  offer  to  the  notion  that 
something  of  the  nature  and  will  of  God  can 
be  discerned  in  all  created  things,  that  He 
is  truly  reflected  in  them,  and  that  this 
reflection  can  be  distinguished  with  increasing 
clearness  as  we  draw  near  to  the  perfect 
human  state.^  All  this  is  as  true  from  the 
point  of  view  of  supernatural  myticism  as 
from  that  of  its  rival. 

But  ** realisation  in  thought  and  feeling"  is 
not  experimental  knowledge  of  God :  thought 
and  feeling  may  perceive  quod  est  —  that 
He  exists,  in  the  plenitude  of  the  divine 
attributes  ;  but  they  cannot  see  qnid  est — 
what  He  is  in  His  own  absolute  being.  At 
most,  natural  mysticism  is  a  true  vision  of 
creation  :    what  supernatural  mysticism  claims 

^  Cf.  Sumnia^  i.  2.  i.  i.  and  2.  c.  :  also  i.  12.  6.  c. 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  27 

to  be  is  the  vision  of  the  Creator.  The  two 
views,  so  far  from  being  mutually  exclusive, 
are  mutually  complementary  :  the  error  lies 
in  denial  of  the  possibility  of  the  supernatural 
knowledge,  not  in  assertion  of  the  natural. 
Moreover,  there  is  really  no  difference  of 
principle  or  method  between  the  two ;  the 
difference  is  in  the  object  at  which  each,  in 
point  of  fact,  aims.  For  there  is,  after  all, 
only  one  way  in  which  the  being  of  God 
can  be  inferred  from  visible  things ;  and  that 
is  the  Via  Remotionis  —  the  negative  road 
which  ''nature  mystics"  depreciate  as  at  most 
insufficient  for  its  assumed  purpose.  What- 
ever is  known  by  the  senses  can,  indeed,  or 
perhaps  even  must  suggest  a  train  of  reason- 
ing, conscious  or  subconscious,  which  ends  in 
the  concept  of  a  spiritual  and  personal  reality 
underlying  the  manifestations  of  nature.  But 
this  can  only  be  attained  by  abstracting  from 
the  impressions  which  furnish  the  suggestion  ; 
the  concept  itself  is  formed  by  the  reason, 
though  it  is  more  or  less  confused,  and  reaches 
up  to  a  sphere  which  neither  reason  nor  sense 
can  enter.     But  it  is  not  intuitive  or  empirical ; 


28  MYSTICISM 

it  is  an  idea  evolved  or  constructed  by  a 
rational  process  which  in  no  way  differs  from 
other  rational  processes  :  it  is  not  an  illumi- 
nation from  without.  In  other  words,  it  is 
no  more  mystical  than  our  thoughts  about  any 
matter  of  ordinary  business  or  domestic  economy, 
from  which  it  differs  only  in  its  subject-matter. 

Take,  for  example,  the  elevated  emotions 
produced  by  the  contemplation  of  the  magni- 
ficent panorama  of  sunset.  What  we  see  is 
a  shifting  arrangement  of  colours — blue,  red, 
purple  and  green.  What  we  extract  from  it 
is  a  particular  sense  of  beauty,  and  thence,  by 
association  of  ideas,  a  confused  concept  of  all 
the  beautiful  things  in  the  world. 

From  this  it  is  easy  and  natural  to  pass  to 
thoughts  of  the  mysteriously  elusive  principle 
of  beauty,  of  the  source  of  that  principle  and 
of  the  creation  in  which  it  is  embodied,  and, 
lastly,  of  the  nature  of  that  source,  and  of  the 
absolute  moral  and  spiritual  beauty  to  which 
its  works  testify.  But  this  train  of  thought  is 
in  reality  a  train  of  negations.  We  practically 
consider  that  beauty  is  not  essentially  of  any 
colour — it  is  a  principle  not  embodied  in  any 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  29 

one  form — it  cannot  be  self-caused,  but  must 
have  a  source  outside  itself.  This  source 
indeed  is  God ;  but  He  is  not  beautiful  in  the 
same  way  as  the  sunset — He  is  not  blue  or 
red  or  green,  nor  is  His  beauty  dependent  on 
any  material  constitution.  But  He  is  that 
incomprehensible  reality  which  gives  beauty 
to  the  colours  of  the  sunset,  and  to  all  the 
good  and  beautiful  things,  of  whatever  kind, 
in  the  universe  :  He  is  not  any  one  of  those 
things,  nor  yet  all  of  them  together,  but  He 
contains  in  Himself  the  principle  of  them  all : 
they  are  all,  as  scholastics  say,  eminenter  in 
Him. 

When  we  have  reached  this  point  we  have 
got  rid  of  everything  that  our  senses  tell  us 
of,  and  have  erected  for  our  contemplation  a 
purely  abstract  conception,  upon  which  the 
lights  of  sunset  still  seem  to  play,  and  which 
therefore  retains  something  of  their  charm  so 
long  as  the  impression  lasts,  but  in  itself  is 
stripped  of  every  image  that  in  this  world 
we  know  as  beautiful.^  The  solemn  and  pious 
or  romantic  feelings  which  a   brilliant  sunset 

^  Cf.  lUingworth,  Divine  Immanence^  ch.  iii. 


30  MYSTICISM 

calls  into  being  are  based  on  an  inference 
of  a  nature  in  no  respect  differing  from  that 
of  Paley's  inference  of  a  watchmaker  from  a 
watch.  Natural  mysticism  is  concerned  with 
ideas  and  theories,  not  with  actual  experi- 
ences. Its  method  is  identical  with  the  Via 
Remotio7tis  of  speculative  theology,  of  which 
the  mystical  or  practical  parallel  is  the  with- 
drawal of  the  intelligence,  under  divine  guid- 
ance, from  the  contemplation  of  any  sensible 
image  whatever,  and  its  illumination,  not  by 
an  abstract  idea,  but  by  an  actual  presence. 

Secondly,  it  should  be  observed  that  the 
mode  in  which  this  illumination  takes  place  is 
not  to  be  considered  abnormal  in  itself,  though 
it  obviously  depends  on  abnormal  conditions. 

The  mental  faculties  act,  or  may  act,  in  the 
ordinary  way.  The  difference  between  the 
mystical  and  the  merely  natural  states  lies,  as 
we  have  seen,  in  the  object  of  the  faculties, 
not,  so  far  as  can  be  judged,  in  their  mode 
of  action.  The  reason  and  intelligence  under 
ordinary  circumstances  work  upon  a  basis  of 
sensation ;  the  reactions  of  the  mind  depend 
ultimately   upon   the    cumulative   reactions   of 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  31 

the  body  ;  or,  in  other  words,  the  mind  can 
only  act  upon  material  furnished  originally  by 
the  senses.  In  mystical  states  this  material 
groundwork  is,  of  course,  absent,  and  in  that 
fact  lies  their  supernatural  character.  The 
place  of  the  material  is  supplied  by  the  presence 
and  action  of  supernatural  divine  agency,  but 
the  mental  and  bodily  reactions  certainly  need 
not  differ  essentially  in  character  from  those 
ordinarily  set  up  by  sensation.  It  would  be 
perfectly  true  to  say  that  the  mind,  or  soul, 
can  only  act  in  one  way  ;  and  that  consequently 
any  theory  which  requires  that  it  should  act 
in  a  different  way  is  thereby  made  absolutely 
incredible.  For  such  a  theory  would  imply  a 
self-contradiction,  which  is  the  one  absolutely 
incredible  thing.  It  would  be  like  saying  that 
one  sees  a  sound,  or  hears  an  odour.  If  the 
soul  were  to  act  as  a  mere  passive  receptacle, 
and  yet  be  conscious  of  that  which  it  received, 
it  would  be  an  unmeaning  contradiction  of 
itself,  such  as  could  not  possibly  exist  or  be 
conceived.  Consciousness  is  active  ;  the  mind 
can  no  more  be  a  mere  unresponsive  receptacle 
than  the  body  can  experience  sensation  with- 


32  MYSTICISM 

out  being  itself  alive  and  active.  The  fact  of 
consciousness  necessarily  implies  the  normal 
mental  activity  of  the  subject,  with  all  the 
physical  concomitants  necessary  to  it.  But 
the  connection  between  consciousness  and 
sensation — the  mode  in  which  one  is  trans- 
ferred to  the  other — is  still  very  obscure  and 
the  subject  of  many  divergent  theories  :  at  any 
rate,  there  appears  to  be  nothing  impossible, 
or  even  irregular,  in  the  idea  that  conscious- 
ness and  intelligence  may  follow  their  normal 
course  on  a  basis  of  supersensible  ideas,  pre- 
sented to  them,  not  by  means  of  sense,  but  by 
supernatural  and  divine  interposition. 

If  we  can  be  conscious  of  the  presence  of 
a  spiritual  being  by  means  of  an  inference  from 
the  sensations  excited  by  his  bodily  presence, 
as  we  are  conscious  in  our  friend's  presence 
of  a  spiritual  personality  inferred  from  sensible 
evidences,  then  it  is  at  least  quite  conceivable 
that  God  may  cause  Himself  to  be  apprehended 
as  immediately  present  merely  by  stimulating 
the  consciousness  in  the  same  way  in  which  it 
is  ordinarily  stimulated  by  the  idea  (the  species 
intelligibilis)  abstracted  from  sense-impressions. 


TWO    IDEAS   OF    MYSTICISM  33 

which  in  this  case  may  be  given  ready  made 
instead  of  being  constructed  by  the  intellect.^ 
There  is  equally,  of  course,  no  a  priori  impossi- 
bility in  such  communications  being  made  by 
agencies  other  than  divine,  and  it  is  difficult  to 
see  why  any  one  who  believes  in  the  existence 
of  created  spiritual  personalities  other  than 
human  should  regard  them  as  being  incapable 
I  under  any  circumstances  of  exercising  direct 
i  influence  upon  mankind.  All  stories  of  angelic 
visitations,  or  of  diabolical  possession,  may  not 
be  true  ;  and  writers  such  as  Gorres,  Schram 
and  Ribet  may  be  over-systematic  and  over- 
minute  in  dealing  with  this  subject.  But  there 
can  be  no  a  priori  reason  for  dismissing  it  as 
merely  superstitious. 

Of  the  visions  and  locutions,  "imaginary" 
or  ''intellectual,"  by  means  of  which  mystical 
communications  have  not  infrequently  been 
conveyed,    there    is    no    need    to    speak   here. 

^  Cf.  Bergson,  Mature  et  Memoire^  p.  33  :  "  Que  la 
matiere  puisse  etre  pergu  sans  le  concours  d'un  systeme 
nerveux,  sans  organes  de  sens,  cela  n'est  pas  theoriquement 
inconcevable."  If  this  abstract  direct  perceptibility  of  matter 
by  the  soul  be  conceded,  it  would  seem  to  follow  a  fortiori  that 
the  soul  may  perceive  that  which  is  immaterial,  like  the  soul 
itself,  without  any  intermediate  sensation. 


34  MYSTICISM 

They   are    not   essential    to    mystical    experi- 
ence,   and    are    held    by   mystical    authorities 
to  be  of  quite  secondary  importance  at  best. 
It  is  plain  that   the  mode  of  communication 
we  have  been  considering  is  quite  capable  of 
strongly  affecting  the  imagination,  and  may  do 
so  either  by  creating  fresh  imaginary  figures, 
or  by  recalling  past  impressions  derived  from 
such  things   as  pictures  and   statues.       Some 
of  the  visions  of  St  Teresa,  Julian  of  Norwich, 
Anne  Catherine   Emmerich   and  many  others 
are    frankly    admitted    to    be    of    the    latter 
kind. 

Thirdly,  the  phenomena  of  mystical  con- 
templation cannot  be  considered  capable  of 
explanation  by  any  theory  which  excludes  the 
supernatural.  Two  such  theories  have  been 
suggested.  The  apparently  infused  super- 
natural object  of  contemplation  has  been 
thought  to  be  merely  an  image  drawn  by 
the  normal  process  of  the  understanding  from 
past  conscious  experience  ;  the  supposed  divine 
illumination  is  held  to  be,  in  fact,  the  result 
of  self-delusion.  Again,  there  are  certain 
resemblances    between     mystical    states    and 


TWO    IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  35 

those  induced  by  diseased  conditions  or  drugs, 
which  have  suggested  the  theory  that  mystical 
states  are  really  pathological,  and  are  only 
abnormal  in  that  sense.  But  in  spite  of  such 
obvious  resemblances  as  might  naturally  be 
expected  to  occur  in  all  abnormal  conditions 
of  individual  organisms  of  the  same  species, 
there  are  marked  differences  which  absolutely 
preclude  the  possibility  of  explaining  mystical 
conditions  in  any  of  these  ways. 

First,  there  is  in  these  states  (apart  from 
the  occurrence  of  visions)  no  figure  or  image 
whatever,  such  as  necessarily  occurs  in  any 
natural  process  of  reasoning  or  imagination. 
Recorded  mystical  experiences,  various  as 
they  are  in  type,  uniformly  fail  to  connect 
themselves  with  any  preceding  thought  or 
experience  of  a  natural  kind.  The  assertion, 
frequently  made,  that  they  must  be  so  con- 
nected is  nothing  but  an  arbitrary  assumption  ; 
the  evidence  is  all  the  other  way.  Then  the 
visions  or  hallucinations  proceeding  from  a 
drugged  or  otherwise  pathological  condition 
are  characterised,  as  it  seems,  invariably,  by 
monstrous  or  grotesque  visual  appearances,  or 


36  MYSTICISM 

by  strange  physical  sensations  which,  though 
in  some  persons  they  have  apparently  exer- 
cised some  power  of  spiritual  suggestion, 
belong  distinctly  to  the  order  of  natural 
dreams :  their  physical  origin  is  manifest, 
though  its  precise  locality  is,  naturally,  not 
always  ascertainable/  Moreover,  mystics  have 
always  been  remarkable  for  sanity  and  placidity 
even  when  invalids ;  the  neurotic  temperament 
which  belongs  to  pathological  states  of  con- 
sciousness is  conspicuously  rare,  even  if  not 
entirely  absent  among  them.  Such  a  tempera- 
ment can  hardly  be  thought  compatible  with 
the  *' straightforwardness,  simplicity  and  daunt- 
less courage  "  of  St  Teresa,  or  the  **  tremendous 
moral  force  "  of  St  John  of  the  Cross,^  or  with 
the  energetic  activity  and  the  tender  human 
sympathy  of  St  Catherine  of  Siena.  More- 
over, it  is  worth  noticing  in  this  connection 
that  for  the  practical  purposes  of  canonisation 
and  beatification  a  clearly  recognisable  dis- 
tinction is  and  has  always  been  perceived 
by    ecclesiastical    authority — depending    more 

^  See  the  instances  given  by  James,  Varieties  of  Religious 
Experience  {Mysticism). 
^  Inge,  "  Christian  Mysticism,"  Lect.  VI. 


TWO    IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  37 

on  common  sense  than  on  any  psychological 
theory — between  experiences  which  may  be 
classed  as  pathological,  and  those  which  must 
be  considered  supernatural.^ 

On  the  whole,  therefore,  it  seems  hardly  too 
much  to  say  that  none  of  the  proposed  explana- 
tions would  have  any  weight  whatever,  apart 
from  the  reluctance  to  admit  the  existence  and 
possibility  of  supernatural  experience  which, 
by  a  natural  swing  of  the  pendulum,  has 
superseded  in  our  day  the  former  too  great 
readiness  to  seek  a  supernatural  cause  for 
any  uncommon  event. 

But,  it  may  be  said,  what  does  all  this 
matter  ?  The  subject  can  be  of  direct  interest 
only  to  those  who  have,  or  believe  themselves 
to  have,  mystical  experience  of  the  supernatural 
kind  :  and  they  are  very  few  in  number  even 
if  any  of  them  are  still  extant.  Moreover, 
mysticism,  in  that  sense,  is  not  part  of  the 
Christian  religion  ;  it  is  quite  possible  to  be 
not  merely  a  good  Christian,  but  even  a  saint, 
without  so  much  as  knowing  anything  about 
the   matter.      Why  not   leave   it   to  those,    if 

^  See  Benedict  XIV.  De  Canonis. 


38  MYSTICISM 

any  there  are,  who  are  the  subjects  of  these 
abnormal  experiences,  and  whose  conviction 
as  to  the  nature  of  them  is  ah'eady  unshake- 
able,  and  to  those  experts  who  from  time  to 
time  may  have  to  form  a  judgment  about 
them  ?  For  the  ordinary  run  of  people  there 
can  be  no  use  in  considering  a  subject  which 
in  no  way  concerns  either  their  faith  or  their 
duty.  Now  it  is  quite  true  that  comparatively 
few  are  called  to  supernatural  contemplation  ; 
it  is  equally  true  that  neither  the  faith  nor  the 
practical  duty  of  Christians  in  general  can  in 
any  way  depend  on  "private  revelations"  or 
on  mystical  knowledge  of  any  kind.  Never- 
theless, the  subject  has  a  distinct  interest  and 
importance  of  its  own  for  all  who  desire  to 
form  a  clear  and  correct  judgment  as  to 
the  true  attitude  of  the  Catholic  Church  in 
regard  to  human  life  in  general,  or  who 
wish  to  appreciate  fully  the  whole  range  of 
the  evidence  to  be  adduced  in  favour  of  her 
claims.  For  on  the  one  hand,  since  mysticism 
is  a  constant  feature  —  though  not  equally 
prominent  at  all  times — of  Christian  life,  it 
cannot    rightly    be     neglected     by    any    who 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  39 

wish  to  form  a  just  estimate  of  the  character 
of  that  life  as  a  whole ;  and  on  the  other 
hand,  mysticism  has  a  distinct  evidential  value 
whether  considered  in  itself  or  in  its  relation 
to  other  factors  of  the  Catholic  system,  which 
is  by  no  means  confined  to  those  who  have 
experimental  knowledge  of  it.  I  will  try  to 
establish  these  two  points. 

I.  Christianity,  as  fully  represented  and 
embodied  in  the  Catholic  Church,  appeals  to 
human  nature  as  a  whole,  not  to  any  part  or 
aspect  of  it.  That  is  to  say,  the  Church 
deals  with  human  nature  in  its  completeness, 
apart  from  all  individual,  national  or  racial 
characteristics.  It  is  therefore  necessary  that 
every  factor  in  that  nature  should  find  itself 
recognised,  and  a  place  provided  for  it,  with 
appropriate  guidance  and  discipline,  in  due 
relation  and  harmony  with  all  else  that  goes 
to  make  up  humanity,  in  the  system  of 
the  Church.  In  this  sense  the  Church  has 
affinities  with  all  forms  of  religion  and  philo- 
sophy ;  for  in  each  of  them  some  modicum 
at  least  of  truth  is  to  be  found,  which,  if  the 
Church   is   truly  what   she   represents   herself 


40  MYSTICISM 

to  be,  will  be  acknowledged  and  co-ordinated 
with  other  truths  in  the  complete  body  of 
her  doctrine.  Error,  even  in  its  extremest 
forms,  is  not  *'a  lie  that  is  all  a  lie" — it  is 
truth  torn  from  its  natural  place  in  the  scheme 
of  things,  and  so  seen  in  false  perspective ; 
truth  is  only  true  when  seen  in  its  due  relation 
to  the  whole.  Men  are  misled,  not  by  that 
which  does  not  exist — a  thing  we  may  well 
believe  to  be  impossible — but  by  following 
that  which  is  true  without  regard  to  its  com- 
plementary truths.  This  fact  is  nowhere  so 
evident  as  in  the  case  of  mysticism,  which, 
like  liberty,  has  given  the  shelter  of  its  name 
to  almost  every  conceivable  aberration  of 
moral  conduct.  The  desire  for  God,  pursued 
often  by  the  most  extravagant  methods  and 
disguised  under  the  most  unlikely  pretexts,  is 
the  real  motive-power  of  all  human  activity 
whatsoever.  Mysticism,  on  its  purely  human 
side,  is  one  road  by  which  men  seek  for  the 
heart's  rest  which  all,  even  in  spite  of  them- 
selves, desire.  Whether  within  or  without  the 
Church  men  will  strive  to  see  God,  because 
they  must ;  the  methods  they  adopt  may   be 


TWO   IDEAS   OF    MYSTICISM  41 

determined  by  varying  temperaments  or  cir- 
cumstances, but  among  them  has  always  been 
and  must  always  be  the  ''  inner  way " — the 
way  of  abstraction  and  contemplation,  the 
effort  to  pass  beyond  the  many-coloured  dome 
of  life  into  the  ''white  radiance"  of  true  reality 
beyond  it. 

Now  if  the  Church  had  nothing  to  say  to 
this  deeply  rooted  and  constantly  manifest 
human  desire,  she  would  surely  fall  far  short 
of  the  place  that  she  claims,  and  has  held 
successfully  from  the  first.  Still  more,  if,  like 
some,  she  had  condemned,  as  merely  pre- 
sumptuous and  delusive,  the  efforts  of  mankind 
to  realise  in  some  faint  degree  now  the  very 
life  which  she  promises  hereafter,  she  would 
have  come  perilously  near  to  denying  her  own 
authority  and  commission.  She  would  have 
said  in  effect  to  mankind.  You  are  made  for 
God ;  you  are  to  look  forward  to  the  super- 
natural enjoyment  of  Him  in  Eternity,  and 
there  is  no  limit  to  the  favours  which  He  can 
and  may  bestow  on  you  here  and  now.  But 
one  thing  you  may  not  have,  one  thing  He 
shall  not  do  for  you — and  that  the  one  which 


42  MYSTICISM 

you  most  desire  —  you  shall  not  have  the 
briefest  or  slightest  foretaste  here  of  the 
blessedness  that  is  to  be  yours  hereafter  ;  God 
Himself,  though  He  may  do  miracles  of  all 
sorts  but  this,  shall  not  pierce  the  crust  of 
material  things  which  hides  Him  from  you,  or 
show  you  the  faintest  spark  of  the  radiance 
that  lies  beyond  it — '*  defense  a  Dieu  de 
faire  miracles  en  ce  lieu."  But  the  Church  has 
never  done  anything  of  the  kind.  Mystical 
knowledge  has  always  been  fully  recognised  by 
her  as  possible,  and  as  existing — whether  in 
the  Hebrew  prophets,  the  Apostles  of  Christ, 
or  the  contemplatives  of  successive  ages  since 
their  day.  Even  for  mystics,  as  such,  with- 
out her  pale  she  has  had  no  condemnation  ; 
she  has  condemned  their  misbelief,  but  has 
kept  silence  about  their  mysticism ;  and  in 
her  theology  and  philosophy  the  phenomena  of 
mysticism  have  been  dealt  with  and  explained 
in  accordance  with  the  methods  which  were 
applied  to  all  other  phases  of  human  experi- 
ence. Not  only  a  professed  mystic  like 
Dionysius,  but  a  Clement,  an  Augustine,  a 
Thomas  Aquinas,  has   each   had  his  word  to 


TWO   IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  43 

say  and  his  ray,  more  or  less  brilliant,  of  light 
to  contribute  to  the  sum  total  of  the  Church's 
wisdom,  ever  growing  with  the  increasing  ex- 
perience of  the  human  race.  The  aspirations 
of  man  tow^ards  immediate  knowledge  of  God 
and  union  with  Him  are  therefore  recognised 
and  adopted  by  the  Church  as  a  true  part  of 
that  multifarious  human  energy  w^hich  it  is 
her  function  to  direct,  regulate  and  enlighten. 
Such  aspirations  are  to  find  full  satisfaction 
hereafter  for  those  who  are  willing  to  be 
guided  in  their  exercise  ;  they  are  partially  to 
be  satisfied  here,  in  a  certain  degree  by  the 
''natural"  contemplation  which  is  the  common 
right  of  all  Christians,  and  in  a  fuller  measure, 
and  after  a  higher  and  more  perfect  manner, 
in  the  supernatural  contemplation  which  is  the 
privilege  of  comparatively  few.  Thus  the 
truth  that  underlies  in  different  ways  and 
degrees  the  mystical  theories  and  ascetic 
practices  of  Neoplatonist,  Gnostic  or  Buddhist, 
Parsee  or  Mohammedan,  is  cleared  from  its 
surroundings  of  mythological  or  theosophical 
imagination  and  set  in  its  place  in  the  harmony 
of  truths  which  are  made  known  by  nature  and 


44  MYSTICISM 

by  revelation,  and  preserved  in  the  dogmatic 
structure  of  the  Church's  faith. 

What  scholastic  philosophy  has  done  for 
mysticism  is  to  make  clear  the  distinction 
between  its  natural  and  supernatural  parts. 
St  Augustine,  no  less  than  Dionysius,  did 
indeed  call  attention  to  the  necessarily  super- 
natural character  of  any  direct  contemplation 
of  the  divine  nature,  but  it  was  St  Thomas 
whose  analysis  of  the  nature  of  the  intellectual 
faculties  in  man  made  clear  the  reason  why 
this  must  be  so.  Man's  way  of  knowledge  is 
inextricably  involved  with  his  bodily  organism, 
since  body  and  soul  are  not  two  substances 
but  one.  Consequently,  immediate  knowledge 
of  that  which  is  purely  spiritual  or  immaterial 
cannot  come  to  him  by  any  exercise  of  his 
natural  powers,  but  only  by  a  **  rapture  "  or 
'*  ecstasy"  in  which  he  is  made  to  transcend 
his  own  present  nature,  and  for  a  moment  to 
enjoy  the  beatitude  habitual  to  those  who  have 
attained  the  goal  of  their  desires  in  the  eternal 
vision  of  God.  No  instance  of  the  way  in 
which  the  magisterhim  of  the  Church  has  dealt 
with  the  impulses  and  feelings  of  humanity  is 


TWO    IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  45 

clearer  or  more  illuminating  than  this :  or 
more  plainly  illustrates  the  co-ordination  and 
mutual  support  of  the  truths  of  nature  and 
grace  in  that  comprehensive  view  of  man's 
nature  which  is  possible  only  to  an  organisa- 
tion which,  as  being  both  fully  human  and  at 
the  same  time  truly  divine,  is  able  to  maintain 
a  perfect  balance  between  the  natural  and  the 
supernatural. 

It  is  therefore  plain  that  mystical  theology  is 
not  the  least  precious  of  the  Church's  treasures. 
It  resembles  the  way  of  life  technically  called 
religious  in  its  relation  to  the  general  life  of 
the  faithful :  it  belongs  not  indeed  to  the 
esse,  but  to  the  bene  esse  of  the  Church — 
it  is  necessary  not  to  its  existence,  but  to  its 
integrity.  The  mere  existence  of  the  religious 
life,  in  its  various  forms,  is  undoubtedly  a 
source  of  joy  and  consolation  and  a  moral 
support  to  countless  persons  who  are  very 
far  from  having  a  ''  vocation  "  themselves.  In 
the  same  way,  the  recognition  of  the  life  of 
mystical  contemplation  is  an  encouragement 
and  happiness  to  many  who  (like  the  present 
writer)  know  nothing  of  it  by  personal  experi- 


46  MYSTICISM 

ence  :  and  it  can  hardly  be  doubted  that  its 
value  in  this  respect  would  be  more  widely 
and  deeply  appreciated  if  its  nature  were 
better  understood  than  it  is.  It  completes  the 
circle  of  the  Church's  adaptation  to  human 
needs,  and  brings  together  in  the  unity  of  a 
divinely  human  institution  every  temperament, 
as  well  as  every  class,  occupation  and  moral 
character ;  and  is  in  this  aspect  an  important 
factor  in  that  kind  of  moral  evidence  of  the 
justice  of  the  Church's  claims  which  is  supplied 
by  the  practical  services  she  has  rendered,  and 
is  daily  rendering,  to  humanity  in  general. 

2.  The  direct  evidential  value,  as  distinct 
from  this  indirect  testimony  of  the  Church's 
mystical  theology,  arises  from  its  experimental 
character,  as  contrasted  with  the  theoretical 
nature  of  "  speculative  "  theology.  The 
symmetry  and  completeness  of  the  body  of 
Catholic  doctrine  is  admitted  on  all  hands  ;  it 
is  even  said  by  some  to  be  too  complete  and 
perfect  to  have  any  real  bearing  on  a  state 
of  things  so  fragmentary  and  unsystematic  as 
that  of  the  world  in  which  we  have  to  live. 

The  question  is,  Is  it  really  true  .^     And  to 


TWO    IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  47 

this  question  the  answer  is  often  given  that 
nobody    knows,    because    it    cannot    be    sub- 
mitted to  any  practical  test.     The  complaint 
is,   indeed,   an  unjust   one,    even   on   its   own 
grounds.       For    the    consistency    of    Catholic 
doctrine  not  merely  with  itself  (though  even 
that    is    something),    but    with    other    depart- 
ments of  knowledge,  in  which  fresh  forms  of 
truth    are    continually    emerging,    really    con- 
stitutes a  practical  test  of  the  most  stringent 
kind,    and    one    which    has    been    constantly 
repeated  under  ever  -  varying  conditions  from 
the  first.     But  this  is  not  a  test  of  the   kind 
which  leaps  to  the  eyes  ;  it  does  not  impress 
by  any  external  signs,  or  arrest  the  attention 
of  the  careless  and  uninterested.     It  needs  to 
be  pondered  and  considered  in  the  light  of  a 
degree  of  knowledge  which  is  not  universally 
possessed   before  its  full   significance   can   be 
appreciated.     But  the  experience  of  the  mystic 
is  of  quite   a  different    character ;  though    its 
testimony   is  perhaps   less  weighty  in  reality 
than  that  of  the  failure  of  twenty  centuries  of 
discovery  to  shake  the  credibility  of  revelation, 
it  is  more  easily  recognised  and  appeals  to  a 


48  MYSTICISM 

different  and  less  purely  rational  order  of  in- 
telligence. Mystics  are,  in  fact,  to  the  religion 
of  the  multitude  very  much  what  the  pioneers 
of  natural  science  are  to  the  popular  interest  in 
that  subject.  The  mystics  are  the  experi- 
mentalists of  religion.  We  cannot  all  be 
Newtons  or  Faradays  or  Huxleys ;  but  our 
outlook  on  life  is  wider,  and  our  apprecia- 
tion of  the  wonders  of  nature  is  deeper  for 
researches,  of  the  nature  and  truth  of  which 
our  knowledge  may  be  somewhat  vague  and 
imperfect.  So,  though  few  indeed  may  have 
the  gift  or  the  merits  of  the  great  mystics, 
what  they  have  seen  is  an  assurance  for  all 
of  the  reality  of  the  invisible  universe,  and 
of  the  truth  of  those  experiences  by  which 
all,  whether  mystics  or  not,  are  enabled  in 
some  degree  to  share  with  them  the  know- 
ledge and  the  enjoyment  of  divine  things. 
For  this  purpose  it  is  necessary  indeed  that 
the  accounts  given  by  mystics  of  their  ex- 
periences should  be  as  credible,  at  least,  as 
those  which  scientific  experts  give  of  their 
researches.  But  that  this  is  really  the  case 
no  one  who  will  give  unprejudiced  considera- 


TWO    IDEAS   OF   MYSTICISM  49 

tion  to  the  question  can  seriously  doubt.  It  is 
most  unfortunate  that  the  only  two  English 
authors  who  have  dealt  specifically  with  this 
aspect  of  the  subject  should  have  written  under 
the  influence  of  a  parti  pris  which,  notwith- 
standing the  erudition  and  acumen  displayed 
by  them,  has  deprived  their  judgment  of  all 
value. 


CHAPTER   II 

SUPERNATURAL    MYSTICISM 

Mysticism  has  often  been  described,  but  seldom 
defined  ;  and  the  definitions  have  not  always 
been  satisfactory.  Yet  in  order  to  have  any 
clear  understanding  of  what  is  meant  by  a 
word  used  in  so  many  different  senses,  it  is 
very  necessary  to  begin  with  a  definition  of 
the  precise  idea  which  it  originally  connoted, 
and  which  underlies  and  forms  the  connecting 
link  among  its  various  applications.  Etymo- 
logically,  mystics  are  those  who  have  been 
initiated  into  the  mysteries  or  esoteric  rites 
of  Greek  religion ;  the  yWuVraf,  /uLejuLv/j/uLevoi,  or 
fully  instructed  persons  who  were  privileged 
to  take  part  in  the  ceremonies  periodically 
performed  in  honour  of  a  god,  from  par- 
ticipation in  which  the  general  public  was 
excluded.      Any    one   or   anything    belonging 

50 


SUPERNATURAL   MYSTICISM  51 

to  the  celebration  of  these  sacred  rites   was 
*' Mystic"  —  even   to   the    *' Mystica    vannus 
lacchi "   of   Virgil ;   and    the    two    prominent 
ideas  connected   with   the   word  were   conse- 
quently— first,  special  knowledge  obtained  by 
instruction    (fiveco),    and    secondly,    an    obliga- 
tion or   other   necessity  of  secrecy  in  regard 
to  it   (nMvco)}      The   mystics   are,    in  fact,   the 
inner  circle  of  the  devotees  of  any  cult ;  they 
are   possessed   of  knowledge    which   partakes 
of   the   nature   of   revelation    rather    than   of 
acquired   science,    and    which    is   imparted   in 
consideration  of  some  special  aptitude,  natural 
or  acquired,  such  as  is  not  found  in  the  general 
run  of  mankind.     It  is  further  implied  that  the 
knowledge  is  of  a  transcendental   kind,   such 
as  may  be  supposed  to  be  necessary  for  the 
devout  worship  of  a  divine  being  ;  this,  how- 
ever,   though   obviously   part   of  the   original 
meaning  of  the  term,   is  not  always  signified 
in  its  later  uses.     But  the  one  idea  common 
to  all  uses  is  that  of  special  knowledge  con- 
fined to  a  cor/>s  d' dlite  of  persons  with  a  peculiar 

^  "Mysticum    interpretatur    absconditum,'''    Gerson,    Myst. 
Theol.i  I. 


52  MYSTICISM 

aptitude  for  its  acquisition.  Thus  the  early 
Christian  Church  conceived  itself  to  hold  the 
position  of  a  body  of  mystics  with  regard  to 
mankind  in  general  :  its  members  were  the 
depositaries  of  a  revelation  (Arcanum)  not, 
at  least  in  all  points,  accessible  to  the  outside 
world;  they  were  initiated  by  the  "illumin- 
ating "  rite  of  baptism,  and  thereby  admitted 
to  participation  in  the  other  sacraments,  or 
mysteries,  of  the  Christian  religion.  Thus 
St  Paul  (Phil.  iv.  12)  speaks  of  himself  as 
fj^€/uiV)]iuL€i'0£ ;  and  in  the  Greek  liturgies  the 
priest  is  directed  to  say  the  ''secret"  prayers 
jULva-TiKMg — in  silence.  Hence,  in  later  times, 
any  art  or  handicraft  which  made  use  of 
traditional  methods  came  to  be  known  as  a 
"Mystery."  Its  secrets  were  imparted  to  the 
novice  at  or  after  his  initiation  into  the  guild 
or  company  by  which  it  was  carried  on,  and 
under  which  he  had  served  an  apprenticeship  : 
such  ''arts  and  mysteries"  are  still  professed, 
though  not  always  practised,  by  the  guilds 
which  have  survived  to  the  present  day. 

But  in  the  Church   there  has  always  been 
a  circle    within  a  circle ;    within   the   body  of 


SUPERNATURAL   MYSTICISM  53 

the  initiated  a  body  of  those  who  have  under- 
gone a  further  initiation  ;  among  the  instructed 
some  favoured  ones  who  have  received  fuller 
instruction.^  And  whereas  initiation  into  the 
Christian  community  has  been  entrusted  by 
divine  authority  to  the  Church  itself,  the 
further  illumination  of  the  selected  is  received 
directly  from  God.  Hence  has  arisen  by  a 
natural  transference  the  popular  application 
of  the  term  to  any  view  or  conception  of  the 
transcendental  or  the  unseen,  to  anything 
''  vague,  vast  and  sentimental  "  ;  and  hence 
again  the  note  of  condemnation  or  contempt 
which  was  attached  in  England  to  the  idea 
of  mysticism,  as  it  was  to  its  distant  rela- 
tion "enthusiasm,"  during  the  century  ended 
some  fifty  years  ago — a  ''mystic"  during  that 
period  being  considered  much  the  same  thing 
as  a  visionary  or  a  sentimentalist.  The  word 
has  since  then  recovered  from    its    temporary 

^  Cf.  Harnack,  Mission  and  Expa7ision  of  Christianity^  vol.  i. 
p.  237.  Christianity  gained  special  weight  from  the  fact  that, 
in  the  first  place,  it  had  mysterious  secrets  of  its  own,  which  it 
sought  to  fathom  only  to  adore  them  once'again  in  silence  ;  and 
secondly,  that  it  preached  to  the  perfect  in  another  and  a  deeper 
sense  than  it  did  to  simple  folk. 


54  MYSTICISM 

degradation  ;  and  though  it  is  still  used  some- 
what loosely,  it  no  longer  carries  any  burden 
of  offensiveness.  The  laxity  of  use  from  which 
it  still  suffers  consists  in  the  emphasising  of 
one  part  of  its  full  connotation  to  the  practical 
exclusion  of  the  other :  any  knowledge  or 
experience,  real  or  imaginary,  which  is  beyond 
the  scope  of  ordinary  sense-experience,  is  apt 
to  be  called  mystical.  But  such  knowledge 
is  not  mystical  in  the  proper  or  strict  sense, 
unless  it  is  held  also  to  be  imparted,  and  not 
acquired  by  the  independent  exercise  of  the 
natural  powers.  It  would,  of  course,  be  absurd 
to  contend  that  the  conventional  meaning  of 
a  word,  in  many  cases  an  enrichment  rather 
than  a  perversion,  has  not  at  least  as  good 
a  claim  to  acceptance  as  its  etymological  one. 
But  where,  as  in  this  case,  the  conventional 
uses  of  the  word  have  obscured  the  nature 
of  the  thing  for  which  it  originally  stood,  it 
is  necessary  to  determine  the  sense  in  which 
the  word  is  to  be  used  in  the  discussion  of 
the  thing. 

The  name  was  first  applied  in  the  sense  in 
which  we  have  now  defined  it  by  Dionysius 


SUPERNATURAL   MYSTICISM  55 

— whoever  the  author  known  under  that  name 
may  have  been.  The  thing,  however,  was 
undoubtedly  known  and  recognised  in  the 
Church  from  the  beginning.  The  apostles 
were  certainly  mystics  in  the  fullest  sense ; 
and  the  mystical  tendencies  of  sub-apostolic 
times  are  evidenced  and  fairly  represented  by 
the  **  Shepherd  "  of  Hermas,  and  the  writings 
and  authentic  acts  of  many  of  the  early 
martyrs.  The  self-chosen  title  of  St  Ignatius, 
Oeo^opog,  the  God-bearer,  implies  a  claim  to 
the  possession  of  mystical  experience  of  the 
most  far-reaching  kind.  But  mysticism — or 
at  least  the  temperament  which  seeks  know- 
ledge by  means  of  illumination  rather  than 
discursive  reasoning  —  belongs  essentially  to 
human  nature,  and  appears,  under  one  form 
or  another,  wherever  thought  is  free. 

Thus,  to  leave  the  Eastern  theosophy  out  of 
account,  a  mystical  element  appears,  in  greater 
or  less  degree,  in  all  Greek  philosophy,  if  the 
mere  negations  of  Pyrrhonism  may  be  excepted. 
Before  Socrates,  Greek  philosophers  were 
seers  rather  than  reasoners :  the  apophtheg- 
matic  character  of  their  utterances  affects  to 


56  MYSTICISM 

be  the  result  rather  of  intuition  than  of  reason- 
ing :  and  the  dialectic  of  Plato,  and  even  the 
logical  precision  of  Aristotle,  led  in  the  end, 
theoretically  at  least,  to  that  pure  contem- 
plation in  which  alone  Aristotle  conceived 
that  beatitude  consists.  In  the  later  Platonic 
schools  mysticism  tended  more  and  more  to 
replace  discursive  reasoning ;  contemplation 
rather  than  reasoned  knowledge  became  more 
and  more  definitely  the  object  of  philosophy, 
and  ascetic  self-discipline  appeared  a  surer  way 
than  argument  to  attain  this  end.  Plotinus 
(whom  M.  Maeterlinck  calls  *'the  one  analyti- 
cal mystic  "),  and  Proclus  after  him,  present 
the  doctrines  of  later  Neoplatonism  in  a  sys- 
tematic form,  and  are  free  from  the  magical 
and  theurgic  extravagances  into  which  it 
degenerated  in  other  hands. 

The  two  streams  of  Christian  and  Platonic 
mysticism  flowed  together  at  Alexandria, 
where  Philo  had  already  grafted  the  flower 
of  Neoplatonic  mysticism  upon  the  stock  of 
Judaic  theism.  Together  they  produced  a 
school  of  religious  philosophy  in  which 
Christian    faith    sought,    with    more    or    less 


SUPERNATURAL    MYSTICISM  57 

success,  to  ally  itself  with  the  dialectic  of 
Platonism,  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the 
other  with  the  quest  for  direct  illumination 
that  characterised  the  later  development  of 
the  Platonic  schools.  The  mystical  theology 
of  Dionysius  represents,  on  the  whole,  the 
permanent  results  of  this  combination.  In 
this  treatise  we  have  a  kind  of  grammar 
of  mysticism  in  which  principles  alone  are 
formulated,  disengaged  alike  from  the  experi- 
ence and  argumentation  through  which  they 
had  been  evolved,  and  awaiting  the  fuller 
clothing  of  concrete  personal  experience  subse- 
quently imparted  to  them  by  later  mystical 
writers.  Though  received  at  first  with  sus- 
picion, the  writings  of  Dionysius  soon  attained 
a  position  of  authority  not  less  commanding 
in  its  day  than  that  of  St  Thomas  in  later 
times.  We  could  scarcely  have  had  either 
the  Sentences  or  the  Summa  without  them  ; 
and  their  echoes  may  be  heard,  even  when, 
as  is  not  often  the  case,  their  direct  influence 
may  not  be  detected,  in  every  mystical  writer 
since  the  time  of  their  appearance. 

It  is  probably  a  mistake   to    look    for   any 


58  MYSTICISM 

direct  filiation,  or  continuity  of  historical  suc- 
cession, among  the  mystical  writers  of  suc- 
cessive ages  and  periods.  Here,  as  elsewhere, 
it  can  scarcely  be  doubted  that  the  most 
important  part  of  history  is  that  which  has 
never  been  written.  Mystical  teachers  and 
writers  were  forced  into  prominence  by  circum- 
stances;  but  it  is  more  than  probable  that 
circumstances  had  no  influence  on  the  general 
craving  for  knowledge  of  the  unseen  and 
abiding  reality  which  underlies  the  endless 
vicissitudes  of  human  life,  as  they  could 
have  none  upon  the  sources  from  which  that 
need  is  supplied.  Such  circumstances  were 
the  ceaseless  wars  which  "made  Europe  one 
vast  camp "  in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth 
centuries,  and  the  intellectual  and  moral 
upheavals  of  the  age  of  the  Renaissance 
and  the  Reformation ;  and  in  our  own  day 
the  breaking  up  of  old  traditions  and  institu- 
tions, and  the  birth  of  new  principles,  ideas 
and  customs  —  the  forerunners,  as  it  would 
seem,  of  a  new  order  of  things  the  character 
of  which  no  man  can  yet  forecast.  In  such 
\   times,  when  the  instability   of  human  things. 


SUPERNATURAL    MYSTICISM  59 

or  the  feebleness  of  human  reason,  is  forced  | 
with  special  insistence  upon  men's  notice, 
the  teaching  of  the  mystic  has  an  attractive 
force  which  in  quieter  periods  it  seems  to 
lack ;  and  it  is  at  such  times  that  a  Gerson, 
a  Tauler,  a  Ruysbroeck  or  a  Teresa  is 
moved  to  tell  of  the  ''inner  way"  in  which 
true  peace  of  mind  may  be  found  amid 
the  illusion,  instability  and  restlessness  of 
outward  life.  But  it  can  hardly  be  doubted 
that  in  all  times  alike  there  are  countless 
elect  souls  to  whom  mystical  knowledge  is 
as  the  air  they  breathe,  but  who  are  more 
than  content  to  be  *'mute  and  inglorious" 
to  the  end  of  their  days. 

It  would  have  been  strange  if  such  an 
abiding  demand  of  humanity  in  general  had 
never  been  met  with  a  counterfeit  supply. 
Parallel  with  the  current  of  true  mysticism 
there  has  been  a  nearly  continuous  succes- 
sion of  the  spurious  kind  in  which,  though 
conscious  imposture  is  perhaps  hardly  to  be 
found  or  suspected,  a  greater  or  less  degree 
of  illusion  is  easily  discernible.  It  would 
indeed   scarcely   be   possible   to   say  how   far 


6o  MYSTICISM 

the  Pythagorean  contemplatives  or  the  Neo- 
platonist  ecstatics  come  under  this  head ;  ^ 
the  latter,  at  least,  have  nothing  in  common 
'  with  the  theosophic  extravagances  of  Gnostics, 
i  Montanists  and  later  sects,  whose  militant 
propagandism  seems  strangely  at  variance 
with  their  professed  principles.  The  initial 
inconsistency  of  the  supposition  that  the 
deposihim  of  revelation  needs  to  be  super- 
seded, amplified  or  modified  by  mystical  com- 
munications imparted  to  a  single  irresponsible 
person — a  Priscilla,  a  Mohammed,  a  Joachim, 
a  Boehme  or  an  Irving — of  itself  goes  far 
to  discredit  the  doctrines  professedly  so 
received.  We  shall  consider  later  the  criteria 
by  which  the  true  is  to  be  distinguished 
from  the  false  or  doubtful  mysticism ;  it  is 
enough  for  the  present  to  remark  that 
mysticism  forms  no  exception  to  the  rule, 
that  the  value  of  precious  things  is  attested 
by  the  abundance  of  their  imitators. 

^  Tauler  credits  "  Proclus  and  Plato"  with  a  true  mystical 
knowledge  of  God  {Sermoji  o?i  St  John  Baptist). 


CHAPTER  III 

THE  NATURE  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE 

The  characteristic  by  which  mystical  states 
or  experiences  of  every  kind  are  distinguished 
from  other  states  and  experiences  which  have 
points  of  resemblance  to  them  is  that  they 
are  directly  and  immediately  supernatural. 
Mystical  contemplation  is  the  highest  and 
closest  of  those  human  relations  with  God  of 
which  the  opposite  extreme  is  represented  by 
the  condition  of  simple  dependence,  necessarily 
involved  in  mere  created  existence.  Im- 
mediately above  this  comes  the  recognition 
by  self-conscious  beings  of  this  dependence  ; 
and  after  that,  as  a  necessary  consequence,  the 
rational  deduction  of  the  personal,  infinite  and 
simple  nature  of  God.  Above  this  again 
comes  the  sense  of  indirect  personal  relations 

with  God,  through  the  medium  of  our  created 

6i 


62  MYSTICISM 

environment,  and  most  completely  and  perfectly 
through  the  operation  of  grace.  With  this 
consciousness  comes  also  inevitably  the  desire 
to  cultivate  these  relations  and  maintain  them 
at  their  highest  point  of  efficacy ;  and  thus 
both  reason  and  free-will  are  drawn  into  the 
universal  accord  in  which  each  element,  from 
the  lowest  to  the  highest,  fills  its  allotted  place 
and  discharges  its  most  congenial  function. 
Rational  beings  who,  by  failing  to  recognise 
these  relations,  choose  to  hold  the  position  of 
the  irrational  and  inanimate  part  of  creation 
are,  as  rational  beings,  out  of  accord  with  the 
general  scheme  :  yet  the  loss  is  theirs  only  ; 
the  scheme  is  not  affected  by  their  failure  to 
occupy  the  place  which  they  might  hold. 
They  cannot  but  suffer  individually  from  the 
consequences  of  their  choice  —  which  is  to 
assimilate  the  rational  to  the  irrational,  the 
spiritual  to  the  material ;  but  the  scheme  holds 
good  for  them  as  for  the  irrational  beings 
whose  place  they  have  elected  to  share. 

But  the  crown  and  summit  of  the  whole 
system  is  that  direct  intercourse  of  the  soul 
with    God,    which,    ordinarily    at    least,    pre- 


THE   NATURE   OF    MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE  63 

supposes  the  sacramental  life  of  grace,  but 
is  itself  something  more  than  that. 

It  is  a  state  in  which  the  natural  and 
ordinary  action  of  the  soul  is  modified,  and 
in  which  even  the  organic  functions  of  the 
body  are  to  a  certain  extent  in  abeyance. 

We  may  therefore  distinguish  the  three 
conditions  thus.  First,  the  mere  subjection, 
unconscious  or  involuntary,  to  the  divine 
will,  which  no  created  being  can  escape. 
Next,  the  conscious  realisation  of  this  general 
dependence,  which  includes  all  that  is  meant 
by  natural  religion,  and  is  enriched  and 
amplified  by  the  knowledge  which  revelation 
imparts,  and  the  elevation  of  the  natural 
faculties  which  is  the  effect  of  divine  grace. 
To  this  state  belongs  the  kind  of  contempla- 
tion known  as  natural  or  acquired  (in  the 
sense  that  it  is  obtained  by  the  exercise  of 
the  natural  powers).  This  state  is  sometimes 
called  mystical.  But  it  is  not  truly  so ;  for 
it  implies  the  exercise  of  natural  powers  on 
natural  objects,  though  under  supernatural 
guidance,  but  not  the  supersession  of  their 
natural   objects    by   special    and   supernatural 


64  MYSTICISM 

influence.  The  mind  in  this  state,  illumin- 
ated by  faith,  but  by  the  exercise  of  its  own 
reasoning  power,  conceives  an  idea — say  of 
the  Trinity,  the  Incarnation,  the  Sacramental 
presence  of  Christ,  or  the  wonders  of  divine 
providence — and  contemplates  it  with  satisfac- 
tion, and  even  with  delight  and  enthusiasm. 
The  practice  of  ordinary  meditation  will  lead, 
if  not  uniformly,  at  least  occasionally  to  con- 
templation of  this  kind.  Its  object  is  not 
immediately  supernatural,  though  the  action 
of  the  mind  takes  place  with  supernatural 
assistance  ;  and  it  does  not  differ  in  kind,  nor 
indeed  always  in  degree,  from  such  pleasurable 
contemplation  as  is  induced  by  mastering  a 
scientific  problem,  following  out  a  logical  argu- 
ment, or  even  reading  a  poem  or  a  novel.  In 
all  these  instances  alike  there  are  the  same 
elements — intellectual  study,  the  development 
of  a  concept  or  idea,  and  the  "affective"  con- 
templation of  it.^     Such  meditation  and  con- 

1  St  Teresa,  Castle,  4.  i.  4.  "Sweetness  in  devotion  .  .  . 
is  natural,  although  ultimately  it  comes  from  the  grace  of  God. 
We  shall  find  that  many  temporal  matters  give  us  the  same 
pleasure,  such  as  unexpectedly  coming  into  a  large  fortune, 
meeting  v^ith  a  friend,  or  succeeding  in  any  important  affair." 


THE    NATURE   OF    MYSTICAL    EXPERIENCE  65 

templation,  when  their  object  is  divine  truth, 
are  indeed  the  highest  exercise  of  the  natural 
powers.  And  the  special  supernatural  impulse 
and  support  under  which  it  takes  place  must 
be  clearly  distinguished  from  the  mere  divine 
concursus,  which  is  common  to  all  human  acts. 

But  the  object  of  this  contemplation  is  not 
in  itself  directly  supernatural ;  it  is  produced 
according  to  the  general  laws  which  can  be 
observed  in  all  human  thought  and  feeling. 
That  is,  such  contemplation  is  not  in  the  true 
sense  mystical. 

The  essentially  supernatural  character  of 
the  truly  mystical  state  is  perhaps  best  illus- 
trated by  the  passivity  which  all  writers  on 
the  subject  hold  to  be  its  most  characteristic 
feature.  God  is  not  discovered  by  the  mystic  ; 
indeed  this  special  manifestation  of  Him  may 
not,  strictly  speaking,  be  even  sought.  He 
makes  Himself  known  ''experimentally";  and 
the  person  so  favoured  contributes  nothing,  at 
least  directly,  to   this    result.^       In  all  natural 

1  Such  criticism  as  that  of  Mr  Inge  ("  Christian  Mysticism," 
pp.  Ill,  112)  would  be  perfectly  just  if  mystical  contemplation 
were  held  to  be  a  merely  natural  process.  All  the  human  mind 
can  do  towards  attaining   it   is   merely  negative,  and  in  the 

E 


66  MYSTICISM 

cognition — i.e.,  in  the  acquisition  of  anything 
that  may  rightly  be  called  knowledge,  however 
complex,  recondite  or  elementary — there  must 
always  be  a  preponderating  element  of  mental 
activity.  There  must  be  not  merely  sensa- 
tion and  intelligent  consciousness,  but  ''apper- 
ception " — the  active  direction  of  the  mind  to 
the  object  before  it,  together  with  the  complex 
process  of  analysis,  abstraction,  distinction  and 
comparison  which  underlies  the  simplest  act  of 
cognition.  Such  activity  is  involved  in  the 
perception  of  a  tree,  a  house  or  a  flower,  in 
the  reproduction  by  the  help  of  imagination  or 
memory  of  an  idea ;  or  in  the  recognition  of 
an  acquaintance.  But  in  all  mystical  states 
this  process  is  absent.  God  takes  possession 
of  the  mental  powers  and  focusses  them  upon 
Himself,  and  those  which  from  their  nature 
cannot  be  so  focussed  are  left  idle.  Memory, 
imagination,  or  will  may  or  may  not  be  in 
use,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  experi- 
ence, but  the  discursive  reason  is  necessarily  in 

natural  order  the  result  of  such  mere  negation  or  abstraction  is 
zero.  But  it  is  just  because  of  this  that  true  mysticism  is  per- 
ceived to  be  supernatural.  The  blank  can  really  be  filled  only 
by  divine  agency,  not  by  human  "hypostatisation." 


THE    NATURE    OF    MYSTICAL    EXPERIENCE   67 

abeyance.  In  point  of  fact,  mystical  cognition 
is  to  the  soul  precisely  what  sensation  is  to 
the  body. 

We  do  not  reason  in  order  to  ascertain 
whether  we  feel  heat  or  cold,  pain  or  pleasure  ; 
we  are  simply  aware  of  the  fact.  Sensation 
cannot  be  defined,  or  even  described,  other- 
wise than  in  terms  of  other  sensations ;  and 
its  occurrence  is  not  susceptible  of  proof,  other- 
wise than  by  very  inconclusive  circumstantial 
evidence.  One  cannot  prove  directly  that 
one  has  a  toothache,  or  that  the  subject  in  a 
hypnotic  trance  has  no  sensation  of  the  pins 
thrust  into  his  flesh  by  the  operator ;  we  have 
only  his  word  for  it.  In  the  same  way, 
mystical  experience  is  a  matter  of  direct  con- 
tact between  God  and  the  soul ;  its  conditions 
may  possibly  be  ascertainable  up  to  a  certain 
point,  as  those  of  sensation  are,  but  it  cannot 
be  precisely  either  defined,  explained  or 
proved.^     It  follows  that  the   mystical  experi- 

^  "  Une  ame  recueillie  sous  le  regard  de  Dieu  peut,  i  I'aide  de 
rimagination,  se  representer  Dieu  present  en  elle.  .  .  .  Mais 
cette  image  de  Dieu,  dont  nous  sommes  les  auteurs,  ne 
ressemble  en  rien  a  la  r^alit^  que  la  contemplation  mystique 
nous  fait  sentir.  C^est  Dieu  lui-meme,  et  non  plus  son  image 
que  nous  apergevons." — Lejeune,  Vie  Mystique^  p.  10. 


68  MYSTICISM 

ence  is  not  to  be  obtained  by  any  means 
within  the  power  of  the  person  who  desires 
it.  It  is,  obviously,  no  more  possible  to  ensure 
experience  of  this  kind  by  any  deliberate 
course  of  action  than  it  is  to  obtain  a  particular 
kind  of  weather  by  the  exercise  of  one's  own 
powers.  Here  lies,  in  fact,  the  great  practical 
difference  between  mystical  states  and  those 
which  belong  to  the  ordinary  economy  of 
divine  grace,  a  difference  which  hardly  seems 
to  have  been  always  clearly  present  to  the 
minds  of  some  writers  on  the  subject. 

By  the  fulfilment  of  certain  conditions  the 
devout  Christian  can  attain  with  certainty  to 
the  enjoyment  of  an  abundant  measure  of 
grace,  sufficient  or  more  than  sufficient  for  all 
his  needs.  The  effects  of  prayer  and  of  the 
sacraments  are  certain,  and  are  within  the  reach 
of  all  who  choose  to  make  use  of  these  means 
of  spiritual  advancement.  Moreover,  the 
rational  appreciation  of  the  mysteries  of  the 
Christian  faith  is  open  to  all,  independently 
of  natural  ability  or  acquired  skill ;  they 
offer  an  abundantly  sufficient  field  to  the 
reason   and    imagination   of  all   men,   whether 


THE   NATURE    OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE   69 

lettered  or  unlettered,  whether  intellectually 
acute  or  dull ;  they  adapt  themselves,  like 
the  objects  of  universal  desire  in  the  life  of 
the  senses,  to  the  capacity  and  character  of 
each  separate  individual.  The  joys  and  con- 
flicts and  anxiety  of  the  life  of  grace  are 
equally  real  to  the  refined  and  learned  and 
to  the  rude  and  ignorant,  and,  fundamentally, 
they  are  the  same  for  all ;  but  there  can  be 
no  doubt  that  they  are  apprehended  under 
somewhat  different  forms  by  persons  of 
different  character  and  education  —  as  the 
satisfaction  of  the  desire  for  food  conveys  an 
identical  pleasure  to  the  epicure  and  the 
ploughman  alike,  but  the  kind  of  food  pre- 
ferred (as  distinct  from  its  chemical  qualities) 
is  different  in  each  case. 

But  there  are  no  conditions  by  the  fulfil- 
ment of  which  mystical  experience  may  be 
ensured ;  and  its  character,  unlike  that  of 
ordinary  religious  experience,  in  no  way 
depends  on  either  the  efforts  or  the  natural 
endowments  of  the  person  who  undergoes 
it.  The  mystic  is  the  mere  recipient  of  the 
favours  bestowed  on  him ;  he  can  do  nothing 


70  MYSTICISM 

towards  either  procuring  them  or  determining 
their  special  character.  Mysticism  is  there- 
fore to  be  conceived  as  the  raptus  or 
ecstasis  of  St  Paul  and  St  Thomas :  ^  it 
is  outside  the  natural  sphere  of  human  life, 
and  in  respect  of  all  natural  experience  it 
has  consequently  no  place  or  function  ;  for  it 
all  natural  objects  of  perception  are  involved 
in  "darkness"  and  ** ignorance,"  and  the 
ordinary  functions  of  sense  and  intellect  are 
for  the  time  being  directed  by  the  "  new 
supernatural  aptitude "  of  which  St  John  of 
the  Cross  speaks.  *'Our  Lord,"  says  St 
Teresa,  ''does  not  require  the  faculties  or 
senses  to  open  the  door  of  the  heart  to  Him  ; 
they  are  all  asleep."  "We  can  do  nothing," 
she  adds,   "on  our  part." 

"Simple  unity  with  God,"  says  Ruysbroeck, 
"can  be  felt  and  possessed  by  none,  save  by 
those  who  stand  before  the  immense  bright- 
ness,   without  reason  and   without  restraint."^ 

*  2  Cor.  vii. ;  Summa,  2.  2.  175  i.  c,  and  cf.  St  Bernard  (De 

Inter.  Domo).    "  Necesse  est  ad  cor  altum  ascendere  et  mentis 

excessu  per  divinam  revelationam  addiscere,  quid  sit  illud  ad 

quod  adspirare  vel  studere  oporteat,  et  ad  qualem  sublimitatis 

habitum  animum  suum  componere  et  assuescere  debeat." 

2  Ruysbroeck,  De  Calculo, 


THE   NATURE   OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE   71 

Thus  the  consciousness  of  free  rational  beings 
returns  to  that  simplicity  of  divine  relations 
which,  at  the  other  end  of  the  scale  of 
creation,  appears  as  the  perfect  mechanical 
fulfilment  by  inanimate  and  irrational  creatures 
of  their  divinely  appointed  destiny.  The 
human  intellect  has,  in  some  sense,  arrived 
at  the  goal  of  its  desires  when  it  can  say 
'*ut  jumentum  factus  sum  apud  Te." 

Another  obviously  necessary  consequence  of 
the  passive  condition  of  the  soul  which  marks 
all  truly  mystical  states  is  the  certainty  as 
to  the  real  character  of  those  states  which 
accompanies  them.  Here,  again,  there  is  an 
exact  parallel  in  sense  -  experience.  Sensation 
is,  as  we  have  remarked,  incapable  of  being 
defined  or  proved ;  the  one  thing  that  we 
know  about  it  is  that  it  occurs.  Whatever 
the  conditions  may  be,  and  whether  there  is 
an  adequate  cause  present  or  not,  the  one 
indubitable  fact  in  sensation  is  the  certainty 
of  the  experience.  A  person  may  feel  cold 
in  circumstances  which  cause  others  to  feel 
hot ;  or  he  may  not  feel  anything  under 
conditions   which   cause    most    people   to  feel 


72  MYSTICISM 

a  great  deal  —  or  again  in  some  peculiar 
affections  of  the  nerves  he  may  feel  intense 
pain  without  any  apparent  cause.  Yet  his 
sensations  are  in  every  case  undeniably  facts. 
This  is  precisely  the  case  of  the  mystic :  he 
is  certain  of  the  divine  communication,  though 
he  cannot  prove  it ;  and  his  conviction  that 
it  is  divine  is  unshakeable.^ 

It  must,  however,  be  clearly  understood  that 
this  subjective  certitude  is  not  to  be  taken 
for  a  proof  that  the  experience  so  certified  is 
a  genuinely  mystical  one.  Benedict  XIV., 
in  his  treatise  De  Canonisatione^  gives  a  long 
list  of  natural  conditions  which  may  give  rise 
to  apparently  mystical  experiences  —  such  as 
nervous  excitement,  hysteria,  memory  associa- 
tion and  disease.^  Professor  James  gives  a 
nearly  identical  list  of  such  causes.  Certainty 
is  a  conditio  sine  qua  non — without  it,  no  mysti- 
cal experience  can  be  considered  genuine,^  but 
it  is  not  therefore  inconsistent  with  decep- 
tion.    Precisely  the  same  thing,  of  course,  may 

^  James,  Varieties^  loc.  cit. 

^  Heroic  Virtue  (Oratorian  translation),  vol.  iii.  ch.  x. 
^  St  Teresa,  Castle,  5.  i.  9  :  "A  soul  which  does  not  feel  this 
assurance  has  not  been  united  to  God  entirely." 


THE   NATURE   OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE    73 

be  said  about  sensation.  A  sensation  is  a 
fact  of  experience,  and  differs  altogether  from 
the  most  vivid  imaginary  presentment  of  the 
same  fact ;  we  can  never  mistake  one  for  the 
other.  But  we  may  be  widely  mistaken  as 
to  the  cause  of  our  sensations  ;  and  we  may, 
on  the  other  hand,  be  deluded  by  memory  or 
imagination  as  to  the  actual  occurrence  of  sensa- 
tions in  the  past.  We  may  so  vividly  imagine 
certain  sensations  as  to  think  that  we  must 
have  actually  experienced  them  at  some  time  ; 
as  some  people  are  said  to  have  told  a  fictitious 
story  so  often  that  they  have  come  to  believe 
it.  But  in  such  cases  the  clear  realisation  of 
a  definite  and  particular  sensation  is  certainly 
absent.  In  the  same  way  delusions  as  to 
past  supposed  mystical  experiences  are  by  no 
means  unknown.  But  in  such  cases  there 
is  a  complete  absence  of  the  circumstantiality 
which  is  characteristic  of  all  accounts  of  genuine 
experiences  ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  there  is 
generally  a  definiteness  and  descriptive  plausi- 
bility in  accounts  of  the  memory-created  ex- 
periences themselves  which  is  invariably  absent 
from  the  genuine  ones. 


74  MYSTICISM 

The  reason  of  this  is  to  be  found  in  another 
feature  of  genuine  mysticism,  namely,  the 
impossibility  of  describing  the  experiences 
of  mystical  states  in  anything  like  detail.  In 
the  case  of  visions  it  is  true  that  certain 
salient  features  of  the  appearances  are  dis- 
tinctly remembered  and  described ;  and  in 
''locutions"  the  phrases  heard  or  understood 
can  be  repeated  from  memory.  But  these, 
as  will  be  more  fully  explained  later,  are  the 
** accidents"  of  mysticism.^  Its  essence  is 
direct  contact  with  a  transcendental  reality  ; 
and  this,  from  its  nature,  is  incapable  of 
being  described  in  the  terms  of  ordinary 
sense-experience  to  which  human  language 
is   necessarily  limited.^     Mysticism    can   make 

^  "These  (corporeal)  visions,  inasmuch  as  they  are  visions 
of  created  things,  between  which  and  God  there  is  no  congruity 
or  proportion,  cannot  subserve  the  understanding  as  proximate 
means  of  divine  union." — Asc.  of  Carmel,  ii.  xxiv.  "These  super- 
natural visitations  are  nothing  else  but  the  motes  of  the  Spirit." — 
lb.  ii.  xix. 

St  Teresa  only  knows  such  visions  from  hearsay.  "  Of  bodily 
apparitions  I  can  say  nothing  ;  for  the  person  I  mentioned 
(herself)  never  experienced  anything  of  this  kind  herself,  and 
therefore  could  not  speak  about  it  with  certainty."  —  Castle, 
6.  9.  3. 

^  Cf.  Bossuet's  Instr.  sur  les  j^tats  d'Oraison.  "  Elev^s  \ 
une  oraison  dont  ils  ne  pouvaient  expliquer  les  sublimites  par  le 


THE   NATURE   OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE  75 

no  use  of  the  terms  of  sense  -  experience 
to  describe  what  is  supersensible ;  and  its 
opportunities  are  far  too  limited  to  enable 
it  to  construct  a  descriptive  terminology  of 
its  own.  The  consciousness  of  the  actual 
divine  presence  admits  of  no  description ; 
only  the  bare  fact  can  be  stated,  apart 
from  its  effect  on  the  person  who  experi- 
ences it. 

But  though  the  mystical  vision  of  God  is 
a  thing  which  cannot  be  obtained  by  natural 

langage  commun,  ils  ont  6t6  obliges  d'enfler  leur  style  pour  nous 
donner  quelque  idee  de  leurs  transports."  And  St  Teresa 
(Castle,  7.  I.  9):  "By  some  mysterious  manifestation  of  the 
truth,  the  three  Persons  of  the  most  Blessed  Trinity  reveal 
themselves,  etc.  Thus  that  which  we  hold  as  a  doctrine  of  faith 
the  soul  now,  so  to  speak,  understands  by  sight,  although  it 
beholds  the  Blessed  Trinity  by  neither  bodily  nor  spiritual  eyes." 
And  again  (Castle,  6.  5.  9) :  "  These  visions,  and  many  other 
things  impossible  to  describe,  are  revealed  by  some  wonderful 
intuition  that  I  cannot  explain.'^  "On  returning  to  itself,  the 
mind  can  recall  what  has  been  seen,  but  is  unable  to  describe 
it."  B.  Angela  of  Foligno  :  "  Divine  operations  went  on  in  my 
soul  which  were  so  ineffable  that  neither  angel  nor  saint  could 
relate  or  explain  them." 

St  John  of  the  Cross  {Asc.  ii.  28)  :  "  Moses  was  unable  to 
describe  what  he  learned  of  God  in  that  particular  knowledge 
and  so  gave  utterance  to  ordinary  words.  Though,  at  times, 
when  this  knowledge  is  vouchsafed  to  the  soul,  words  are 
uttered,  yet  the  soul  knows  full  well  that  it  has  in  no  wise 
expressed  what  it  felt  because  it  is  conscious  that  there  are  no 
words  of  adequate  signification." 


76  MYSTICISM 

means,  being  God's  free  gift,  and  altogether 
beyond  the  sphere  of  nature,  it  is  neverthe- 
less not  only  possible  but,  ordinarily  speaking, 
necessary  to  prepare  for  it  —  to  make  the 
soul  fit,  so  far  as  that  is  possible,  for  the 
guest  whom  it  hopes  to  receive.^  Though 
no  amount  of  preparation  can  ensure  His 
coming,  it  is  nevertheless  not  to  be  hoped 
for  unless  the  soul  has  been  made  ready  for 
Him.  This  preparation  is  merely  negative 
in  regard  to  the  supernatural  state  to  which 
it  is  preliminary,  consisting  as  it  does  in  the 
purification  of  the  soul  from  actual  sin,  from 
worldly  desires  and  negligent  habits.  But 
in  itself  it  is,  of  course,  positive  enough,  and 
its  benefits  are  definite  and  substantial.  It 
is,  indeed,  nothing  less  than  the  fullest 
Christian  life,  the  fulfilment  of  all  the  con- 
ditions of  salvation,  and  even  of  eminent 
sanctity.  Mystical  states,  as  we  may  see 
more  clearly  later  on,  are  not  by  any  means 
necessary  to  holiness,  and  it  is  at  least  ideally 

1  Gerson,  MysL  Theol.^  Cons.  xxx.  "  Mystica  theologia 
acquiritur  per  scholam  affectus  et  per  exercitium  vehemens 
moralium  virtutum,  disponentium  animam  ad  purgationem." 


THE   NATURE    OF    MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE    77 

possible  to  attain  the  highest  sanctity  with- 
out any  mystical  experience  whatever,  in  the 
true  or  Dionysian  sense/  The  first  four  of 
St  Teresa's  **  mansions "  are  mainly  occupied 
by  this  preparation  for  the  favours  to  be 
received  in  the  last  three.  The  ''  Fourth 
Mansion "  consists  of  a  blending  of  the 
natural  and  supernatural  in  the  ''prayer  of 
recollection"  and  the  "prayer  of  quiet";  the 
subsequent  "prayer  of  union"  and  "spiritual 
marriage  "  are  wholly  supernatural. 
u  The  precise  nature  of  mystical  contempla- 
tion as  distinguished  from  other  spiritual  or 
intellectual  functions  more  or  less  connected 
with  and  resembling  it  is  defined  in  practi- 
cally the  same  way,  though  with  a  varying 
amount  of  detail,  by  all  mystical  writers.  It 
is  perhaps  most  clearly  and  briefly  expressed 
by  Gerson,  who  follows  substantially  Hugo 
of  St  Victor,  and  the  more  elaborately  sub- 
divided but  essentially  identical  method  of 
Richard,  his  successor.  The  powers  of  the' 
soul,  Gerson  says,  are  divisible  into  cognitive 
and  affective  ;   mystical  theology  is  the  object 

1  See  Poulain,  Des  Graces  d^Oraison,  and  Asc.  ii.  v.  8. 


78  MYSTICISM 

of  the  latter,  as  speculative  theology  is  of  the 
former.  The  cognitive  powers  are  those  of 
intelligence,  reason  and  sense-perception ;  the 
affective  appetite,  will  and  synderesis,  or  the 
natural  perception  and  consequent  desire  of 
good.  St  Thomas  considered  this  last  to 
be  not  a  power,  but  a  natural  intellectual 
habit  ;  and  though  Gerson,  like  other  mysti- 
cal writers,  speaks  of  it  as  a  potentia  animae, 
he  expressly  guards  himself  against  the  sup- 
position that  he  is  constructing  a  system  of 
real  psychological  distinctions.  The  powers 
are  distinct,  he  says,  not  in  reality  but  in 
name ;  for  his  immediate  purpose,  however, 
he  finds  it  convenient  to  treat  them  as  if 
they  were  really  distinct  in  nature.^ 

The  two  sets  of  faculties  work  together. 
Their  first  or  last  function  is  mere  coo^itation 
— the  discursive  consideration  of  the  objects 
of  sense  :  then  comes  meditation,  or  the  con- 
centrated application  of  the  reason  to  these 
objects,  and  the  production  by  it  of  abstract 
ideas ;  these,  again,  can  be  contemplated  by 
the    simple    intelligence    apart    from    sense- 

^  My  St.  Theol.^  Cons.  ix. ;  cf.  Summa  TheoL^  i.  79.  12. 


THE   NATURE    OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE    79 

perception.  So  far  all  is  natural ;  the  cogni- 
tive and  affective  faculties  act  mutually  on  one 
another,  and  on  the  objects  presented  to  them. 
But  above  all  natural  objects  is  the  divine 
presence,  which  is  known  —  by  special  divine 
favour — not  as  an  abstract  idea  resulting  from 
meditation,^  but  as  the  immediate  object  of 
love,  in  the  rapture  or  exaltation  of  the  soul 
above  itself  which  is  the  effect  of  love  whether 
natural  or  supernatural.  Thus  **he  that  is 
joined  to  the  Lord  is  one  spirit." 

It  is  plain  that  according  to  this  analysis 
the  experimental  knowledge,  vision,  or  con- 
templation of  God  takes  place  through  the 
agency  of  the  natural  powers  of  the  soul ;  the 
supernatural  factor  is  the  gratuitous  divine 
communication  which  the  soul  receives.  Some 
obscurity,  however,  has  been  caused  by  the 
language  of  some  of  the  more  speculative 
mystics  on  this  point.     Eckhart,  and  after  him 

1  Myst.  Theol.^  Cons,  xliii.  "  In  anima  contemplativa  amor,  et 
mystica  theologia  et  oratio  perfecta  aut  idem  sunt,  aut  se 
invicem  praesupponunt.  Nam,  ut  patet  ex  praedictis,  mystica 
theologia  est  cognitio  experimentalis  habita  de  Deo  per 
conjunctionem  affectus  spiritualis  cum  eodem — quae  nimirum 
adhaesio  fit  per  extaticum  amorem,  teste  beato  Dionysio." 


8o  MYSTICISM 

Tauler,  speak  of  the  "ground"  of  the  soul — 
its  core  or  essence,  to  which  the  correspond- 
ing **  ground  "  or  nature  of  the  Godhead  com- 
municates itself  in  virtue  of  a  certain  natural 
affinity  which  exists  between  the  two.  This 
''ground"  of  the  soul  is  also  called  the 
"spark"  (scintilla,  fiinkelehi)  or  "apex" — - 
as  the  purest  or  highest  part,  and  the  fittest 
therefore  to  be  the  medium  of  the  divine 
self  -  communication.  Eckhart's  pantheistic 
tendencies  seem  to  have  led  him  to  assimilate 
the  "spark"  to  the  divine  nature,  as  homo- 
geneous if  not  in  some  sense  identical  with 
it.  Tauler  keeps  clear  of  this  mistake  ;  and 
with  Gerson  the  scintilla  or  apex  mentis  is 
merely  a  name  for  the  intellect,  which  is  the 
contemplative  faculty.^  With  Ruysbroeck  the 
"ground"  is  the  mirror  in  which  the  Divine 
Being  is  reflected ;  St  John  of  the  Cross  calls 
it  the  "substance  of  the  soul,"  or  again  the 
"eye  of  the  soul,  which  is  the  understanding," 
and  the  recipient  of  the  divine  illumination. 
But  the  light  may  be  so  excessive  as  to 
cause  darkness  ;  and  so  we  come  back  to  the 

^  See  Inge,  "Christian  Mysticism,"  Appendix  C. 


THE    NATURE    OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE   8i 

Dionysian  phraseology,  in  which  darkness  and 
ignorance  are  the  means  of  seeing  and  know- 
ing. But  all  this  is  evidently  the  language 
of  practical  devotion,  and  not  (except  perhaps 
in  the  case  of  Eckhart)  of  speculative  theology, 
still  less  of  analytical  psychology.  What  it 
amounts  to  is  no  more  than  the  doctrine  that 
the  soul  has  a  faculty  by  means  of  which  it 
can,  when  God  so  pleases,  contemplate  Him 
directly  and  even  become  united  to  Him.  We 
shall  consider  in  the  next  chapter  what  the 
nature  of  the  process  on  its  human  side  may 
be  supposed  to  be. 

It  is  somewhat  strange  that  such  writers  as 
Hugo  and  Richard  of  St  Victor,  St  Bona- 
venture  and  Gerson  should  be  spoken  of  as 
having  attempted  to  '*  reconcile"  mysticism  with 
scholasticism.  They  were  never  at  variance, 
and  no  reconciliation  was  either  necessary 
or  possible,  unless  in  the  sense  in  which 
all  theory  may  be  considered  as  attempting 
to  reconcile  fact  with  itself.  Scholasticism  set 
itself  to  give  a  reasoned  account  of  man's 
nature  and  total  environment ;  mysticism  was 
one   of  the   great    facts  which    it   was    bound 


82  MYSTICISM 

to  take  into  consideration ;  and  the  Platonic 
elements  in  the  earlier  mysticism  came  into 
it  in  no  other  way  than  this.  But  mysticism 
is  not  itself  either  Platonic  or  Aristotelian ; 
on  its  natural  side  it  is  simply  human,  and 
falls  into  its  inevitable  place  in  the  order  of 
things  which  all  systems  of  philosophy  seek 
to  analyse  and  explain.^  Mysticism  is  always 
recognisably  the  same  thing,  whether  we  meet 
it  in  a  Platonic  or  a  scholastic  dress. 

What,  then,  may  be  called  the  normal 
course  of  mysticism  proceeds  first  by  way  of 
devout  preparation  in  the  discharge  of  ordi- 
nary Christian  duties  and  the  use  of  ordinary 
means  of  grace  ;  next,  it  leads  the  soul  into 
the  immediate  presence  of  God,  as  an  experi- 
enced reality,  and  not  merely  as  a  concept  or 
imagination ;  and  the  third  stage,  described 
in  various  terms  by  various  writers,  consists 
of  a  progressive   union    with    God  —  a  union 

^  Eckhart  is  said  to  have  drawn  his  philosophy  mainly  from 
St  Thomas.  Of  Dionysius,  who  is  too  often  treated  as  a  mere 
Platonist,  Corderius  says  :  "  Observatu  dignissimum,  quomodo 
S.  Dionysius  primus  Scholasticae  Theologiae  jecerit  funda- 
menta,  quibus  ceteri  deinceps  theologi  eam  quae  de  Deo 
rebusque  divinis  in  Scholis  traditur  doctrinam  omnem  in- 
aedificarunt." — Observationes  Generales  in  Dion,^  12. 


THE   NATURE    OF   MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE    83 

which  is  not  merely  a  matter  of  conviction, 
the  mere  union  of  will  which  is  the  privilege 
of  all  devout  persons,  but  a  fact  of  experience 
consciously  realised.  *'  In  it,"  says  St  John 
of  the  Cross,  ''the  soul  seems  to  be  God 
rather  than  itself,  and  indeed  is  God  by 
participation,  though  in  reality  preserving  its 
own  natural  substance  as  distinct  from  God 
as  it  did  before,  although  transformed  in  Him." 
St  Teresa's  well-known  subdivision  of  this 
last  or  supernatural  stage  is  threefold — the 
prayer  of  quiet  or  recollection  in  its  higher 
form,  in  which  the  sense  of  the  divine 
presence  is  communicated  -to  the  soul  and 
contemplated  passively  by  it ;  the  prayer  of 
union,  which  is  "a  foretaste  of  heaven,"  and 
in  which  the  soul  "  seems  to  have  left  its 
mortal  covering  (though  this  is  not  really  the 
case)  to  abide  more  entirely  in  God " ;  and 
lastly,  the  "spiritual  marriage,"  in  which  the 
soul  is  no  longer  absorbed  or  lost  in  God, 
but  recovers  the  exercise  of  its  powers,  though 
in  an  exalted  and  supernatural  way,  and 
"sees  and  understands  somewhat  of  the  grace 
received   in    a  strange  and  wonderful  manner 


84  MYSTICISM 

by  means  of  intellectual  vision."     Thus  **the 
three   persons    of   the    most    Blessed    Trinity- 
reveal  themselves  ;  the  doctrine  which  we  hold 
by  faith,  the  soul  now,  so  to  speak,  understands 
by  sight."     It  is   remarkable  that  St  Teresa, 
like  all  other  mystics,  in  spite  of  the  minuteness 
and  particularity  of  her  classification,  is  able  to 
tell  us  little  or  nothing  of  the  actual  content 
of  these  blissful   experiences.      She    exhausts 
herself  in  passionate  insistence  on  the  delight 
they  impart  to  the  soul ;  but  as  to  the  precise 
cause  and  nature  of  it  she  has  nothing  to  say ; 
and  as  little   can   she   convey  what  is  to  be 
understood  by  the  **  intellectual  vision,"  which 
is  neither  of  the   bodily   nor   of  the  spiritual 
eyes.     The  reason  is,  as  we  have  already  seen, 
that  these  things   are    indescribable,    for  want 
of  existing  words  in  which    to  describe  them 
or  of  natural  experience  with  which  to  compare 
them.     Each  fragment  of  mystical  knowledge 
is   like   a   dirai  XeyojuLevov    in   the   language   of 
human  understanding. 

Visions  and  locutions,  or  voices,  may  or  may 
not  occur  in  the  states  of  union  ;  they  do  not 
occur  in  any  other.     Visions  are  imaginary — 


THE    NATURE    OF    MYSTICAL    EXPERIENCE    85 

i.e.y  quasi  -  sensible  figures  pictured  to  the 
imagination  without  causing  actual  sensation — 
or  spiritual ;  the  latter  are  of  two  kinds,  one 
of  corporeal  substances  perceived,  according 
to  St  John  of  the  Cross,  '*in  a  certain  light 
emanating  from  God,"  in  which  the  distant 
things  of  heaven  and  earth  may  be  seen ; 
and  the  other  kind  consists  of  incorporeal 
existences,  perceived  after  the  same  super- 
natural manner. 

Locutions  in  like  manner  may  be  either 
mentally  formed  phrases  representing  thoughts 
or  impressions  produced  by  divine  grace  in 
the  soul  while  in  a  state  of  recollection,  or  they 
may  be  formed  in  the  mind  by  direct  super- 
natural agency. 

But  visions  and  locutions  are,  it  must  be 
repeated,  not  necessarily  a  part  of  mystical 
experience ;  and  all  mystical  writers  agree  in 
asserting  that  they  are,  in  any  case,  the  least 
important  part.  In  practice  all  authorities 
teach  that  they  are  to  be  entirely  disregarded. 
It  is  true  that  the  experience  of  such  mystics 
as  B.  Margaret  Mary  Alacoque,  Blessed  Julian 
of  Norwich    or    Anne    Catherine    Emmerich 


86  MYSTICISM 

appears  to  consist  entirely  of  visions  and 
voices.  But  in  these  three  cases,  and  in 
countless  others,  it  will  be  found  that  the 
mode  in  which  thoughts  were  conveyed  to, 
and  emotions  excited  in  the  person  is  of  quite 
secondary  importance.  In  these  cases,  the 
communications  come  through  visions  of  our 
Lord  seen  under  various  aspects,  and  declaring 
His  will  and  desires  in  formally  understood 
words.  But  it  was  not  the  mere  vision  or 
quasi-vocal  communication  in  itself  that  gave 
value  to  the  experience,  or  constituted  its 
title  to  acceptance  as  genuine,  either  in  the 
mind  of  the  actual  recipient  or  in  the  opinion 
of  those  who  afterwards  had  to  pronounce 
judgment  on  the  nature  of  the  case.  It  was 
always  the  manifestation  of  the  love  and 
patience  of  the  divine  humanity  that  was  both 
the  source  of  consolation  and  the  guarantee 
of  reality. 

The  possibility  of  self-delusion  in  such  a 
matter  (without  considering  the  possibility  of 
diabolical  deception)  is,  of  course,  almost  in- 
exhaustible, and  no  mystical  writer  fails  to 
warn  his  readers  against  this  danger  ;    which, 


THE   NATURE    OF    MYSTICAL   EXPERIENCE  87 

it  may  be  well  to  remark,  in  the  processes  of 
beatification  and  canonisation  is  kept  constantly 
in  view,  and,  as  has  been  already  noticed,  is 
strongly  insisted  on  by  Benedict  XIV.  in  his 
treatise  on  the  subject. 


CHAPTER   IV 

THE   OBJECT   OF   MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE 

Mystical  contemplation  is  the  sight  of  God. 
It  cannot  be  called  anything  else,  though  obvi- 
ously sight  or  vision  is  not  quite  an  appro- 
priate word  to  describe  a  process  essentially 
different  from  any  of  those  to  which  the  term 
is  commonly  applied.  We  speak  of  ''seeing" 
indeed,  not  only  when  we  mean  the  exercise 
of  a  bodily  organ  of  sense,  but  also,  by  a 
metaphor,  when  we  mean  the  intellectual  per- 
ception of  an  idea,  or  a  truth  presented  to 
us  from  without.  But  mystical  sight  is  neither 
of  these.  It  is  not  bodily  sight,  because  God 
is  invisible ;  and  it  is  not  intellectual  percep- 
tion, because  in  mystical  contemplation  it  is 
not  an  idea  that  is  seen,  but  a  living  reality. 
In  meditation  the  thoughts  or  ideas  abstracted 

from  the  subject  under  consideration  are  con- 

88 


THE   OBJECT   OF    MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE  89 

templated ;  but  In  mystical  or  supernatural 
contemplation  it  is  God  Himself  that  is  the 
object  perceived,  not  any  idea  of  Him  or  any 
thoughts  about  Him.  It  is  a  unique  mode 
of  perception,  corresponding  to  the  unicity  of 
that  which  is  perceived.  Nevertheless,  it  has 
this  point  of  similarity  to  bodily  sight,  that  the 
object  is  directly  and  immediately  perceived  ; 
it  is  analogously  to  the  soul  what  sight  is  to 
the  body.  All  language  in  which  such  vision 
may  be  described  suffers  from  the  difficulty 
and  liability  to  misapprehension  which  besets 
it  whenever  it  deals  with  transcendental 
realities.  Thus  the  persons  of  the  Blessed 
Trinity  can  only  be  spoken  of  in  metaphorical 
or  analogous  terms ;  paternity,  filiation,  pro- 
cession, have  in  this  connection  meanings 
very  different  from  those  which  belong  to  the 
words  in  their  ordinary  use.  The  mystical 
sight  of  God,  then,  is  not  sight  of  the  bodily 
kind,  nor  is  it  in  any  way  like  ordinary  in- 
tellectual perception  :  it  is  something  entirely 
separate  and  different  from  all  normal  experi- 
ences of  body  and  soul.  The  soul,  indeed, 
still  exercises   its   natural  powers,  or  some  of 


90  MYSTICISM 

them ;  but  it  exercises  them  under  entirely 
abnormal  conditions,  created  by  the  character 
of  the  object  with  which  it  has  to  deal 

This  object  is  God  :  but  we  naturally  ask 
how  the  soul  can  see  God  —  how  we  can 
suppose  God  so  to  present  Himself  to  the 
soul  as  to  be  directly  perceived  by  it.  For 
the  proper  function  of  the  soul  is  to  think, 
understand  and  will :  and  those  functions  pre- 
suppose abstract  ideas,  singly  or  combined,  as 
their  objects.  But  ex  hypothesi  it  is  not  an 
abstract  idea  that  the  mystic  contemplates : 
God  does  not  present  Himself  in  the  shape 
of  a  concept  or  a  proposition,  for  if  He  did 
so.  He  would  not  be  directly  present ;  the 
object  of  contemplation  would  not  be  God, 
but  only  the  contemplative's  idea  or  thought 
about  Him,  But  then  what  else  but  an  idea 
or  proposition  can  it  conceivably  be  that  the 
soul  perceives  in  the  "intellectual  vision"? 
It  appears  to  be  the  difficulty  of  determin- 
ing this  point  that  has  led  many  to  suppose 
that  the  immediate  and  external  character  of 
mystical  vision  is  a  delusion  ;  that  it  is  really 
no  more  than  the  contemplation  of  an   idea 


THE   OBJECT   OF    MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE   gi 

or  an  image  drawn  from  the  recesses  of  past 
experience  and  thought,  by  some  unconscious 
or  subconscious  process.  Certainly  there 
would  be  much  to  be  said  for  this  view  if 
we  were  really  unable  to  detect  any  possible 
affinity  between  the  soul  and  the  mystical 
object  of  its  intellectual  perception ;  though, 
even  so,  the  persistent  testimony  of  genera- 
tions of  mystics  to  the  fact  might  well  cause 
one  to  hesitate  before  accepting  an  explanation 
which  explains  it  away. 

The  difficulty,  it  should  be  noticed  in  the 
first  place,  is  not  confined  to  mystical  theology. 
It  is  just  as  urgent  if  we  ask  how  any  rational 
creature  can  see  God  at  any  time  and  under 
any  conditions.  How  can  the  blessed  see 
Him  eternally  in  Heaven  ?  They  are  still 
rational  beings ;  they  undergo,  intellectually 
at  least,  no  radical  change  when  they  pass 
from  time  to  eternity ;  and  yet  the  whole  of 
their  beatitude  consists  in  the  vision  of  God, 
not  by  any  means  in  merely  thinking  about 
Him.  If  then  we  are  to  reject  the  mystics' 
account  of  their  contemplative  vision  on  this 
ground,   we  must   equally  reject  the  doctrine 


92  MYSTICISM 

of  the  Church  and  the  statements  of  Scripture 
as  to  the  beatific  vision  hereafter  —  which 
practically  amounts  to  rejection  of  Christianity 
altogether.^ 

But  it  need  hardly  be  said  that  there  is 
no  such  obvious  lacuna  in  the  account  which 
Christianity  gives  of  itself  as  would  entitle 
any  one  to  reject  it  as  inadequate.  The 
modus  of  the  beatific  vision  can  be  explained 
quite  sufficiently  to  show  its  entire  consistency 
with  what  we  know  of  the  necessary  relations 
between  the  human  intelligence  and  its  natural 
object ;  and  the  same  explanation  removes  the 
difficulty — which  at  first  sight  seems  insur- 
mountable —  of  attributing  to  the  object  of 
mystical  knowledge  any  higher  degree  of 
external  reality  than  belongs  to  the  ordinary 
**  Universal." 

This   difficulty,   we   have   seen,    consists   in 

^  Corderius  points  out  that  since  the  soul  is  capable  of 
exercising  certain  functions  without  the  direct  co-operation  of 
the  senses,  and  is  able  to  exist  in  a  disembodied  state,  a  purely 
spiritual  vision  is  not  contrary  to  its  nature.  He  adds  that 
the  mystical  vision  is  not  so  precisely  "quidditative"  as  the 
beatific — /.<?.,  the  divine  essence  (which  no  creature  can  fully 
comprehend)  is  much  less  clearly  known  in  the  one  than  in  the 
other.     ("  Quaestio  Mystica,'"  in  Dion.  Myst.  Theol.^  c.  v.) 


THE   OBJECT   OF   MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE  93 

the  disparity  between  the  human  intellect  and 
the  divine  personality.  What  we  want  to 
understand  is  the  principle  on  which  it  may 
be  supposed  that  the  intellect  becomes  directly 
conscious  of  the  divine  presence  without 
reasoning  or  abstraction,  when  its  natural 
function  is  simply  to  reason  or  abstract,  and 
not  to  perceive  by  immediate  intuition. 

St  Thomas  Aquinas  considers  the  question 
at  great  length,  and  his  conclusion  is  sub- 
stantially this.  The  vision  of  God  by  the 
blessed  in  Heaven  is  not  mere  vision,  but 
union  ;  they  see  God  as  He  is  in  Himself, 
not  from  a  distance  as  sensible  objects  are 
seen,  nor  by  a  discursive  intellectual  process 
as  intelligible  ideas  are  perceived,  but,  so  to 
speak,  from  within.  They  are  not,  it  is  need- 
less to  say,  pantheistically  merged  in  God, 
but  united  to  Him  by  His  supernatural  action, 
so  that  the  consciousness  in  the  soul  of  the 
divine  presence  is  akin  to,  and  in  some 
sense  bound  up  with,  its  consciousness  of 
itself.  Therefore  as  our  self  -  consciousness 
is  intellectual  and  yet  immediate,  so  also  the 


94  MYSTICISM 

beatific    vision    of    God    is    both    immediate 
and  intellectual. 

In  scholastic  language,  the  species  hitelligi- 
bilis  or  abstract  idea  on  which  the  mind  works 
is  practically  the  "  form  "  of  the  mind,  the  mind 
itself  (considered  apart  from  its  action,  as  m 
potentid),  standing  in  the  place  of  "matter";  this 
is  the  normal  method  of  the  intellect's  opera- 
tion. But  for  those  who  see  God,  He  becomes 
Himself  the  ''form"  to  the  soul's  "matter,"  so 
that  He  is  known  directly,  as  the  soul  knows 
its  own  natural  ideas.^  Even  so,  however, 
though  the  action  of  the  intellect  is  normal 
in  kind,  it  is  in  degree  far  above  the  ordinary 
and  natural  sphere  of  the  intellect.  It  there- 
fore requires  a  special  divine  assistance  to 
enable  it  to  work  in  this  lofty  atmosphere ; 
and  this  assistance  (which  St  Thomas  calls 
the  lumen  gloriae  and  considers  a  created 
"quality,"  of  the  nature  of  grace)  is  imparted 
by  the  fact  of  the  mystical  union. 

^  Cf.  Blosius,  Spiritual  Mirror,  xi.  i.  "  This  mystical  denuded 
union  takes  place  when  a  soul  is  carried  above  itself  by  the 
grace  of  God,  and  through  the  brilliancy  of  the  divine  light 
shining  on  the  mind  is  united  to  God  without  any  medium^  and 
is  transformed  and  changed  into  Him." 


THE   OBJECT   OF    MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE  95 

The  difference  between  the  visio  beatificans 
of  heaven,  and  the  mystical  vision  of  persons 
still  living  on  earth,  is  merely  that  the  one 
is  habitual  and  permanent,  and  the  other 
transient  and  exceptional ;  and  whereas  the 
union  of  the  blessed  extends  to  the  risen  body 
by  a  kind  of  reaction,  so  that  the  body  takes 
part  in  the  vision  with  the  soul  with  which  it 
is  substantially  united,  the  divine  vision  for  the 
''viator"  is  restricted  to  the  soul,  and  involves 
as  a  pre-requisite  the  temporary  abstraction  of 
the  soul  from  the  processes  of  the  body. 

Thus  St  Paul  "  knew  not "  whether  his 
mystical  vision  was  ''in  the  body  or  out  of 
the  body  " — i,e.^  the  body  had  no  part  in  the 
union,  though  it  could  not  but  be  affected 
by  the  psychical  state  (probably  in  the  direc- 
tion of  quiescence  rather  than  of  any  special 
activity).  The  Apostle  was  not  conscious  for 
the  time  of  anything  that  took  place  in  the 
body.  It  was  a  transient  visitation  of  the 
lumen  gloriae. 

There  is  no  need,  for  our  present  purpose, 
to  take  this  explanation  (which  perhaps  will 
scarcely   be    intelligible    to    any   one   who   is 


96  MYSTICISM 

unacquainted  with  the  terminology  of  scholas- 
ticism) as  a  true  account.  The  reader  may, 
if  he  will,  consider  it  as  a  mere  hypothesis. 
What  it  does,  whether  true  or  not,  is  to  show 
that  an  analysis  of  intellectual  processes  can  be 
constructed  which  is  perfectly  consistent  with 
the  admission  of  direct  and  objective  intellectual 
intuition  of  a  transcendental  reality ;  and  this 
is  all  that  is  required  to  remove  the  apparent 
disparity  between  the  intellect  and  its  mystical 
object. 

It  is  worth  while,  however,  to  notice  how 
entirely  St  Thomas's  theoretical  account  corre- 
sponds with  the  descriptions  given  by  mystics 
of  their  actual  experiences. 

First,  the  state  of  actual  vision  is  always 
transient.  St  Teresa  says  it  lasts  not  more 
than  half  an  hour  at  most :  St  John  of  the 
Cross  that  the  ''actual"  union  of  the  faculties 
of  the  soul  with  God  must  in  this  life  be 
transient  of  necessity ;  though  there  is  an 
"  habitual "  vision,  which  is  also  supernatural, 
but  permanent,  and  may  be  considered  as  the 
consequence  of  the  actual  union,  and  of  the 
nature  of  an  exalted  faith  in   the  permanent 


THE   OBJECT   OF   MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE  97 

(or  •'immanent")  divine  presence  in  the  soul.^ 

This  element  of  permanence  we  shall  consider 

later. 

Next,   It  is  a  state  of  union,  or   **  spiritual 

marriage" — at  least    in   its  complete  or  most 

fully  conscious   form ;    and  it   is    evident   that 

the    union     of    quasi-matter    and    quasi-form 

described  by  St  Thomas   (compared  by  him, 

after  Albertus,  to  the  union  between  soul  and 

body)  is  happily  expressed  by  this  figure,  so 

constantly     made     use     of    by     mystics.       St 

Teresa  could  not  distinguish   between  herself 

and   God  while   in  the  state  of  rapture ;  and 

St   John   of   the    Cross   says    that   *'the   soul 

seems  to  be  God  rather  than  itself,  and  indeed 

is  God  by  participation."^ 

i"Dopo  questa  visione  sente  sempre  I'anima  Iddio  nel  suo 
interno,  mai  non  si  separa  da  quella  divina  compagnia,  ne  mai 
piu  perda  una  certa  unione  abituale  con  essolei — questo  pero 
non  si  intende,  che  sia  in  quel  modo,  che  accade  la  prima  volta 
e  altre  volte  che  Iddio  le  vuole  rinovare  il  predetto  favore  ; 
perche  se  fosse  cosi,  non  sarebbe  possibile  trattare  con  gli 
uomini,  anzi  ne  pure  vivere.  Ma  sebene  non  vide  sempre 
Iddio  con  tanta  luce  e  tanto  gaudio,  lo  spirito  pero  si  trova 
sempre  in  sua  compagnia."  (Scaramelli.  Dottrina  di  S.  G.  della 
Croce.  Tratt.  iii.  Art.  2)  and  cf.  St  Paul's  reference  to 
habitual  union,  i  Cor.  vi.  10 ;  Gal.  ii.  20. 

^  Cf.  St  Augustine,  Conf  vii.  x.  "Tu  assumpsisti  me,  ut 
viderer  esse  quod  viderem,  et  nondum  me  esse  qui  viderem." 

6 


98  MYSTICISM 

It  is  only  In  regard  to  this  highest  mystical 
state  of  intellectual  vision  that  the  difficulty 
we  have  been  considering  arises.  Intellectual 
impressions  or  states  of  consciousness,  and 
images  or  figures  of  any  kind  are  not  strictly 
manifestations  of  the  divine  essence ;  they 
are  indeed  supernatural  manifestations  of  the 
presence  of  God,  and  as  such  differ  in  kind 
from  the  impressions  or  ideas  produced  sub- 
jectively by  natural  means/  but  they  are  not 
the  "  face  to  face  "  visions.  We  shall  consider 
in  the  next  chapter  the  psychological  problem 
involved  in  supernatural  manifestations  of  this 
kind  ;  at  present  we  are  only  concerned  with 
the  actual  content  of  the  objects  of  mystical 
perception. 

Thirdly,  the  ''lumen  gloriae''  has  a  very 
distinct  place  in  the  experience  of  mystics. 
St  Augustine  speaks  of  the  ''changeless  light" 
seen  only  by  the  eye  of  the  soul,  and  different 
in  kind,  not  merely  in  degree,  from  that  which 

1  Cf.  St  John  of  the  Cross,  Asc.  ii.  5.  "The  fitting  dis- 
position for  that  union  is,  not  that  the  soul  should  understand, 
taste,  feel  or  imagine  anything  on  the  subject  of  the  nature  of 
God,  or  any  other  thing  whatever,  but  only  that  pureness  and 
love  which  is  perfect  resignation,  and  complete  detachment 
from  all  things  for  God  alone." 


THE   OBJECT   OF   MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE  99 

all  men  see.^  According  to  St  John  of  the 
Cross,  it  is  (Hke  natural  light)  not  itself  the 
object  of  vision,  but  the  means  through  which 
divine  things  are  seen,  and  is  the  super- 
natural consequence  of  the  "  darkness  "  of  faith 
in  regard  to  all  merely  natural  objects.  St 
Teresa  says  that  it  ''hardly  shines  at  all  in 
the  first  mansions  "  ;  but  in  the  later  ones  it  is 
a  light  ''so  unearthly  that  if  during  his  whole 
lifetime  any  one  had  been  trying  to  picture  this 
and  the  wonders  seen,  he  could  not  have 
succeeded";  and  in  the  "spiritual  marriage" 
the  revelation  of  the  Blessed  Trinity  is  "pre- 
ceded by  an  illumination  which  shines  on  the 
spirit  like  a  most  dazzling  cloud  of  light." 
Ruysbroeck  says  "this  light  is  not  God, 
but  is  a  mediator  between  the  seeing  thought 
and  God.  It  is  a  light-ray  from  God — in  it 
God  shows  Himself  immediately,  not  accord- 
ing to  the  mode  of  His  persons,  but  in  the 
simplicity  of  His  nature  and  essence."  (The 
contrast  between  the  unity  of  a  common 
principle  and  the  variety  of  individual  experi- 

^ "  Non  banc  vulgarem  et  conspicuam  omni  carni,  nee  quasi 
eodem  genere  grandior  erat,  etc."    (i.  c.) 


loo  MYSTICISM 

ence  is  here  remarkably  significant.)  Julian 
of  Norwich  speaks  of  the  ''gracious  light  of 
Himself,"  by  which  God  wills  that  we  should 
have  understanding. 

St  Augustine^  distinguishes  three  kinds  of 
vision — corporal,  "spiritual,"  which  is  here  the 
same  as  ''imaginary,"  and  intellectual.  Of  the 
first  kind  was  the  vision  of  Balthasar  in  the 
Book  of  Daniel ;  the  second  is  exemplified  in 
the  vision  of  St  Peter  at  Joppa ;  the  third  kind 
was  experienced  by  St  Paul  in  his  vision  of  the 
"third  heaven."  But  Balthasar  was  certainly 
not  a  mystic,  and  the  revelation  to  St  Peter, 
though  of  a  higher  kind,  was  of  the  nature  of 
a  grace  gratis  data — it  was  not  for  St  Peter's 
benefit,  but  for  those  to  whom  he  was  to  be 
sent.  Such  visions  therefore  are  not  essentially 
mystical,  though  certainly  supernatural,  and 
though  manifestations  of  both  kinds  (especially 
the  second)  frequently  accompany  mystical  ex- 
periences. Julian  of  Norwich  says  that  her 
visions  were  of  all  three  kinds  :  of  the  purely 
intellectual  she  can  say  only  "the  number  of 
the  words   passed  my   understanding,  and  all 

^  De  Gen  ad  Hit. ^  xii,  vii.  seq. 


THE   OBJECT   OF   MYSTICAL   KNOWLEDGE  loi 

my  might ;  for  they  were  in  the  highest,  as 
to  my  sight.  For  therein  is  comprehended 
I  cannot  tell  what,  but  the  joy  that  I  saw 
passeth  all  that  heart  can  think,  or  soul  desire." 
This  threefold  classification  is  the  generally 
accepted  one  among  mystical  writers.  It 
represents  clearly  enough  the  whole  range 
of  the  objects  of  mystical  vision.  These  are, 
first,  as  we  have  seen,  the  actual  conscious- 
ness of  God  in  virtue  of  a  formal  union  of 
the  intellect  with  Him,  which  is  the  highest 
and  perfect  form  of  contemplation  ;  secondly, 
the  stimulation  of  the  intellect  in  a  super- 
natural manner,  in  such  a  way  as  to  produce 
the  direct  consciousness  of  the  divine  presence 
— whether  by  means  of  an  imaginary  figure 
or  sound  of  some  sort,  or  by  the  production 
of  a  direct  intellectual  impression  without 
any  medium  whatever,  either  in  the  senses 
or  in  the    imagination ;  ^    and    thirdly,  by    the 

^  Cf.  Poulain,  Des  Grdces  d^Oniison.  "  Dieu  a  deux  fagons 
possibles  de  se  faire  connaitre,  Tune  a  la  mani^re  des  creatures, 
par  une  esp^ce  creee,  Tautre  sans  esp^ce  ;  il  peut  en  jouer  le  role. 
Or,  disent  les  theologiens,  ce  dernier  mode  constitue  la  vision 
intuitive,  celle  du  ciel  ;  Tautre  est  le  propre  de  la  contemplation 
mystique."  (It  must  be  understood  that  this  "species,"  or 
impression,  need  not  be  anything  visual,  auditory,  or  otherwise 
sensible  ;  it  cannot  be  anything  merely  natural.) 


102  MYSTICISM 

supernatural  but  real  manifestation  of  a 
sensible  image  of  some  kind — such  as  was 
seen  not  only  by  Balthasar  but  by  Abraham 
when  in  the  theophany  in  which  he  "saw 
three  and  adored  one,"  the  Blessed  Trinity 
was  mystically  exhibited  to  him  under  sensible 
quasi  -  human  forms.  It  is  obvious,  as  St 
John  of  the  Cross  points  out  at  great  length, 
that  certainty  as  to  the  divine  character  of 
these  experiences  varies  inversely  with  the 
degree  of  sensibility  or  quasi-sensibility  which 
belongs  to  them.  Sensible  and  imaginary 
impressions  can  arise  from  several  kinds  of 
natural  causes  ;  and  it  is  consequently  seldom, 
if  ever,  safe  to  say  that  they  are  certainly 
supernatural  or  divine  in  origin.  The  direct 
impression  of  the  divine  presence  conveys, 
St  Teresa  says,  as  its  chief  characteristic 
an  irrefragable  feeling  of  certitude  ;  and  the 
highest  state  of  union  is  no  more  to  be  mis- 
understood or  evaded  than  the  self-conscious- 
ness which  is  the  underlying  condition  and 
guarantee  of  all  human  experience,  natural 
as  well  as  supernatural. 

Lastly,    it    must   be    noticed    that   however 


THE   OBJECT   OF   MYSTICAL    KNOWLEDGE  103 

closely  what  may  be  called  the  lower  kind 
of  mystical  experience  may  approach  the 
ordinary  experience  of  the  senses  in  character, 
it  must  always  be  considered  as  entirely  dis- 
tinct from  naturally  caused  sensations  or  ideas. 
The  ''knowledo^e  of  invisible  thino^s "  from 
visible  and  created  things  is  true  knowledge, 
legitimately  obtained  ;  but  it  is  not  mystical. 
Nor  is  the  .moral  union  of  the  heart  with 
God,  or  "union  of  conformity"  of  which 
spiritual  writers  speak,  at  all  the  same  thing 
as  the  mystical  union.  The  former  must 
certainly  exist  before  the  latter  can  take 
place,  but  the  two  are  not  identical  in  any 
way.  Knowledge  obtained  through  philosophy, 
natural  science,  historical  research  or  social 
or  practical  experience  may  and  should  deepen 
and  strengthen,  and  may  even  be  the  means 
of  creating  an  apprehension  of  God's  reality 
and  presence  in  the  world  and  beyond  it  ; 
and  in  proportion  as  men  conform  their  actions 
and  affections  to  the  divine  model  and  law,  their 
devotion  to  the  service  of  God  and  their 
happiness  in  it  doubtless  increase.  But  such 
knowledge    and    devotion    and    affection    are 


I04  MYSTICISM 

natural  in  themselves,  though  brought  about 
by  the  supernatural  influence  of  grace  :  they 
are  not  of  the  same  kind  (however  high 
they  may  be  in  degree)  as  the  supernatural 
knowledge  and  consequent  affection  which 
are  properly  called  mystical.  No  service  can 
be  done  to  either  by  confusing  them  together. 


CHAPTER   V 

THE    PSYCHOLOGY   OF    MYSTICISM 

Next  in  order  after  the  object  of  mystical 
contemplation  we  have  to  consider  the  mode 
in  which  that  contemplation  takes  place.  We 
have  seen  that  the  presence  of  God  may  be 
made  known  to  the  mystical  consciousness  in 
three  ways  —  by  formal  union,  by  an  intel- 
lectual impression,  or  species,  with  or  with- 
out an  imaginative  representation  or  figure, 
and  thirdly,  by  means  of  a  representation  of 
a  sensible  kind.  The  object  of  contemplation 
is  unquestionably  supernatural ;  but  of  what 
sort  is  the  process,  whether  intellectual  or 
physiological,  by  which  the  object  is  per- 
ceived? Is  it  also  supernatural — i.e.,  do  the 
faculties  of  mind  or  body  act  in  any  other 
way  or   by   any   other  principle    than    that  in 

105 


io6  MYSTICISM 

which   or  by  which    they   are    accustomed    to 
act? 

The  subject  is  necessarily  a  somewhat 
obscure  one,  comparatively  little  being  certainly 
known  as  to  the  nature  of  the  mind's  action, 
and  of  its  relation  to  that  of  the  senses.  But 
some  quite  overwhelming  evidence,  such  as 
does  not  seem  to  be  either  forthcoming  or 
even  conceivable,  would  be  necessary  to  prove 
that  either  the  mind  or  the  body  or  both 
together  can,  under  any  circumstances  in  this 
world,  act  otherwise  than  according  to  the 
accustomed  methods  and  principles,  which  in 
their  general  plan  at  least  are  well  enough 
ascertained.  We  have  already  seen  strong 
reason  for  considering  the  supernatural  ele- 
ment of  mysticism  to  consist  mainly  in  its 
object ;  that  element  in  the  perceiving  sub- 
ject being  no  more  than  the  illumination  and 
assistance  of  the  natural  faculties  by  divine 
grace,  and  not  their  supersession  by  any  new 
power  or  faculty,  or  by  the  addition  of  any 
otherwise  unknown  function  to  those  already 
possessed  by  them.  As  in  the  ordinary 
operation  of  divine  grace  so  in  its  exceptional 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY   OF    MYSTICISM         107 

operation,  the  natural  faculties  are  indeed 
assisted  and  guided ;  but  they  continue  to  act 
according  to  the  laws  which  they  follow  in 
the  absence  of  any  supernatural  aid.  The 
actions,  both  physical  and  intellectual,  of  a 
person  under  the  influence  of  grace  do  not 
differ  in  kind  from  those  of  one  who  is  out- 
side that  influence,  and  are  open  to  precisely 
the  same  kind  of  investigation.  Faith,  for 
example,  is  not  a  sixth  sense,  or  an  extra 
intellectual  faculty  ;  it  is  merely  the  action  of 
the  intellect  and  will  directed  towards  a  par- 
ticular subject,  and  dealing  with  a  particular 
set  of  evidences,  and  is  in  itself  no  more 
mysterious  than  other  modes  of  voluntary  and 
intellectual  activity.  On  Christian  principles, 
indeed,  faith  is  held  to  be  due  to  supernatural 
assistance  by  means  of  a  divinely  infused 
virtue ;  but  the  modtis  operandi  is  obviously 
by  no  means  changed  by  that  infusion  ;  the 
force  of  motiva  credibilitatis  and  the  weight 
of  divine  authority  are  estimated  by  faith  in 
the  same  way  as  similar  evidence  is  estimated 
in  purely  secular  matters. 

The  supernatural  character  of  mysticism  is, 


io8  MYSTICISM 

therefore,  at  least  no  bar  to  the  investigation 
in  a  purely  natural  sense  of  the  mental  pro- 
cesses it  may  involve.  Such  enquiries  as  that 
of  M.  Delacroix,  or  of  Professor  W.  James, 
whatever  may  be  thought  of  their  conclusions, 
are  in  no  way  excluded  or  discountenanced  by 
acceptance  of  the  supernatural  explanation. 

Dionysius,  and  later  mystical  writers,  have 
not  troubled  themselves  with  any  psycho- 
logical theory  in  explanation  of  their  experi- 
ences ;  they  were,  indeed,  hardly  in  a  position 
to  do  so.  All  that  they  were  concerned  with 
was  to  relate  facts ;  though,  naturally,  they 
tended  to  relate  them  with  so  much  attention 
to  sequence  and  classification  as  to  produce 
what  is  in  effect  a  kind  of  theory,  or  systeme 
psychologique  privilegid.  But  their  accounts, 
though  in  some  cases  (of  which  St  Teresa  and 
St  John  of  the  Cross  are  the  chief  examples) 
they  are  perfectly  systematic  so  far  as  they 
go,^  do  not  address  themselves  to  any  con- 
sideration   of    the    mode,     whether    partially 

1  Mr  Inge  remarks  the  general  tendency  among  mystical 
writers  of  the  supernatural  kind  to  schematism.  1 1  may  perhaps 
be  explained  as  a  natural  attempt  to  minimise  the  insuperable 
difficulty  of  describing  such  experiences  as  theirs. 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY   OF   MYSTICISM         109 

natural  or  wholly  supernatural,  in  which  the 
supernatural  effects  are  produced.  So  far  as 
they  are  concerned,  the  divine  7nodus  operandi 
may  be  considered  an  open  question. 

Three  different  views  have  been  held  on  this 
point. 

I.  It  has  been  supposed  that  man  is  en- 
dowed with  some  kind  of  special  faculty  by 
which  he  is  enabled  both  to  know  God  as 
existing,  and  in  the  higher  stages  of  spirituality 
to  enter  into  direct  personal  relation  with  Him. 
This  faculty  has  often  been  supposed  to  be  a 
distinct  element  in  human  nature.  The  vovq 
or  spiritual  part,  which  is  designed  exclusively 
for  intercourse  with  the  divine,  is  distinct 
from  the  'i^vxn  or  intellect,  which  is  concerned 
with  created  things — both  being  distinct  again 
from  the  animal  nature  in  mankind.-^  This 
view,  sometimes  called  trichotomy,  has  been 
condemned  by  the  Church  as  put  forward  by 
the  Apollinarian  heretics,  and  again  in  recent 
times  as  held  by  Gunther ;  it  was  held  in 
a  professedly  modified  form  by  Occam,  with- 

1  The  Pauline  division  into  body,  soul  and  spirit  (i  Thess. 
V.)  must  be  understood  to  refer  to  the  twofold  function  of  the 
rational  soul,  not  to  two  distinct  substances. 


no  MYSTICISM 

out  explicit  and  authoritative  condemnation, 
though  with  much  opposition.  Again,  the 
supposed  faculty  is  held  to  be  an  endowment 
or  power  of  the  one  soul,  co-ordinate  with 
but  distinguishable  from  its  faculties  of  reason 
and  will. 

In  both  forms,  however,  this  theory  seems  to 
be  gratuitous;  since  on  the  one  hand  no  powers 
are  attributed  to  the  supposed  special  faculty 
which  are  not  in  one  way  or  another  exercised 
by  the  intellect  under  ordinary  circumstances  ; 
and  on  the  other  hand,  there  can  be  no  reason 
for  supposing  that  God  is  unable,  if  He  so 
desires,  to  communicate  directly  with  man 
through  his  natural  intellect,  without  having 
to  create  a  special  faculty  for  the  reception 
of  divine  communications. 

2.  Directly  opposed  to  this  view  is  another, 
which  holds  the  supposed  mystical  communi- 
cations to  have  no  external  source,  but  to 
be  wholly  subjective  experiences,  due  to  the 
automatic  working  of  the  subconscious  or 
"subliminal"   self.^     Much   apparently  uncon- 

'  \V.  James,   Varieties  of  Religious  Experience ;   Delacroix, 
Mysticisme.     Cf.  Vaughan,  Hours  tvith  the  Mystics^  i.  158. 


THE   PSYCHOLOGY   OF    MYSTICISM         in 

trovertible  evidence  has  been  adduced  to 
show  that  the  field  of  psychical  experience 
extends  far  beyond  that  of  actual  conscious- 
ness ;  and  that  from  time  to  time  an  auto- 
matic transference  takes  place  from  one  to 
the  other.  Ideas  appear  to  arise  in  the 
conscious  intelligence  without  giving  any 
indication  of  their  origin,  in  sense  or  reason  ; 
they  are  evidently  not  consciously  made  by 
the  intelligence,  nor  are  they  attributable  to 
any  external  source  which  can  be  recognised 
by  means  of  sense  -  perception.  Thus  they 
have  all  the  appearance  of  purely  spiritual 
communications  proceeding  from  an  external 
and  transcendental  region.  The  theory  we 
are  now  considering  holds  that,  on  the 
principle  that  e^itia  non  sunt  mtcltiplicanda 
pr(2ter  necessitatem,  we  are  not  justified  in 
investing  these  experiences  with  any  tran- 
scendental character,  if,  as  is  thought  to  be 
the  case,  they  can  be  sufficiently  accounted 
for  by  other  means. 

The  question  is,  therefore,  whether  the 
theory  of  automatism  does  really  provide  a 
sufficient  explanation  of  the  facts. 


112  MYSTICISM 

It  seems  hardly  possible  to  deny  that  most 
of  the  characteristic  features  of  the  states 
recorded  by  Catholic  mystical  writers  as  ex- 
perienced by  themselves,  have  been  at  various 
times  produced  in  the  experience  of  others 
who  are  neither  Catholics  nor  mystics.  The 
essential  features  of  passivity,  of  incommuni- 
cableness,  and  of  manifest  reality  are  evident 
in  many  of  the  cases  cited  by  James,  some 
of  which  are  the  result  of  alcoholic  stimulation, 
others  of  the  influence  of  anaesthetics,  and  others 
again  of  pathological  states  ;  while  some  are 
apparently  spontaneous.^  Moreover,  numbers 
of  heretical  and  even  immoral  systems  of 
religion  or  theosophy  have  depended  for  their 
authority  on  experiences  which  seem  to  exhibit 
characteristically  mystical  qualities,  but  which 
cannot,  from  the  point  of  view  of  Catholic 
orthodoxy,  be  held  to  be  genuine,  and  either 
must  be  considered  purely  natural,  or  else 
must  be  attributed  to  diabolical  influence. 
This  latter  was  the  opinion  of  Gorres,  who 
made  out  a  complete  system  of  diabolical 
mysticism  parallel  in  some  sort  with  the  divine. 

^  James,  op.  cit.^  Lectures  XVI.  and  XVII. 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY   OF   MYSTICISM         113 

But   in    the  case   of  Catholic  mystics— and 
it  may  probably  be  admitted,  in  other  cases 
exhibiting  nearly  similar  features — there  is  no 
question  of  any  such   stimulus  as  that  given 
by  alcohol  or  drugs.     Nor  can   their  state  be 
properly  called  pathological,  unless  in  the  very 
wide   and  somewhat    fanciful   sense    in    which 
the  so-called  inspirations  of  genius  have  been 
supposed  to  be  so.     Abnormal  it  certainly  is ; 
and  there  is  no  direct  evidence  to  show  that 
this    abnormal    state    is    not,    as    in    some    of 
the   cases  quoted  by  James,  the    spontaneous 
result  of  some  obscure  and  possibly  congenital 
abnormality  of  nervous  constitution.^     At  the 
same    time    it    must    be    noted    that,    as   has 
already   been  pointed  out,    the   great    mystics 
show  no  signs  of  such  abnormality,  but  are, 
on    the  contrary,  rather  remarkable   for   their 
mental   and   physical    sanity    in    the    ordinary 
affairs  of  life.     Such   mystics  as   St   Bernard, 
St  Catherine  of  Siena,  St  Teresa  and  St  John 
of  the  Cross  seem    to   be  distinguished  from 
the  ordinary  run  of  people  in  busines  matters, 
only  by  their  superior  acumen.     If  indeed  it 

1  See  Benedict  XIV.,  Heroic  Sanctity^  and  see  ch.  i.  pp.  35,  36. 

H 


114  MYSTICISM 

is  to  be  assumed  that  no  personal  God  exists  ; 
or  that  God  cannot  communicate  directly  with 
the  soul ;  or  that  man  has  no  soul  which  can 
receive  such  communications — then,  no  doubt, 
the  hypothesis,  at  present  certainly  unverifi- 
able,  of  automatism  may  fairly  be  held  to  be 
the  most  probable  explanation  of  the  problem. 
But  if  no  such  presupposition  is  entertained  ; 
and  still  more  if  it  is  held,  on  independent 
grounds,  that  a  God  exists  who  is  able,  if 
He  so  chooses,  to  influence  the  soul  of  man 
directly  and  immediately,  there  seems  to  be 
no  reason  to  deny  that  those  cases  of  tran- 
scendental illumination,  for  which  no  physical 
cause  can  be  assigned,  may,  with  a  degree 
of  probability  which  approaches  certainty,  be 
attributed  to  divine  agency.  For  here  the 
question  ceases  to  be  a  matter  merely  of 
psychological  investigation  :  the  moral  proba- 
bility of  deception  has  also  to  be  considered 
— that  is  to  say,  the  probability  that  God 
would  permit  those  who  must  be  considered 
most  deserving  of  His  consideration  to  be 
the  victims  of  a  delusion  as  humiliating  as 
the  reality  simulated  by  it  would  be  ennobling. 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY   OF    MYSTICISM         115 

If  we  start  with  the  Christian  presupposition 
of  the  nature  of  God  it  is  impossible  to  believe 
the  conviction  universally  entertained  by  the 
mystics  of  their  immediate  intercourse  with 
God  to  be  ill-founded  :  at  the  same  time  the 
theory  of  automatism  seems  to  furnish  at 
least  a  highly  probable  explanation  of  many 
quasi  -  mystical  states  to  which  this  moral 
argument  does  not  appear  to  be  applicable. 
Those,  on  the  other  hand,  who  start  with  a 
contrary  presupposition,  or  with  none,  are 
obviously  free  to  apply  the  theory  impartially 
to  all  cases  alike. 

3.  The  third  view  is  a  conciliation  of 
the  subjective  and  objective  theories,  first  put 
forward  definitely  by  Maine  de  Biran,^  and 
adopted  in  a  general  way  by  Gorres.     In  this 

^  Vie  de  V Esprit :  sub  fin.  Cf.  Delacroix,  p.  406.  "Comme 
il  est  difficile  de  meconnaitre  I'identite  psychologique  des 
phenomenes  de  subconscience,  qu'ils  se  presentent  dans  le 
Christianisme  ou  dans  d'autres  religions  ;  ou  bien  sans  d'autres 
formes  que  la  forme  religieuse,  beaucoup  d'esprits  desireux  de 
concilier  le  fait  et  la  doctrine  tendent  ^  faire  droit  aux  exigences 
de  la  psychologie,  en  expliquant  psychologiquement  la  passivite 
religieuse,  et  k  celles  de  la  theologie,  en  maintenant  que  ce  jeu 
de  lois  psychologiques  represente  le  plan  d'action  divine  sur  les 
ames  ;  de  sorte  que  le  subconscient  serait  le  vehicule  de  la  grace 
divine." 


ii6  MYSTICISM 

view  the  experience  of  the  mystic  is  real,  and 
consists,  as  he  rightly  believes,  in  immediate 
intuition  of  and  communication  with  the  divine 
being.  But  the  manner  in  which  the  soul 
becomes  conscious  of  the  supernatural  experi- 
ence is  natural,  and  from  a  certain  point  is 
the  same  as  that  in  which  it  becomes  conscious 
of  the  impressions  automatically  derived  from 
the  "  transmarginal  "  sphere.  That  is  to  say, 
the  soul  undergoes  a  certain  unconscious  modi- 
fication^ (in  the  one  case  by  means  of  a  sense- 
impression,  in  the  other  by  means  of  a 
purely  spiritual  communication),  of  which  it 
subsequently  becomes  conscious  by  the  very 
obscure  process  to  which  the  title  of  automatism 
has  been  given  in  order  to  express  its  essentially 
non-volitional  character.  The  way,  whatever 
it  may  be,  in  which  we  become  conscious  of 
ideas  derived  from  unnoticed  sense-impressions 
may  be  identical  with  that  in  which  the  mystic 
becomes  conscious  of  the  immediate  divine 
presence.  He  can  give  no  account  of  the 
coming  of  this  presence  ;  suddenly  he  knows 
that  it  is  there  and  he  can  say  no  more.     In 

^  Cf.  Maher,  Psychology^  p.  357. 


THE  PSYCHOLOGY   OF    MYSTICISM         117 

the  same  way  the  mind  becomes  suddenly 
conscious  of  the  solution  of  a  difficult  problem, 
of  an  artistic  effect  and  the  manner  of  its  pro- 
duction, or  of  an  overmastering  moral  impulse, 
without  being  able  to  explain  or  account  for 
its  origin.  There  is  certainly  a  strong  apparent 
similarity  between  the  flashes  of  inspiration 
which  are  held  to  constitute  or  indicate  genius 
and  the  mystical  intuition  of  an  objective  divine 
presence  and  of  communications  proceeding 
from  a  divine  person ;  and  the  view  which 
regards  the  rise  of  the  ideas  into  consciousness 
as  identical  in  method  in  every  case  seems 
to  have  much  in  its  favour.  The  absence 
of  any  genuine  (as  distinct  from  imaginary) 
sensible  impressions  in  the  one  case  as  com- 
pared with  the  fundamental  importance  of 
sense-impressions  in  the  other  need  present 
no  difficulty,  so  long  as  we  admit  the  sub- 
stantial reality  of  the  soul,  and  refrain  from 
identifying  physiological  with  psychological 
conditions.  It  is  not  more  difficult — and  it  may 
even  appear  less  so — to  conceive  of  a  psychical 
state  produced,  whether  consciously  or  un- 
consciously, by  direct  spiritual  agency,  than  to 


ii8  MYSTICISM 

conceive  of  a  psychical  state  resulting  from 
a  sense-impression.  In  the  view  now  before 
us,  the  only  difference  between  the  two  classes 
of  experience  is  that  a  true  mystical  state  is 
originated  in  the  psychical  sphere ;  pseudo- 
mystical  or  merely  natural  states  have  their 
origin  in  sense  -  impression,  like  all  merely 
natural  psychical  states ;  but  the  psychical 
machinery  by  which  a  conscious  state  is 
produced  we  may  consider  to  be  the  same  in 
both  cases. 

It  may  be  added  that  this  distinction 
coincides  practically  with  that  which  has  been 
constantly  made  by  ecclesiastical  authority 
in  dealing  with  the  various  types  of  apparently 
abnormal  spiritual  experience  on  which  it  has 
had  to  pronounce  an  opinion  from  time  to 
time.^  The  possibility,  or  rather  the  strong 
probability,  of  deception  of  one  kind  or 
another  has  always  been  kept  prominently  in 
view  ;  and  it  is  only  after  much  hesitation  that 
any  such  case  has  been  pronounced  genuine. 
Each  has  been,  as  a  rul^,  the  subject  of  pro- 
longed investigation  and  consideration ;   cases 

^  See  Benedict  XIV.,  De  Canon,  passim. 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY    OF   MYSTICISM         119 

eventually  found  to  be  spurious  have  had  their 
orthodox  defenders,  and  genuine  ones  their 
equally  orthodox  antagonists.  St  Catherine 
of  Siena,  St  John  of  the  Cross,  St  Teresa, 
B.  Margaret  Mary  Alacoque,  and  a  host  of 
others  have  had  to  undergo  a  more  or  less 
prolonged  period  of  doubt,  suspicion  and  even 
reprobation,  before  their  experiences  were 
accepted  as  genuine ;  and  on  the  other  hand, 
neither  Molinos  nor  Madame  Guyon  lacked 
patronage  in  high  places.  It  is  enough,  how- 
ever, for  practical  purposes  (and  no  other 
purpose  can  here  be  entertained)  to  distinguish 
genuine  experiences  from  delusions.  It  is  of 
little  importance  to  know  the  nature  of  the 
delusion,  which  it  is  admitted  might  be 
either  natural  or  directly  diabolical  in  origin. 
Psychological  considerations  need  not  enter 
into  the  investigation ;  until  very  recently, 
indeed,  it  was  scarcely  possible  that  they 
should ;  but  the  fact  of  self-deception  has 
always  been  familiar  enough,  however  little 
may  have  been  known  about  its  nature. 

Abnormal    experiences    may,    therefore,    be 
either  genuine  or  cases  of  delusion,  whether 


120  MYSTICISM 

natural  or    supernatural,    and  the  theory  last 
mentioned   supplies  a    rational  basis   for   this 
classification    to    which    it    seems    difficult   to 
take   exception.      At  the  same  time,   it  must 
be  remembered  that  the  criterion  which  has 
mainly   been   made   use   of   by    Ecclesiastical 
authority  is,  and  probably  will  always  be,  the 
external  or  **  pragmatic"  one  of  orthodoxy  and 
morality.     But    mysticism    which   is   orthodox 
and    moral    need   not    necessarily   be  genuine, 
though  that  which    is   heretical   and    immoral 
must  necessarily  be  spurious  ;  and  in  the  large 
number    of    cases    of    the    former    kind    no 
authoritative  pronouncement   has    been    made 
or  appears  to  be  possible.     But  in  such  cases 
there  is  little   practical  need  for  authority  ;  a 
doubtfully  genuine  mystic  may  be  accepted  or 
rejected    by    individual    opinion,  and   so   long 
as  his   faith  and  morals  are  beyond  question, 
neither  acceptance  nor  rejection  can  do   any 
harm.     It    may   also    be    suggested    that    the 
difficulty    of  a  decision   may   be    considerably 
increased  by  the  occurrence  of  abnormal  states 
of  different  kinds  in  the  experience  of  the  same 
individual.     The    passage    from    real   mystical 


THE    PSYCHOLOGY   OF   MYSTICISM         121 

experiences  to  spurious  ones  seems  to  be  far 
from  an  improbable  occurrence — and  the  con- 
verse process,  though  doubtless  less  probable, 
can  hardly  be  considered  impossible,  though 
nothing  could  well  be  more  difficult  than  to 
trace  such  a  transition.  But  the  opinion  ex- 
pressed of  the  Methodists  by  William  Law  is 
applicable  to  a  large  class  of  mystical  preten- 
sions —  "I  think  that  they  have  the  Spirit 
of  God,  but  they  have  greatly  mingled  their 
own  spirit  with  it."  ^ 

^  The  probable  function  of  the  "subliminal"  consciousness 
and  the  nature  of  the  union  involved  in  the  lume7t  gloirae  are 
well  though  briefly  described  by  Dr  Chandler  (Anglican  Bishop 
of  Bloemfontein) ;  though  it  is,  of  course,  incorrect  to  speak,  as 
he  does,  of  the  "  spark  of  the  divine  nature  which  is  present  in 
us  from  the  beginning,  and  which  makes  us  spiritual  creatures 
with  an  organ  of  spiritual  intuition" — Ara  Cceli^  pp.  11 5- 119. 


CHAPTER   VI 

EVIL 

The  question,  often  felt  to  be  a  very  dis- 
tressing one,  of  the  cause  and  inner  nature  of 
evil  and  of  its  place  in  the  universal  scheme 
of  things,  has  a  special  affinity  with  the 
principle  of  mysticism.  It  would  seem  only 
natural  to  suppose  that  those  who  are  admitted 
to  the  special  divine  intimacy  which  is  the 
privilege  of  mystics  should  have  something  to 
say  about  the  way  in  which  the  unsatisfactory 
condition  of  this  world  is  to  be  reconciled 
with  the  existence  of  an  omnipotent  and 
benevolent  Creator,  of  whose  nature  they  have 
a  deeper  knowledge  than  others,  and  of  whose 
relation  to  a  suffering  creation  they  may  there- 
fore be  expected  to  have  a  fuller  comprehen- 
sion than  the  rest  of  mankind. 

122 


EVIL  123 

This  expectation  is  one  that  is  often  con- 
sidered to  be  unfulfilled  ;  though  mystical 
writers  do  as  a  rule  deal  more  or  less  fully 
with  the  subject,  their  account  is  often  thought 
to  be  inadequate,  and  even  unmeaning.  They 
are  agreed  that  evil — whether  considered  as 
sin  or  as  the  suffering  consequent  upon  it- 
has  no  substantive  existence ;  it  is  the  nega- 
tion of  good  and  no  more.  There  can  be 
no  Summum  Malum,  St  Thomas  declares,  for 
this  reason.  As  to  how  evil  comes  into  being, 
and  what  is  its  place  and  meaning  in  a  uni- 
verse that  must  be  considered  wholly  good, 
they  are  by  no  means  explicit.  They  know 
— but  they  cannot  explain  how  they  know — 
that  evil  has  no  permanence  and  no  substantial 
reality  :  that  it  neither  mars  the  perfect  good- 
ness and  omnipotence  of  God,  nor  troubles 
the  peace  of  those  who  are  united  with  Him 
— that  in  the  end  all  will  somehow  be  perfectly 
well.^     This  no  doubt  is  quite  satisfactory  to 

^  Cf.  Blessed  Angela  of  Foligno.  "  I  felt  myself  in  such 
fulness  of  charity,  and  I  understood  with  such  joy  in  that  power 
and  will  and  justice  of  God,  that  I  understood  not  only  those 
things  about  which  I  had  asked,  but  I  was  satisfied  as  to  the 
salvation  offered  to  every  creature,  and  about  the  devil  and  the 


124  MYSTICISM 

the  mystic  who  receives  the  supernatural 
assurance  ;  but  it  is  hardly  applicable  by  way 
of  argument  or  explanation  to  the  perplexities 
of  others  in  this  matter. 

Nevertheless,  it  is  quite  possible  to  con- 
struct a  theodicy,  or  vindication  of  the  divine 
justice,  upon  the  basis  of  the  principle  which 
lies  at  the  root  of  supernatural  mysticism. 
Indeed  it  is  scarcely  possible  to  do  so  in  any 
other  way.  That  principle,  as  we  have  seen, 
is  the  absoluteness,  or  the  infinite  perfection 
and   independence,  of  the  divine  nature.     All 

damned  and  all  things.     But  all  this  I  cannot  explain  in  words." 
(In  Catholic  Mysticism^  by  A.  Thorold.) 

Cf.  also  Julian  of  Norwich,  ch.  xxxii.     "  One  point  of  our 
Faith  is,  that  many  creatures  shall  be  damned  as  the  angels 
which  be   now  fiends,  and  many   in   earth   that   died  out   of 
the  faith  of  Holy  Church,  and  also  many  that  hath  received 
Christendom,  and  liveth  unchristian  lives,  and  so  die  out  of 
charity.     All  these  shall  be  damned  to  Hell  without  end,  as 
Holy  Church  teacheth  me  to  believe  ;    and  standing  all  this, 
methought  it  was  impossible  that  all  manner  of  thing  should 
be  well,  as  our  Lord  shewed  in  this  time.     And  as  to  this,  I 
had  no  other  answer  but  this:   'That,  that  is  impossible  to 
thee,  is  not  impossible  to  me  ;   I   shall  save  my  word  in  all 
things  and  I  shall  make  all  things  well — for  this  is  the  great 
deed  that  our  Lord   God  shall  do  ;    in  which  deed  He  shall 
save  His  word  in  all  things,  and  He  shall  make  well  all  that 
is  not  well.     But  what  the  deed  shall  be  and  how  it  shall  be 
done,  there  is  no  creature  beneath  Christ  that  knoweth  it,  nor 
shall  know  it  till  it  be  done.' " 


EVIL  125 

depends  on  God,  but  He  Himself  on  nothing 
but  Himself.  Consequently,  His  motive  in 
creating  is  in  Himself— His  own  ** glory"  or 
"pleasure";  and  this  is  the  only  absolutely 
good  motive  which  can  be  conceived  for  any 
action  on  the  part  of  either  the  Creator  or  the 
creature.  But  if  God  is  ''  glorified "  by  the 
creation  of  this  world  ;  if  His  power  and 
justice  are  manifested  in  the  reward  of  the 
good  and  the  punishment  of  the  wicked ;  then 
certainly  the  act  of  creation  is  good,  its 
motive  is  fulfilled.  Evil  is  the  work  of  the 
creature,  not  of  the  Creator,  whose  justice  and 
mercy  alike  it  is  the  means  of  exhibiting. 

Further,  the  goodness  of  the  act  of  creation 
is  not  vitiated  by  the  fact  that  it  involves  the 
self-caused  misery,  temporal  or  eternal,  of  the 
human  race.  At  first  sight  this  does  appear 
to  be  a  grave  difficulty,  in  the  way  of  re- 
conciling omnipotence  with  perfect  goodness  ; 
for,  it  is  asked,  if  God  could  create  a  world 
in  which  no  evil  could  exist,  or  could  even 
abstain  from  creating  this  one,  why  did  He 
not  do  so  ?  Or  if  He  could  not  do  either, 
how  can  He  be  omnipotent  ?     But  evil  is  the 


126  MYSTICISM 

work  of  created  free-will,  not  of  God  :  if,  there- 
fore, God  had  abstained  from  the  creation  of 
this  world  (or  what  is  the  same  thing,  had 
made  it  different)  because  of  man's  actions 
foreseen  either  as  possible  or  as  certain,  then 
God  would  not  have  acted  as  God,  but  in 
contravention  of  His  very  nature.  There 
would  have  been  a  corner  of  the  possible 
universe  from  which  He  would  have  been  ex- 
cluded, a  good  act  which  He  might  not  do  : 
He  would  have  been  limited  by  and  dependent 
on  the  free  actions  of  His  possible  creatures. 
But  such  an  idea  is  absolutely  inconceivable  : 
God  cannot  at  the  same  time  be  perfect  and 
limited,  or  dependent  and  independent,  or 
supreme  and  subject  to  the  will  of  His 
creatures ;  and  if  He  could  act  in  subordina- 
tion to  anything  external  to  Himself,  He  would 
no  longer  exist — He  would  have  destroyed 
Himself.  To  remove  the  centre  of  a  circle 
is  to  destroy  both  centre  and  circle,  and  if 
God  were  not  the  centre  of  the  circle  of  the 
universe,  neither  He  nor  it  could  exist. 

Thus  the  difficulty  of  reconciling  the  exist- 
ence of  evil  with  the  omnipotence  and  good- 


EVIL  127 

ness  of  a  divine  creator  disappears  as  soon 
as  the  essential  nature  of  God  is  realised  in 
respect  of  its  independence  and  supremacy. 
Hence  also  appears  the  negative  character  of 
evil,  which  is  recognised  by  all  systems  of 
thought  that  admit  a  supreme  being — by  the 
Stoic  Cleanthes  and  the  Neoplatonist  Plotinus 
no  less  than  by  St  Augustine  and  St  Thomas. 
Evil  is  the  absence  of  certain  possible  or 
ideal  elements  in  certain  parts  of  creation, 
not  the  existence  in  them  of  something  hostile 
or  extraneous.  Sin  is  the  perversion  of  the 
free-will,  not  its  inhibition  ;  pain  is  the  dis- 
order of  the  organism  or  the  faculties,  not 
a  fresh  element  in  their  constitution ;  suffer- 
ing, whether  mental  or  bodily,  is  a  mode  of 
natural  self-consciousness,  not  consciousness  of 
a  different  kind  from  that  which  experiences 
pleasure.  Moreover,  if  evil  in  the  ordinary 
(not  the  "metaphysical")  sense  is  held  to 
be  identical  with  sin  and  its  consequences — 
as  it  must  be  on  Christian  principles — then 
sin  and  suffering  are  two  mutually  counter- 
balancing factors  in  the  harmonious  inter- 
action   of  all   the   elements   of  the   universe ; 


128  MYSTICISM 

evil  is  an  accident  of  that  which  is  specifi- 
cally good ;  it  is  provided  for  in  the  universal 
scheme  of  things,  as  the  expansion  and  con- 
traction of  the  main-spring  is  provided  for 
in  the  mechanism  of  a  watch — it  is  an  irregu- 
larity of  detail  which  subserves  the  regularity 
of  the  whole. 

The  only  alternatives  to  this  view  are 
either  an  impossible  Manichean  dualism,  or 
some  form  of  philosophical  pessimism,  such  as 
the  original  underlying  principle  of  Buddhism, 
or  those  which  are  adopted  respectively  by 
Schopenhauer  and  Hartmann,  or  such  as  is 
really  latent,  though  not  acknowledged,  in  the 
"substance"  of  Spinozism  or  the  idealistic 
absolute  of  Bradley.  The  subordinate  dualism 
of  Christianity  relieves  the  Creator  of  what 
may  be  called  responsibility  for  evil,  while 
its  fundamental  monism  provides  a  place  for 
evil  in  the  scheme  of  things  no  less  secure 
than  that  which  it  finds  in  the  supposed 
universal  substance  or  the  absolute. 

As  a  philosophical  statement  of  the  Christian 
view  of  evil  this  can  hardly  be  unacceptable 
to  any  one.     But   it    must    be   admitted    that 


EVIL  129 

it  fails  to  go  to  the  root  of  the  matter,  even 
when    combined,    as    it    should    be,    with    the 
doctrines  of  the    Incarnation  and  the  Atone- 
ment as  constituting  a  manifestation  of  divine 
mercy  superimposed  upon   that  of  the  divine 
justice  which  appears  in  the  natural  universe. 
No    merely   speculative    account   of   evil   can 
be  entirely  satisfactory,   even  apart  from  the 
necessary    incompleteness    of   any   speculation 
on  so  purely  transcendental  a  subject,  so  long 
as  evil  is  not  merely  known,  but  felt.     What 
gives   this  problem  its  peculiar   poignancy  is 
the    fact   that   evil   is    primarily   a   matter   of 
experience ;    it  is  but  cold  comfort  for  those 
who  suffer  to  know  that   their  pains  do  not 
disturb  the  harmony  of  the  universe  or  dis- 
prove the  goodness  of  its  Creator.      **  There 
never  yet  was  a  philosopher  that  could  endure 
the  toothache  patiently,"  and  it  seems  improb- 
able that  any  rational  explanation  of  the  origin 
and  nature  of  evil,   however   unexceptionable 
on  philosophical    or  theological   grounds,    will 
ever  subdue   the   human  instinct  of  rebellion 
against  the  prevailing  law  of  suffering. 

But  mysticism   stands  on  a  different  plane 


I30  MYSTICISM 

from  that  of  philosophy  or  speculative  the- 
ology ;  it  is  an  experience  as  direct  and  as 
real  as  even  the  most  entirely  corporal  forms 
of  suffering,  and  it  is  consequently  able  to 
provide  a  real  counterpoise  to  all  pains  of 
mind  or  body  far  different  from  the  some- 
what empty  consolations  of  philosophy,  or 
even  from  those  of  the  deepest  human 
sympathy ;  with  which  latter  it  has  never- 
theless something  in  common.  It  is  probably, 
indeed,  in  genuine  human  sympathy  that  the 
only  real  consolation  —  inadequate  enough — 
for  unavoidable  suffering  is  to  be  found  by 
natural  means ;  it  does  not  indeed  diminish 
or  shorten  the  pain,  but  a  kind  of  set-off  is 
provided  by  the  regard  and  affection  which 
the  sympathy  implies.  There  is  no  consola- 
tion, but  rather  the  reverse,  in  an  enemy's 
sympathy  ;  but  the  joy  of  friendship  manifested 
in  sympathy  is  felt  to  be  a  distinct  gain  due 
to  the  suffering  which  has  given  it  occasion. 
In  somewhat  the  same  way,  though  in  an 
infinitely  higher  degree,  the  joy  of  union 
with  God  is  a  consolation  which  mystics 
consider  to   be   cheaply  bought   at   the   price 


EVIL  131 

of  any  pain.  Argument  and  explanation 
become,  as  compared  with  such  delights  as 
the  mystic  knows,  of  very  minor  importance ; 
the  "familiar  friendship"  of  God  is  a  practical 
argument,  more  persuasive  than  any  other 
could  possibly  be,  for  His  absolute  goodness 
and  infinite  power,  no  matter  what  difficulties 
may  be  found  in  the  way  of  reconciling  them 
with  earthly  appearances  within  the  narrow 
range  of  human  thought  and  knowledge. 

This  eminently  practical  solution  of  the 
problem  of  evil  is  implicitly  contained  in 
what  has  been  called  the  '*  mystical  paradox." 
Mystics  constantly  assert  that  it  would  be 
better  to  be  united  to  God  in  hell,  than  to 
be  separated  from   Him   in   heaven.^     Either 

^  E.g.^  St  Teresa  :  "A  soul  is  suffering  sorrow  and  disquiet, 
the  mind  is  darkened  and  dry,  but  is  set  at  peace,  freed  from 
all  trouble  and  filled  with  light,  merely  by  hearing  the  words, 
'  Be  not  troubled.'  These  deliver  it  from  all  pain,  although 
before,  if  the  whole  world  and  all  its  learned  men  had  united  to 
persuade  it  there  was  no  cause  for  grief,  it  could  not,  in  spite  of 
their  efforts,  have  got  rid  of  its  sadness."  (Castle,  vi.  3.)  "Souls 
that  have  reached  the  state  I  speak  of  .  .  .  care  nothing  for 
their  own  pain  or  glory ;  if  they  are  anxious  not  to  stay  long  in 
purgatory,  it  is  more  on  account  of  its  keeping  them  from  the 
presence  of  God  than  because  of  its  torments."    {lb.  vi.  7.) 

B.  Angela  of  Foligno  {Joe.  cit.)  :  "  If  I  knew  for  certain  that 
I  was  damned,  I  could  not  possibly  grieve  nor  labour  less,  nor 


132  MYSTICISM 

is,  of  course,  actually  simply  inconceivable ; 
the  paradox  is  merely  a  strong  assertion  of 
the  absolute  dependence  of  the  creature  upon 
the  will  of  the  Creator,  and  the  entire  con- 
tentment which  a  soul  that  has  once  realised 
that  dependence  must  feel  in  occupying  its 
divinely  ordained  place  in  the  universe,  what- 
ever it  may  be. 

The  point  of  view  is  shifted  :  the  universe 
is  envisaged  from  its  true  centre,  which  is 
God,  not  from  the  false  and  imaginary  centre 
of  self.  A  faint  likeness  to  this  conception 
may  be  perceived  in  the  **  contemplation  of 
the  kernel  of  things "  extolled  by  Schopen- 
hauer;  in  Hartmann's  doctrine  that  the  **ends 
of  the  unconscious  "  should  be  made  our  own, 
and  in  the  notion  advocated  by  Comte  and 
by  the  ''  ethical  religions  "  of  the  present  day, 

be  less  zealous  in  prayer  for  the  honour  of  God,  so  perfectly  did 
I  understand  His  justice." 

Ruysbroeck  :  "  Lord,  I  am  Thine,  I  should  be  Thine  as  gladly 
in  Hell  as  in  Heaven,  if  in  that  way  I  could  advance  Thy  glory." 
— Adornvieftt  of  the  Spiritual  Marriage. 

B.  Margaret  Mary  Alacoque  :  "  Je  ne  sais  si  je  me  trompe, 
mais  il  me  semble  que  je  voudrais  aimer  mon  amour  crucifie 
d'un  amour  aussi  ardent  que  celui  des  Seraphins,  mais  je  ne 
serais  pas  fichde  que  ce  fut  dans  I'enfer  que  je  I'aimasse  de  la 
sorte." — Vie  par  ses  Contemporaines. 


EVIL  .  133 

that  life  is  to  be  viewed  and  transacted  from 
the  standpoint  of  humanity,  or  of  posterity. 
The  idea,  thus  stripped  of  its  personal  aspect, 
becomes  utterly  unreal  and  ineffective  ;  but 
in  the  mystical  consciousness  it  furnishes  the 
only  antidote  ever  yet  discovered  (and  that, 
it  would  seem,  a  complete  one)  to  the  bitter 
sense  of  wrong  and  injustice  which  the  evils 
of  life  are  apt  to  engender.  To  regard  the 
world  and  oneself  from  the  point  of  view  of 
the  whole  human  race,  so  as  to  act  altruisti- 
cally for  the  benefit  of  others,  or  to  expend 
devotion  on  the  idea  of  duty  is  one  thing ; 
to  be  so  united  with  God  that  the  thought 
of  self  is  lost  and  forgotten  is  quite  another. 
One  is  an  artificial  pose  in  regard  to  blood- 
less abstractions  which  have  no  vitality ;  the 
otk^  is  the  actual  grasp  of  the  very  root 
and  vital  principle  of  things. 

Thus  the  mystic  translates  into  real  and 
living  experience  the  theoretical  principle 
adduced  by  Christian  philosophy  as  the  explana- 
tion of  the  existence  and  nature  of  evil,  and 
furnishes  what  for  practical  purposes  may  fairly 
be  called  an  experimental  test  of  its  validity. 


134  MYSTICISM 

On  the  other  hand,  the  mystical  attitude 
towards  evil  is  strongly  corroborated  by  its 
exact  and  obviously  unpremeditated  agreement 
with  the  only  metaphysical  theory  which  pro- 
vides anything  like  an  adequate  account  of 
the  origin  and  nature  of  evil. 

It  may  be  noted  finally,  that  the  consola- 
tions of  mysticism  in  this  matter  are  by  no 
means  to  be  confined  strictly  to  mystics.  In 
the  first  place,  the  blind  trust  in  the  divine 
goodness,  which  is  probably  for  many  the  only 
practical  resource  in  the  pains  and  anxieties 
of  life,  loses  altogether  its  prima  facie  appear- 
ance of  unreasonableness  when  it  is  founded 
on  real,  even  though  vicarious  experience. 
The  logical  position  of  the  Christian  who 
believes  in  the  goodness  and  omnipotence  of 
God,  in  spite  of  appearances  to  the  contrary, 
merely  because  he  would  otherwise  be  unable 
to  believe  in  God  at  all,  certainly  leaves 
much  to  be  desired.  But  if  it  is  reinforced 
by  the  consideration  that  those  who  know 
Him  best  have  found,  by  direct  experience 
which  cannot  be  gainsaid,  that  He  is  both 
omnipotent  and   good,   the    position    is    really 


EVIL  135 

no  less  reasonable  than  that  of  those  who  are 
convinced  of  the  insularity  of  Great  Britain 
without  having  personally  circumnavigated  it. 

Secondly,  the  mystical  attitude  towards  the 
problem  is  quite  consistent  with  the  absence  in 
any  particular  individual  of  mystical  experience 
properly  so  called.  There  are  doubtless  in- 
numerable Christians  whose  conviction  of  the 
power  and  goodness  of  God  is  not  less  in 
degree  than  that  of  the  mystic,  though  their 
conviction  is  founded  on  theoretical  rather  than 
directly  experimental  grounds.  The  certainty 
of  faith,  supported  as  it  nearly  always  is  by 
a  strong  sense  of  the  care  and  protection  of 
divine  Providence,  and  by  the  experience  of 
favours  granted  in  answer  to  prayer,  is  in  no 
way  less  strong — in  some  respects  it  is  even 
stronger,  than  that  which  is  based  directly  on 
mystical  knowledge. 

But  even  in  this  case  the  mystical  experience 
of  others,  whether  recorded  in  Holy  Scripture 
or  in  the  lives  of  the  Saints,  or  by  living 
contemporaries,  provides  an  aid  to  faith,  or 
"motive  of  credibility"  which  cannot  rightly 
be  overlooked, 


CHAPTER  VII 

IMMANENCE   AND    TRANSCENDENCE 

The  supernatural  character  of  mysticism  de- 
pends upon  the  double  aspect  in  which  God's 
presence  in  creation  may  be  considered.  In 
one  point  of  view  God  is  everywhere  present 
in  creation,  and  thus  may  be  approached  by 
all  men,  even  while  they  are  confined  physically 
to  the  material  sphere  of  the  senses.  There 
is  between  God  and  His  creatures  no  local 
interval,  and  no  intelligible  intermediation 
such  as  the  Gnostics  conceived  to  exist.  The 
world  is  not  revolving  apart  from  God,  for- 
gotten and  neglected  ;  nor  is  it  brought  into 
relation  with  Him  only  through  a  hierarchy 
or  chain  of  subordinate  spiritual  existences 
or  emanations.  God  is  rightly,  in  this  sense, 
said  to  be  "  immanent  "  in  the  world  as  the 

constant  efficient  cause  from  which  everything 

136 


IMMANENCE   AND   TRANSCENDENCE       137 

in  every  moment  of  existence  derives  its 
being  ;  as  the  supreme  ruler  of  all  that  is ; 
and  as  the  intelligent  designer  of  all  forms 
of  being,  together  with  all  their  permutations 
and  combinations.  He  is  everywhere  per 
essentiam  pi^esentiam  et  potentiam}  On  the 
other  hand,  God  is  by  nature  absolutely 
distinct  and  separate  from  all  created  exist- 
ence, not  merely  in  the  way  in  which  one 
created  being  may  differ  in  kind  from  another, 
but  by  the  unique  nature  of  His  being, 
which  is  absolute  and  self  -  dependent,  and 
thus  altogether  incommensurable  with  created 
things,  which  are  necessarily  dependent  and 
derived.  Though  all  creatures  are  in  the 
similitude  of  God  by  virtue  of  the  being  which 
is  communicated  to  them  by  Him,  they  are 
all  absolutely  unlike  Him  in  His  independence; 
no  imaginable  greatness  or  perfection  in  any 
creature  can  give  it  any  sort  of  resemblance 
to  this  essential  and  fundamental  attribute 
of  the  divine  nature.  Therefore  God  can 
only     be     known     by    intellectual    separation 

1  Su?mna^  I.  viii.  3,  and  cf.  St  John  of  the  Cross,  Ascent^  ii.  5, 
and  Spiritual  Canticle^  xi.  2. 


138  MYSTICISM 

from  all  creatures  :  He  cannot  be  expressed 
in  terms  of  anything  but  Himself,  or  brought 
under  any  category  which  has  any  other 
content — there  is  no  ''formula"  for  God,  no 
class  to  which.  He  may  be  said  to  belong. 

If  God  is  considered  as  intelligent,  wise, 
beautiful  or  powerful.  He  is  still  none  of 
those  things  in  the  same  sense  in  which  they 
can  be  predicated  of  creatures,  who  can  only 
be  intelligent,  wise  or  beautiful  by  participa- 
tion, as  their  very  existence  is  only  participa- 
tion in  the  being  of  God.  The  speculative 
knowledge  that  God  exists  is  the  recogni- 
tion, theoretically,  of  a  unique  kind  of  being ; 
but  the  experimental  knowledge,  which  is 
mysticism,  is  immediate  experience  or  appre- 
hension of  that  which  is  essentially  different 
from  all  else,  and  must  therefore  be  appre- 
hended or  experienced  after  a  wholly  different 
manner  from  that  in  which  we  experience 
created  existence.  That  is  to  say  that  God 
is  transcendent  ;  and  it  is  only  in  a  sense 
consistent  with  His  transcendence  that  He 
can  truly  be  said  to  be  immanent  in  creation. 

There  are  two  other  senses  in  which  God 


IMMANENCE    AND   TRANSCENDENCE      139 

has  been  held  to  be  immanent :  one  of  them  the 
conception  of  Spinoza,  the  other  of  Eckhart  and 
Hegel.  The  former  holds  that  God  and  nature, 
or  spirit  and  matter,  are  identical — the  same 
thing,  namely  ''substance,"  in  two  different 
aspects.  This  notion  is  immanence  in  its 
strictly  etymological  sense ;  God  is  in  nature 
and  remains  in  it ;  He  cannot  be  outside  it, 
for  there  is  no  outside ;  and  He  cannot  be 
distinct  from  it,  for  He  is  constituted  by  the 
sum  total  of  its  parts  and  their  relations,  of 
which  He  is  in  fact  the  underlying  unity 
and  reality.  Much  the  same  relation  to  the 
world  of  phenomena  is  attributed  by  Bradley 
to  the  absolute. 

The  other  view  regfards  nature  as  a  mode 
of  God's  being,  a  necessary  phase  or  moment 
in  His  self-realisation.  Nature  is  identical 
with  God,  but  God  is  more  than  nature  (not 
quantitatively  but  intensively),  inasmuch  He 
is  both  prior  and  posterior  to  nature,  in  the 
order  of  thought,  though  not  necessarily  in 
the  order  of  time.  This,  however,  is  not 
really  transcendence ;  for  God  in  this  view 
is  ontologically  one  with  nature,  so  far  as  it 


I40  MYSTICISM 

goes ;  creation  is  a  necessary  part  of  God, 
and  He  transcends  nature  only  in  the  sense 
of  being  more  than,  not  different  from  nature. 

Under  either  of  these  two  conceptions  God 
is  ** given"  in  nature,  and  experience  of  nature 
is  experience  of  God.  There  is  no  place 
therefore  for  vision,  **  rapture"  or  ** ecstasy," 
the  object  of  which  would  be  merely  the 
non-existent.  All  the  mystic  could  do  would 
be  to  reflect  upon  his  sensible  experience, 
and  compound  a  syncretised  Deity  of  the 
"threads  and  patches  "  of  individual  sensation, 
thought  and  feeling. 

It  is  a  very  different  process  that  the 
supernatural  mystic  expounds,  so  far  as  the 
limitations  of  human  language  will  allow  him. 
God  is  substantially  or  essentially  present  in 
the  soul,  as  He  is  in  all  created  things ;  but 
the  mystic  does  far  more  than  merely  reflect 
on  this  truth.  What  he  seeks  is  the  super- 
natural union  of  likeness,  begotten  by  love, 
which  is  the  union  of  the  human  will  with 
the  divine.  He  seeks  to  realise  the  unfelt 
natural  presence  of  God  in  creation,  not  by 
resting  in  any  aspect  of  nature,  even  its  most 


IMMANENCE   AND  TRANSCENDENCE       141 

abstract  one,  as  mere  being,  but  by  entering 
into  a  personal  relationship  with  the  concealed 
presence  which  is  the  source  of  being.  Where- 
as Spinoza  saw  natura  naturans  in  natura 
naturata,  and  Hegel  pure  being  evolving 
itself  through  the  maze  of  the  becoming,  the 
supernatural  mystic  cuts  himself  loose  at  one 
blow  from  all  phenomenal  entanglements,  and 
"passes  free  and  untrammelled  by  all  that  is 
seen  and  all  that  sees  "  into  the  **  intangible  and 
invisible"  presence  of  Him  who  is  "beyond  all 
things."^  This  appears  to  be  the  true  inter- 
pretation of  the  doctrine  of  the  "ground" 
(Grund)  of  the  soul,  which  is  prominent  in 
the  German  mysticism  of  the  fourteenth  century, 
and  to  which  reference  has  already  been  made. 
This  doctrine,  as  it  appears  in  Eckhart,  Tauler 
and  Ruysbroeck,  and  the  German  Theology, 
is  somewhat  confused,  and  has  led  to  some 
apparent   misunderstanding.^     There   are   two 


^  See  Dion.,  MysL  TheoL,  c.  i. 

^  E.g.,  Tauler  {Sermon  of  St  John  Baptist) :  "  There  is  no  past 
or  present  here ;  and  no  created  light  can  reach  or  shine  into 
this  divine  ground  ;  for  here  only  is  the  dwelling-place  of  God 
and  His  sanctuary.  This  divine  abyss  can  be  fathomed  by  no 
creatures  ;  it  can  be  filled  by  none  and  it  satisfies  none  \  God 


142  MYSTICISM 

"  grounds,"  spoken  of  respectively  as  **  created  " 
and  "uncreated,"  and  the  two  seem  to  be 
treated  as  almost  interchangeable  —  whence 
these  writers  seem  occasionally  to  speak  of 
the  essence  or  substance  of  the  soul  as  if  it 
were  uncreated,  and  a  part  of  the  divine 
essence.  But  the  general  principles  of  at  least 
Tauler  and  Ruysbroeck  certainly  require  us 
to  understand  the  created  ground  to  be  the 
substance  of  the  human  soul,  as  distinguished 
from  its  faculties — the  principle  in  virtue  of 
which  it  not  merely  acts,  but  is ;  and  the 
uncreated  ground  is  then  to  be  understood 
as  that  substantial  or  **  immanent "  presence 
of  God  which  is  to  be  found  in  all  created 
things  alike,  as  the  background  and  support 
without  which  they  could  have  no  existence 
at  all.  The  close  contact  (as  for  w^ant  of  a 
better  word  it  must  be  called)  between  the 
two  is  obvious.  The  created  ground  is  the 
essence  of  the  soul,  a  thing  which  cannot  be 
directly    known,    but    only    inferred    from    its 

only  can  fill  it  in  His  infinity.  For  this  abyss  belongs  only  to 
the  divine  abyss,  of  which  it  is  written  'Abyssus  abyssum 
invocat.' "  And  compare  the  German  Theology^  ch,  i. :  "  He 
is  the  substance  of  all  things.'^ 


IMMANENCE   AND   TRANSCENDENCE      143 

Operations,  a  purely  spiritual  and  intelligible 
entity,  removed  from  all  direct  experience ; 
and  the  uncreated  ground  is  another  purely 
spiritual  entity,  also  incapable  of  being  natur- 
ally experienced,  which  is  the  basis  of  the 
created  ground's  existence  —  the  ground  of 
the  ground,  in  fact.  But  when  the  mystical 
union  of  the  soul  with  God  takes  place,  the 
two  grounds  become  in  a  certain  sense  one. 
God  is  realised  as  the  foundation  of  the  soul's 
being,  and  the  soul's  perception  of  its  own 
essence  is,  in  fact,  the  perception  of  its  unity 
with  the  essential  divine  nature.  Eckhart 
seems,  at  times,  to  have  identified  the  two 
grounds  in  an  ontological  and  not  merely 
mystical  unity ;  and  the  others,  in  the  fervour 
of  devotional  experience,  as  was  perhaps 
natural,  have  not  always  kept  the  distinction 
perfectly  clear.  But  their  view  is,  on  the 
whole,  intelligible  enough,  and  far  removed 
from  any  affinity  with  pantheism.  But  the 
struggle  with  the  sense-implications  of  language 
perpetually  besets  mystical  writers,  and  never 
ceases  to  involve  their  meaning  in  obscurity. 
The  ordinary  processes  of  the  mind  can  be 


144  MYSTICISM 

expressed  in  words  only  by  way  of  metaphor, 
and  the  meaning  of  the  language  of  psychology 
is  not  always  to  be  easily  apprehended.  Much 
more  must  the  application  of  language  to 
that  which  is  beyond  thought,  and  in  some 
sense  its  negation,  be  difficult  and  liable  to 
misunderstanding. 

It  will  be  clear  enough,  however,  from  what 
has  been  said  that  the  terms  "immanent"  and 
**  transcendent,"  as  applied  to  the  divine  nature, 
are  not  mutually  exclusive,  but  indicate  merely 
two  aspects  of  the  same  thing.  The  tran- 
scendence of  God  is  immanent,  and  His 
immanence  is  transcendent.  By  immanence 
is  to  be  understood  the  divine  accessibility 
to  the  human  soul,  and  by  transcendence  the 
essential  independence  of  the  divine  nature  of 
all  created  things  and  persons.  The  words, 
if  used  rightly,  must  be  used  in  the  Kantian 
or  subjective  sense  of  two  ways  in  which  God 
may  be  apprehended  by  us,  not  as  indicat- 
ing two  modes  of  His  existence.  God  may 
be  known  to  exist,  and  His  nature  partially 
understood,  by  the  Baconian  "  interrogation  "  of 
His  handiwork  ;   thus  our  knowledge  of  God 


IMMANENCE   AND  TRANSCENDENCE      145 

through   nature   is   an    immanent   knowledge. 
But    the    conception   of    God    so    arrived   at 
is  of  a  being  who   wholly  transcends   nature, 
and  whose  essential  distinctness  from  all  that 
is    not    eternally    Himself   is    a    fundamental 
attribute  of  His  being.     Thus  our  knowledge 
of  God  is  transcendent  as  well  as  immanent, 
since  while  we  conceive  Him  as  manifested  by 
nature,  we  conceive  Him  also,  and  in  the  same 
act,  as  essentially  distinct  and  separate  from 
nature.     This,  however,  is  not  the  same  thing 
as   saying   that    God    is   in    nature    and    also 
beyond  it,   but  the  exact  contrary  ;  God  has 
neither  two  modes  of  being  nor  two  modes  of 
action ;     He    is   totum    inter  omnia,   et   totum 
extra  —  His    action,    like    His    existence,    is 
either  wholly   immanent   or   wholly  transcen- 
dent, according  to  the  point  of  view  adopted. 
To  contrast  the  two,  in  an  ontological  sense, 
IS  really   to  make  a  cross-division — as  if  we 
were   to  contrast   His  omnipotence  with   His 
power  to  create  a  universe.     It  is  not  to  be 
wondered  at  that  a  fancied  distinction  between 
God's  immanental  and  transcendental   actions 
should  have  led  to  strange  results. 


CHAPTER  VIII 

PLOTINUS 

The  experimental  knowledge  of  God  by  means 

of  special  divine  illumination  must,  according 

to  the  view  we  are  advocating,  be  considered 

to    be   the    prerogative    of  Christianity.     For 

since  the  fulness  of  divine  knowledge,  so  far 

as  it  is    attainable   by   human   beings  in   this 

life,   is  to   be  found   in  the  Christian  religion 

alone,  it  is  evidently  inconceivable  that  such 

knowledge  should  either  fail  to  be  found  there 

in  its  highest  form,  which  is  mysticism,  or  that 

it  should  exist  elsewhere  in  equal  perfection. 

This  view  is,  for  the  most  part,  fully  borne  out 

by  a  comparison  of  Christian  mysticism  with 

such  few  instances  of  non-Christian  religious 

experience   as    may    by   any  straining  of  the 

epithet    be    called     mystical.      So    also     the 

mystical   pretensions   of  persons    outside   the 

146 


PLOTINUS  147 

pale  of  the  Catholic  Church,  and  those  which, 
though  made  on  the  behalf  of  Catholics,  the 
Church  holds  to  be  spurious,  are  manifestly 
untenable  on  the  principles  laid  down  by 
Catholic  authority  as  to  the  necessary  char- 
acter and  results  of  true  mysticism. 

There  is,  however,  one  case  which  it  is 
difficult  not  to  regard  as  an  exception  to  this 
rule  —  that  of  Plotinus.  This  remarkable 
figure  stands  out  as  the  sole  instance  in 
which  all  the  conditions  of  true  mysticism 
(with  the  necessary  exception  of  faith)  seem 
to  have  been  fulfilled  by  one  who  was  neither 
a  Catholic  nor  a  Christian,  but  the  father  of 
Neoplatonism,  in  its  later  and  fully-developed 
form.  Plotinus  was  born  about  the  year  204, 
and  studied  at  Alexandria  under  Ammonius 
Saccas,  but  at  the  age  of  forty  went  to  Rome, 
where  he  taught  until  the  last  year  of  his 
life,  the  Emperor  Gallienus  being  one  of  his 
disciples,  and  died  in  Campania  in  the  year 
269.  He  was  much  sought  after  in  Rome 
as  a  kind  of  spiritual  director ;  his  habits  of 
life  were  ascetic,  as  indeed  would  naturally 
be  the  case  with  one  who  so  despised  material 


148  MYSTICISM 

things  as  to  be  "like  one  who  was  ashamed 
of  being  in  the  body,  and  therefore  could  not 
bear  to  speak  of  his  birth,  or  parents  or 
country."^ 

His  philosophy  insists  strongly  on  the 
transcendence  of  God,  the  supreme  unity  and 
absolute  Good,  which  is  above  all  being  and 
all  thought.  Beneath  the  One  are  intelligence 
(vovg),  with  which  the  Platonic  ideas  are  identi- 
fied, and  the  soul  {i^vxh),  which  is  the  pro- 
duct of  intelligence,  and  in  its  turn  produces 
corporeal  things  by  impressing  form  upon 
indeterminate,  unqualified  matter.  Thus  the 
body  is  in  the  soul,  rather  than  the  soul  in 
the  body ;  all  things  are  held  together  by 
the  One,  which  continually  draws  the  manifold 
to  itself.  Man's  part  is  to  rise  up  from  the 
diversity  and  degradation  of  matter,  through 
thought,  into  union  with  the  one  and  absolute 
Good.  We  are  not,  however,  now  concerned 
with  Plotinus's  philosophy,  but  with  its  practical 
consequence.  It  is  in  the  final  stage  of  the 
soul's  upward  course,  its  union  with  God  and 

1  Porphyry,  Life  of  Plotinus. 


PLOTINUS  149 

rest    in    Him,    that    the    system    of    Plotinus 
becomes  purely  mystical. 

The  nature  of  this  union  is  described  in 
the  sixth  Ennead.  Like  Dionysius  after  him 
Plotinus  does  not  bring  out  very  clearly  the 
notion  of  special  supernatural  assistance,  or 
grace,  as  a  necessary  condition  of  mystical 
vision.  But,  also  like  Dionysius,  he  insists 
strongly  on  the  distinction  between  mystics 
and  the  uninitiated  {/mr]  fxefxv/jiuevoi,  compare 
Dion.,  AlysL  TheoL,  i);  and  he  speaks,  as 
Dionysius  does  not,  of  the  **  call  "  and 
** drawing"  of  the  supreme  Good,  whereby 
the  soul  is  brought  into  union  with  it.^  This 
union  with  God,  or  vision  of  Him,  takes 
place  in  the  ''substance  of  the  soul";  it  is 
rather  contact  than  mere  knowledge,  though 
knowledge  is  a  necessary  preliminary  to  it. 
It  is  ecstasy,  unity,  the  projection  of  the  soul 
out  of  itself,^  in   virtue  of  the  affinity  which 

^  iKecPO  dr]  6'  ^vxv  5hI}K€l  Kal  6  0ws  v<^  wapix^'-  '^cc^  ip-ireahv  avrdv 
ix^os  KiveT,  oijTOL  5e6  dav/xd^eiu  et  Toiavrrjv  dvua/xLv  ?x^'  '^Xkov  Trpos  avrb 
Kal  dvaKoKoijfji.ei'ov  e/c  TrdcTys  TrXavT/s,  tVa  Trpos  avrb  dvairava'acTO. — 
Enn.  vi.  7. 

^  ov  d^afxa,  dXXa  ctXXos  rpdiros  tov  I5e7u,  ^Kcrraais  Kal  dirXoiO'Li  Kal 
iirldoa-is  avrov  Kal  ^cpeais  Trpos  d07];'  ,  .  .  fj.r]de  /car'  i7rL<XTrjfXT]v  i]  (xvve(n$ 
iKilvov  firjhk  Kara  vorjatv,  Cocrrrep  to.  &\\a  vorjrdf  dXXd  Kara  Trapovcriav 
€Tr iffTrifirjs  KpelrTova. — lb.  9, 


150  MYSTICISM 

the  soul  has  to  the  One  by  its  own  unity, 
as  a  self-centred  monad  (to  i^uxv^  otov  Kevrpov). 
Like  Dionysius  again,  Plotinus  enlarges  on 
the  abstraction  from  all  that  is  manifold  which 
is  needful  before  union  with  the  One  can  be 
attained.  The  soul  in  that  union  despises 
even  thought,  which  previously  had  been  its 

delight  (SicLKeirai  Tore  cog  kcli  tov  voelv  Kara^poveiv, 
o   TOV   aWov    xpo'i^oi/    jJcTTrafero)  ;     mUch    more    all 

material  things :  for  there  is  movement,  or 
unrest  even  in  thought,  whereas  the  one  is 
unmoved,  so  that  the  soul  that  abides  in  the 
one  finds  absolute  rest,  and  abandons  all 
things.  It  is  as  if  one  entered  a  splendid 
mansion  and  admired  the  beauty  of  its  adorn- 
ment ;  but  when  the  master  of  the  house 
appears,  one  cannot  but  forget  all  those  objects 
of  admiration  in  the  joy  of  seeing  Him,  who 
comes  under  no  similitude  of  Himself,  but  as 
the  object  of  true  vision.  For  this  Master  of 
the  house  is  no  man,  but  God ;  and  makes 
Himself  known  not  by  means  of  common  sight, 
but  as  filling  the  soul  which  beholds  Him. 
Again,  it  is  not  beautiful  things  that  the  soul 
beholds  in  this  vision,   nor  beauty   itself,  nor 


PLOTINUS  151 

the  whole  band  (xopov)  of  virtues ;  as  if  one 
entered  the  vestibule  of  a  temple,  and  saw 
there  the  statues  and  similitudes  of  the  God, 
but  afterwards  going  within  the  sanctuary,  saw 
no  more  any  statue  or  picture,  but  the  divine 
being  Himself.  This  union  between  the  soul 
and  God  resembles  in  its  clearness  the  union 

of  earthly    lovers    (epaa-rai    koll    epw/mevoi    avyKphai 

OeXovreg) ;  the  soul  will  have  no  other  thing, 
good  or  bad ;  but  itself  alone  will  enjoy  Him 

alone  ('/I'ot  Se^tjrai  juovtj  /jLovouy 

Thus  we  find  in  Plotinus  the  most  advanced 
conceptions  of  the  great  Christian  mystics. 
There  is  no  vision  or  locution  ;  all  is  abstract 
or  purely  spiritual.  But  Plotinus  tells  us 
almost  in  identical  phraseology  of  the  Mansions 
of  St  Teresa,^  of  the  prayer  of  quiet,  of  St 
John's  dark  night  of  faith,  and  of  the  spiritual 
marriage;  the  ** ground"  (Kevrpov)  of  the  soul 
is  with  him  as  familiar  and  as  necessary  an 
idea  as  it  is  with  the  German  mystics. 

Quotations  might   be    multiplied   and   coin- 

1  "  Ne  croirait-on  pas  entendre  encore  Plotin,  quand  la  sainte 
fille  (St  Teresa)  nous  recommande  '  de  porter  les  yeux  vers  le 
centre  qui  est  le  palais  ou  habite  ce  grand  roi?'  "—St  Hilaire, 
DEcole  d^ Alexandrie. 


152  MYSTICISM 

cidences  noted  to  almost  any  extent.  But 
what  has  been  said  will  be  enough  to  show 
the  character  of  Plotinus's  mysticism  and  its 
marvellous  agreement  with  the  true  super- 
natural type.  The  question  therefore  arises 
whether  we  are  to  consider  Plotinus  a  genuine 
supernatural  mystic  or  not ;  and  if  he  must 
be  held  to  be  so,  we  are  immediately  con- 
fronted with  the  further  question  of  his  true 
relation  to  Christian  mysticism.  For  unless 
all  supernatural  mystics,  Christian  and  Neo- 
platonist  alike,  are  subject  to  a  common  delu- 
sion, it  would  seem  difficult  to  assign  the 
same  origin  to  the  mystical  experience  depicted 
by  Plotinus  as  to  the  '*  mystical  theology"  of 
Dionysius,  or  of  St  Teresa  and  St  John  of 
the  Cross. 

It  must  be  remembered  that  Plotinus  was, 
during  the  most  important  part  of  his  career, 
in  close  contact  with  Christianity,  and  that 
not  in  any  outlying  region  of  the  faith,  where 
distinctions  of  creed  might  be  obscured  in 
the  minds  of  an  unlettered  people,  but  in 
Rome  itself.  Moreover,  during  his  residence 
at   Rome    he    must   have    witnessed   the   pro- 


PLOTINUS  153 

scripiion  and  persecution  of  Christians  under 
Decius,  and  the  admission  of  Christianity  to 
the  privileges  of  a  religio  licita  by  his  pupil 
Gallienus.  He  can,  therefore,  have  been 
ignorant  neither  of  the  exclusiveness  of  the 
Christian  religion,  nor  of  the  influence  it  was 
able  to  exert  over  both  those  within  and  those 
without  its  pale.  He  seems,  in  point  of  fact, 
to  have  disregarded  Christianity  altogether ; 
he  was  neither  a  convert,  like  Victorinus  a 
century  after  him,  nor  an  opponent,  like  his 
disciple  Porphyry.  Yet  he  must  have  in 
some  fashion  deliberately  rejected  Christianity; 
it  cannot  have  escaped  his  notice.  But 
the  reason  why  such  an  aninia  naturaliter 
Christiana  should  have  resisted  the  attraction 
of  a  faith  which  had  so  much  in  common  with 
his  own  system  cannot  even  be  conjectured. 

We  can  only  choose  between  two  theories 
of  the  cause  of  his  affinity  to  the  mystical 
theologians  of  the  Church.  The  first  would 
represent  him  as  affected  by  the  deliberate 
approximation  to  Christianity  which  the  later 
Neoplatonism  undoubtedly  exhibited,  and  which 
we  can  hardly  be  mistaken  in  regarding  as  a 


1 54  MYSTICISM 

desperate  effort  on  the  part  of  Paganism  to 
fight  the  growing  power  of  the  Church  on 
its  own  ground  with  its  own  weapons.  To 
this  cause  are  attributed  the  quasi-Trinitarian 
doctrine  of  Neoplatonism,  the  revival  of 
Mithraism,  and  the  life  of  Apollonius  of 
Tyana  by  Philostratus.^  It  may  well  have 
been  the  case  that  it  seemed  advisable  to 
meet  the  widespread  mysticism  of  the  early 
Church — naive  and  simple-minded  as  it  often 
was,  as,  for  example,  in  the  visions  of  Hermas 
— with  a  theory  not  less  mystical  but  founded 
on  what  professed  to  be  a  higher  Gnosis. 
Plotinus,  indeed,  has  none  of  the  character- 
istics of  a  merely  speculative  theorist ;  his 
work  bears  all  the  signs  of  personal  experi- 
ence, and  Porphyry  tells  us  that  four  times 
during  his  six  years'  association  with  Plotinus 
his  master  attained  to  the  state  of  mystical 
union. 

It  is  scarcely  possible  to  attribute  conscious 
insincerity  to  a  character  so  striking  and 
majestic  as  that  of  Plotinus  :  the  spirit  of  his 
writinors  is  of  itself  almost  sufficient  to  clear  him 

^  See  Bigg,  Christian  Platonists  of  Alexandria^  Lect.  VII. 


PLOTINUS  iSS 

of  any  suspicion  of  mere  vulgar  charlatanism. 
But  it  is  not  actually  impossible  that  his 
mystical  experience  may  have  been  of  the 
natural  order,  and  due  not  to  any  super- 
natural illumination,  but  by  way  of  automatic 
suggestion,  to  the  direct  tendency  of  the  philo- 
sophical system  in  which  he  was  absorbed. 
It  may  have  been  no  more  than  a  strong 
emotional  realisation  of  intellectual  principles 
obtained  by  remarkable  philosophical  acumen. 
Certainly  one  may  notice  —  apart  from  the 
quietism  suggested  by  some  passages  —  an 
element  of  mere  negative  abstraction  in  his 
system,  which  is  indeed  necessitated  by  the 
highly  abstract  and  practically  impersonal 
nature  which  he  attributes  to  the  One,  but 
which  makes  a  very  marked  contrast  with  the 
warmth  of  personal  relationship — ih^famtliaris 
amicitia  Jesu  which  one  finds  in  Christian 
mysticism.^ 

^  The  distinction  made  by  St  Hilaire  {op.  cii.)  is  only  verbal, 
and  might  with  equal  truth  be  reversed.  "  Les  mystiques 
Chretiens  diffi^rent  de  Plotin  en  ce  que  soutenus  par  la  foi,  pour 
la  plupart  du  moins,  ils  n'ont  trouve  dans  I'extase  que  I'union 
mentale  et  spirituale  avec  Dieu,  tandis  que  Plotin  y  a  trouve 
Dieu  meme.  L'ame  de  sainte  Therese  se  marie  a  Dieu,  comme 
celle  de  saint  Francois  de  Sales  de  Gerson  et  des  autres  ;  Time 
de  Plotin  se  transforme  en  Dieu,  ou  plutot  elle  est  Dieu.'' 


156  MYSTICISM 

As  has  been  already  remarked,  the  theory 
now  popular  of  automatism  furnishes  a  much 
needed  explanation  of  the  close  resemblance 
borne  to  supernatural  mysticism  by  the  various 
kinds  of  mysticism  which,  on  Christian  prin- 
ciples, cannot  be  accepted  as  supernatural  in 
any  other  sense  than  that  of  a  possible  con- 
nection with  diabolical  agency. 

There  is  nothing  to  prevent  us  from  holding 
this  theory  about  the  mysticism  of  Plotinus  ; 
but  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  direct 
evidence  for  it  is  of  the  scantiest  possible 
description. 

The  alternative  is  to  accept  the  experience 
of  Plotinus  as  one  of  those  manifestations  of 
divine  grace  outside  its  regular  channels,  the 
occurrence  of  which  has  from  time  to  time 
been  quite  unmistakable.  The  number  of 
instances  has  never  been  large  enough  to 
entitle  them  to  be  considered  anything  but 
exceptions  to  the  prevailing  rule ;  and  the 
Church  has  never  felt  it  her  business  to  pro- 
nounce judgment  upon  the  spiritual  state 
of  individuals  outside  her  boundaries,  strictly 
as    she    is    compelled    to    reject    as   false   all 


PLOTINUS  157 

doctrines  contrary  to  her  own.  But  the 
principle  that  *'he  that  is  not  against  us  is 
for  us "  may  perhaps  be  applied  here ;  and  if 
so,  we  may  consider  Plotinus  as  an  involuntary 
witness  to  the  truth  of  the  Christian  view  of 
mysticism,  and  the  reality  of  the  experience 
of  Christian  mystics.  Why,  if  this  is  the 
case,  Plotinus  (and  possibly  Porphyry  as  well) 
should  have  been  favoured  with  special  divine 
illumination  it  is,  of  course,  impossible  to  say. 
We  have  no  data  that  could  be  of  any  service 
to  us  in  an  attempt  to  assign  a  reason  for 
such  an  exceptional  dispensation  of  divine 
Providence.  But  it  must  be  remembered  that 
mystical  experience  is  not  of  itself  an  evidence 
of  sanctity,  still  less  of  final  perseverance.  It 
is  possible  to  suppose  that  an  individual  may 
have  been  favoured  with  the  grace  of  mystical 
knowledge  for  the  purpose  of  his  conversion, 
and  may  have  failed  to  correspond  with  the 
divine  intention ;  as  the  Magi  might,  if  they 
had  chosen,  have  failed  to  follow  the  guidance 
of  the  star.^ 

^  This  seems  to  have  been  St  Augustine's  view  of  Neo- 
platonism,  and  especially  of  Plotinus,  whom  he  calls  "  mag- 
nus  ille   Platonicus."     "Si   Platonici,  vel   quicunque  alii   ista 


158  MYSTICISM 

Whatever  explanation  we  adopt,  the  fact 
is  that  the  system  of  Plotinus,  on  its  mysti- 
cal side,  is  practically  identical  with  that  of 
Dionysius  and  of  all  Christian  mystics,  though 
it  has  nothing  whatever  of  all  that  gives 
Christianity  its  power  to  attract  or  influence 
or  console/ 

senserunt,  cognoscentes  Deum,  sicut  Deum  glorificarent,  et 
gratias  agerent,  nee  evanescerent  in  cogitationibus  suis,  nee 
populorum  erroribus  partim  auctores  fierent,  partim  resistere 
non  auderent,  profecto  confiterentur  et  illis  immortalibus  ac 
beatis,  et  nobis  mortalibus  ac  miseris,  ut  immortales  ac  beati 
esse  possimus,  unum  Deum  deorum  colendum,  qui  et  noster 
est  et  illorum." — Civ.  Dei.  x.  3. 

^  Quod  enim  ante  omnia  tempora,  et  super  omnia  tempora 
incommunicabiliter  manet  unigenitus  Filius  tuus  eoaeternus 
tibi,  et  quia  de  plenitudine  ejus  accipiunt  animae  ut  beatae 
sint,  et  quia  participatione  manentis  in  se  renovantur  ut 
sapientes  sint  ;  est  ibi ;  quod  autem  secundum  tempus  pro 
impiis  mortuus  est — non  est  ibi.     St  Aug.,  Conf.  vii.  ix. 


CHAPTER    IX 

HERETICAL   MYSTICS 

If  Plotinus  furnishes  a  solitary,  or  almost 
solitary  instance  of  a  system  which,  starting 
from  false  or  inadequate  principles,  arrives  at 
a  method  of  mystical  contemplation  scarcely 
to  be  distinguished  from  genuine  mysticism, 
the  historical  cases  of  an  apparently  converse 
process  are  too  numerous  to  count.  The 
names  of  those  who,  beofinninof  as  more  or 
less  orthodox  Christians,  have  ended  as 
extravagant  visionaries,  or  as  maintainers  of 
principles  opposed,  not  merely  to  Catholic 
orthodoxy,  but  even  to  all  sane,  human  con- 
victions, are  freely  scattered  over  the  pages 
of  history.  True  mysticism  has  undoubtedly 
been  gravely  prejudiced  by  the  existence,  fre- 
quently side  by  side  with  it,  of  extravagances 

159 


i6o  MYSTICISM 

which  claimed  an  equal  and  apparently  identi- 
cal authority  with  that  of  true  mysticism. 
There  are,  nevertheless,  very  real  and  clearly 
marked  distinctions  between  the  two,  and 
there  is  really  no  reason  whatever  for  the 
common  condemnation  in  which  sometimes 
both  are  hastily  included. 

The  external  or  ''pragmatic"  test  is  easy 
of  application  to  all  such  cases  in  two  ways. 
First,  it  is  obvious  that,  from  the  Catholic 
point  of  view  at  least,  tenets  which  directly 
contradict  the  rule  of  faith  cannot  have  a 
divine  origin,  or  be  in  any  sense  true. 
Secondly,  as  has  been  already  remarked,  it 
is  incredible  that  a  fresh  revelation  should 
be  given  with  the  divine  purpose  of  super- 
seding that  which  was  once  for  all  delivered 
to  the  saints ;  or,  even  if  it  could  be  granted 
that  such  a  fresh  revelation  were  conceivable, 
that  it  should  be  given  in  a  less  public  and 
tangible  fashion,  and  be  of  less  universal 
application,  than  that  which  it  endeavours  to 
supplant.  Theosophy  is  not  theology,  either 
mystical  or  speculative,  but  the  degenerate  off- 
spring of  a  false  theory  of  mysticism  ;  and  its 


HERETICAL    MYSTICS  i6i 

method  is  nothing  but  a  corrupting  influence, 
both  in  theology  and  in  philosophy.  Its  philo- 
sophical tendency  is  apparent  in  the  tran- 
scendentalism alike  of  Kant,  Jacobi,  Fichte, 
Schelling  and  Hegel,  and  of  Schopenhauer 
and  Hartmann,^  who  practically  agree  in 
taking  crude  emotional  data  as  the  basis  of 
a  rational  explanation  of  things.  The 
"categorical  imperative,"  the  *' Indifferenz- 
punkt,"  "self-objectivisation  "  —  no  less  than 
the  Will  and  the  Unconscious,  are  instances 
of  the  a  priori  idealism  from  which  such 
Neoplatonists  as  Plotinus  and  Proclus  were 
entirely  free.  In  theology  there  is  scarcely 
any  aberration  of  human  credulity,  or  ex- 
travagance of  human  fantasy,  that  is  not 
directly  attributable  to  the  same  source. 
Montanus,  Priscillian  and  the  Fraticelli, 
Luther,  Calvin  and  George  Fox,  Boehme, 
Swedenborg  and  Irving,  unlike  as  they  are 
to  one  another  in  many  respects,  agree  in 
founding  themselves  on  unreasoned,  and 
generally    irrational   intuitions.     Mysticism,  in 

^  Cf.  Hartmann,   "Philosophy  of   the    Unconscious"  {The 
Unc.  in  the  Huinan  Mind^  ch.  ix.). 

L 


i62  MYSTICISM 

the  Catholic  view,  cannot  but  be  discredited 
whenever  it  enters  into  competition  with  the 
magistei'lum  of  the  Church  —  whenever  it 
leaves  its  true  sphere  of  the  personal  and 
experimental,  and  becomes  dogmatic  and 
didactic. 

But  one  naturally  looks  further  for  some 
intrinsic  distinction  which  may  differentiate 
spurious  from  true  mysticism ;  one  wishes 
to  judge  of  its  character,  not  merely  by 
the  practical  test  of  its  fruits,  but  by  the 
nature  of  its  principles,  considered  in  them- 
selves and  apart  from  all  consequences  or 
relations  with  particular  philosophical  or  theo- 
logical doctrines.  Such  a  distinction  is  readily 
to  be  found  in  the  essential  features  of  true 
mysticism,  which  we  have  seen  to  be  of  such 
a  nature  as  to  be  incapable  of  presentation 
in  the  form  of  abstract  doctrine.  The  essence 
of  mysticism  is,  as  we  have  seen,  the  actual 
experimental  vision  or  knowledge  of  God, 
and  in  itself  is  necessarily  ineffable  and  in- 
describable ;  it  may  be  either  real,  or  imaginary 
and  delusive,  but  it  cannot  be  either  true  or 
false,  in  the  sense   in  which  a  doctrine  must 


HERETICAL   MYSTICS  163 

be  one  or  the  other.  It  is,  of  course,  quite 
conceivable  that  a  doctrine  or  a  matter  of 
fact  may  be  revealed  in  mystical  vision  ;  but 
the  doctrine  or  fact  is  not,  and  cannot  be, 
mystical,  simply  because  it  belongs  not  to 
the  mystical  or  supernatural  sphere,  but  to 
that  of  the  sensible  and  intelligible  world. 
A  false  doctrine  or  statement  for  which 
mystical  authority  is  claimed  may  be  either 
a  real  divine  communication,  misunderstood 
and  misreported,  or  a  deduction  from  a  true 
mystical  experience,  or  a  mere  delusion  of 
the  senses  or  the  imagination.  Any  doctrine 
so  put  forward  is  open  to  criticism  like  any 
other  statement,  and  cannot  be  accepted 
merely  on  the  authority  attributed  to  it  by 
an  individual  who  may  possibly  be  the 
victim  of  his  own  imagination  or  misunder- 
standing. But  it  is  evident  that  where  the 
doctrine  constitutes  the  whole  of  the  experi- 
ence, there  is  really  no  question  at  all  of 
mysticism.  The  intelligence  of  the  person  to 
whom  the  doctrine  is  supposed  to  be  made 
known  may  have  led  him  to  discover  a 
truth,   or  the    reverse ;    he    may   or   may   not 


i64  MYSTICISM 

have  been  under  the  guidance  of  divine  grace 
in  conceiving  it ;  but  there  is  no  ground 
whatever  for  supposing  such  a  person  to  have 
received  a  genuine  mystical  communication. 
Since,  in  such  a  case,  the  doctrine  purports 
to  be  the  bare  description  of  the  supposed 
mystical  vision,  it  is  by  that  very  fact  con- 
victed of  error ;  true  mystical  experience 
cannot  be  described  or  translated  into  terms 
of  the  non-mystical.  Dionysius's  paradoxical 
canon  is  here  precisely  in  point — ''  If  any 
one,  seeing  God,  knows  what  he  sees,  it  is 
by  no  means  God  that  he  sees,  but  something 
created  and  knowable." 

A  deduction,  on  the  other  hand,  from  a 
mystical  experience,  or  series  of  experiences, 
may  quite  conceivably  be  a  mistaken  one, 
even  though  the  experiences  themselves  may 
be  real.  There  can  be  no  reason  for  sup- 
posing that  the  favour  of  mystical  vision 
implies  any  subsequent  immunity  from  intel- 
lectual error — or,  for  that  matter,  from  moral 
lapse.  Neither  Moses  nor  St  Paul  was,  or 
supposed  himself  to  be,  so  safeguarded  by  the 
mystical  favours  bestowed  on  him.     St  John 


HERETICAL    MYSTICS  165 

of  the  Cross  insists  at  great  length  on  the 
possibility  of  misunderstanding  divine  com- 
munications, as  well  as  on  the  danger  of  mis- 
taking for  them  those  which  come  from  another 
source,  and  concludes,  as  do  all  mystical  writers, 
that  much  importance  should  not  be  attached 
to  such  experiences.-^ 

Doctrines,  then,  which  claim  mystical 
authority,  must  be  judged  to  be  true  or  false 
according  to  the  support  they  receive  from  the 
conclusions  of  reason  or  the  truths  of  revela- 
tion ;  their  claim  to  be  in  themselves  mystical 
experiences  is  refuted  by  the  fact  that  they 
are  doctrines,  or  theories  about  God,  whereas 
mysticism  is  concerned  not  with  doctrines  or 
theories — which  belong  to  the  domain,  not  of 
mystical,  but  of  speculative  theology — but 
solely  with  God  Himself.  The  experience, 
of  whatever  kind,  upon  which  such  doctrines 
are  founded,  may  or  may  not  be  genuinely 
mystical,  and  must  be  judged  of  apart  from 
the  doctrine  for  which  its  authority  is  claimed, 
according  to  its  alleged  character,  and  the 
condition  of  the  person  by  whom  it  is  under- 

^  Ascent,  II.  xviii.  and  xix. 


i66  MYSTICISM 

gone.  Thus  visions  experienced  by  persons 
in  a  state  of  alcoholism,  nervous  or  brain 
disease,  or  artificially  produced  anaesthesia,  are 
manifestly  to  be  attributed  to  those  agencies ; 
visions  or  imaginations  of  the  state  of  man- 
kind or  of  particular  individuals,  or  of  the 
material  universe,  however  vast,  picturesque 
or  symbolical  they  may  be,  are  certainly  not 
mystical,  but  are  generally  due  to  natural 
emotion,  mental  excitement,  automatic  sug- 
gestion, or  some  similar  cause.  Those  only 
are  to  be  considered  even  possibly  mystical 
which  include  a  direct  consciousness  of  the 
divine  presence,  which  are  preceded  by  no 
emotion  or  excitement,  which  can  be  probably 
traced  to  no  physical  or  mental  cause,  and 
which  are  not  capable  of  being  fully  described 
in  words. 

We  may  illustrate  the  principles  thus 
obtained  by  one  or  two  of  the  best  -  known 
instances  of  spurious  mysticism.  We  may 
take  first  the  sect  variously  known  as 
Christian  Brethren,  Beghards  or  Fraticelli, 
who  flourished  in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth 
centuries,    and    were    condemned    as    heretics 


HERETICAL   MYSTICS  167 

at  the  Council  of  VIenne.  They  were  said 
to  be  constantly  subject  to  visions  and 
ecstasies,  and  were  accused  (no  doubt  with 
some  exaggeration,  but  probably  not  without 
grave  cause)  of  immoral  practices  of  the 
grossest  kind.  They  were  influenced,  more 
or  less  directly,  by  the  speculative  pantheism 
of  Amalric  of  Bena,  and  professed  to  regard 
matter  as  a  secondary  and  comparatively 
unimportant  aspect  of  spirit  ;  so  that  when 
the  spiritual  aspect  of  the  universe  was  truly 
apprehended,  material  things  and  conduct  in 
regard  to  them  became  altogether  indifferent. 
Such  spiritual  apprehension  was  held  to  be 
a  natural  process,  and  open  to  all  human 
beings  at  will.  One  of  the  charges  brought 
against  this  sect  by  Pope  Clement  V.  at 
Vienne  was  that  they  held  the  Beatific  vision 
to  be  attainable  by  the  natural  powers  of 
mankind,  without  any  need  for  the  inter- 
vention of  the  lumen  gloriae.  They  thus 
denied  what  we  have  seen  to  be  a  funda- 
mental postulate  of  true  mysticism ;  they 
were  not  really  mystics,  but  imaginative  or 
"  temperamental  "     theosophists.       Their    so- 


i68  MYSTICISM 

called  mysticism  was  akin,  on  the  one  hand, 
to  what  some  modern  writers  have  called  sym- 
bolism or  "  nature  -  mysticism,"  and  on  the 
other,  to  the  humanism  of  the  Renaissance, 
their  practical  view  of  life  being  pretty  nearly 
identical  with  that  of  Lorenzo  Valla's  treatise 
on  Pleasure.  Visions  and  ecstasies  allied  with 
doctrines  of  this  kind  must  obviously  be 
taken  as  the  consequence  of  such  doctrines 
rather  than  as  their  cause,  and  can  be  con- 
sidered only  as  a  neuropathic  form  of  sensu- 
ality, as  far  removed  from  true  mysticism 
as  anything  could  possibly  be. 

Of  a  very  different  character  were  the 
strange  transcendental  imaginations  of  the 
pious  shoemaker,  Jacob  Boehme.  His  mind 
appears  to  have  been  constantly  fixed  on  the 
idea  of  God ;  and  by  a  purely  natural  process 
there  arose  in  it,  together  with  many  sane 
and  devout  reflections,  a  kind  of  philosophi- 
cal statement  of  the  problems  of  existence, 
transferred  in  strange  and  bizarre  phraseology 
to  the  divine  nature.  These  ideas  Boehme 
declared  to  be  ''opened"  to  him;  they  came, 
he    could    not   say    how,    into    his    mind,    and 


HERETICAL   MYSTICS  169 

had  upon  him  the  effect  of  a  communication 
from  an  external  source.  But  there  is  no 
need,  indeed  there  is  no  possibility  of  accept- 
ing his  explanation  of  their  origin.  A  medita- 
tive and  abstractive  mind,  without  authoritative 
guidance  or  restraint,  will  naturally  and  almost 
inevitably  find  in  the  abstract  idea  of  the 
divine  nature  a  repetition  of  the  influences 
it  sees  at  work  in  the  surrounding  world. 
Thus  the  Abyss,  the  Potential  Trinity,  the 
relation  of  Being  to  Not-being,  the  Will,  the 
Imagination,  the  Maiden  Idea  and  the  moving 
Fire,  and  the  like,  are  undoubtedly  no  more 
than  the  pseudo  -  philosophical  forms  under 
which  Boehme  conceived  and  contemplated 
the  universe,  and  which  rose  by  some  process 
of  auto-suggestion  into  his  consciousness  as 
he  contemplated  the  idea  of  God,  and  thus 
appeared  to  him  in  some  sense  identical  with 
it.  Boehme  has  affinities  —  as  probably  all 
naturally  contemplative  minds  must  have — 
with  Gnosticism  and  Neoplatonism  on  the 
one  hand,  and  on  the  other,  with  modern 
idealism — with  Jacobi,  Schelling  and  Hegel, 
and  with  Schopenhauer  and    Hartmann.     But 


1 70  MYSTICISM 

with  true  mysticism  he  has  none  whatever ; 
he  may  be  thought  to  claim  a  revelation  as 
the  authority  for  his  system,  but  to  mystical 
theology  —  the  experimental,  ineffable  know- 
ledge of  God — he  makes  no  pretension. 

The  theosophy  of  Swedenborg  may  be  classed 
with  Boehme's,  inasmuch  as  both  pretend  to 
direct  knowledge  of  transcendental  realities. 
But  whereas  Boehme,  with  all  his  strange 
terminology,  is  philosophical  and  intellectual, 
Swedenborg  does  no  more  than  embody,  in 
crude,  allegorical  form,  certain  phases  of 
Protestant  theology.  His  visions  do,  indeed, 
profess  to  be  statements  of  fact,  and  not  allegori- 
cal or  imaginary — to  be,  in  fact,  a  revelation. 
But  even  if  this  claim  were  admitted,  if  one 
could  seriously  accept,  for  example,  the  story 
of  the  angels'  protracted  attempts  to  convert 
Luther  from  his  doctrine  of  justification,  and 
their  daily  fluctuations  of  ill-success,  we  should 
still  have  nothing  like  a  true  mystical  experi- 
ence. The  spiritual,  ineffable  divine  presence 
has  no  place  in  Swedenborg's  gallery,  and 
indeed  would  be  sadly  incongruous  there. 
Swedenborg's     symbolical     interpretation     of 


HERETICAL    MYSTICS  171 

Scripture,  elaborate  and  dogmatic  in  tone  as 
it  is,  has  really  nothing  to  do  with  mystical 
theology  properly  so  called. 

Quietism  has  appeared  to  many  writers  to 
be  a  genuine  example  of  mysticism  :  the 
doctrines  of  Molinos  and  Madame  Guyon  have 
been  identified  with  those  of  St  Teresa,  and 
the  condemnation  of  the  former  has  been 
attributed  to  the  recalcitrance  of  their  authors 
against  ecclesiastical  authority,  as  contrasted 
with  the  docility  of  St  Teresa  and  St  John 
of  the  Cross.  But  the  doctrine  of  ''  dis- 
interested love,"  as  interpreted  by  the  Quietists, 
is  quite  a  different  thing  from  the  mystical 
passivity  of  St  Teresa,  to  which  it  has  been 
likened.  With  her,  as  with  other  mystics, 
passivity  consists  in  a  concentration  of  the 
faculties  upon  God,  not,  indeed,  always  in 
successive  '*  acts,"  but  at  least  in  one  con- 
tinuous act ;  whereas  the  Quietist  would  have 
the  soul  renounce  its  very  personality  and 
conscious  existence,  and  that  not  merely 
during  the  condition  of  ecstatic  contempla- 
tion, but  as  a  permanent  state.  Madame 
Guyon   is   never   tired   of  declaring   that   her 


172  MYSTICISM 

soul  '*  has  no  inclination  of  tendency  for 
anything  whatsoever";  she  is  '*  in  such  an 
abandonment "  that  she  is  obliged  to  reflect 
in  order  to  know  "if  she  has  a  beino^  and 
subsistence."  "  I  have  to  make  an  effort  to 
think  if  I  am  and  what  I  am  ;  if  there  are 
in  God  creatures  and  anything  subsisting." 

Whatever  may  be  thought  of  the  opinions 
or  conduct  of  the  opponents  of  Quietism,  of 
Segneri,  D'Estrees,  Bossuet,  La  Chaise  and 
De  la  Combe,  it  cannot  be  doubted  that  its 
distinctive  doctrine,  no  less  than  the  con- 
demned propositions  extracted  from  the  Guida 
Spirituale,  is  contradictory,  not  only  of  divine 
revelation,  but  of  the  elementary  facts  of  human 
nature.  But  it  is  in  no  sense  mystical :  it  is  a 
theory  founded  professedly  on  mystical  experi- 
ence, but  it  is  not  and  cannot  be  the  experi- 
ence itself.  Madame  Guyon  herself  says  of  a 
mvstical  state  which  she  declares  herself  to 
have  experienced  that  it  was  '*  too  simple, 
pure  and  naked  for  me  to  be  able  to  speak 
of  it.  The  most  elevated  dispositions  are 
those  of  which  one  can  say  nothing."  One 
is  tempted  to  exclaim,   O  si  sic  omnia !     But 


HERETICAL   MYSTICS  173 

the  difference  between  mystical  contemplation, 
and  theories  more  or  less  directly  founded 
upon  it,  could  scarcely  be  better  illustrated 
than  by  Madame  Guyon's  account  of  herself. 

The  question  remains,  are  these  professedly 
mystical  experiences  genuinely  supernatural  or 
not  ?  On  the  whole,  one  is  inclined  to  think 
that  they  may  be.  They  seem  to  have  had  no 
emotional  state  immediately  preceding  them  ; 
they  are  apparently  indescribable  and  unsought ; 
they  produce  subjective  conviction  of  a  direct 
divine  influence  ;  and  they  do  not  appear  to 
have  any  real  tendency  to  suggest  the  false 
or  questionable  doctrines  founded  on  them. 
We  may  therefore  perhaps  safely  admit  that 
Ouietistic  mystical  experiences  may  well  have 
been  genuine  and  supernatural  ones ;  and  in 
that  case,  that  the  doctrines  founded  upon 
them  were  due  to  mistaken  inferences  from 
them.  There  is,  at  any  rate,  no  reason  for 
regarding  the  Quietist  doctrine  as  necessarily 
connected  with  mysticism,  or  as  necessarily 
discrediting  the  mystical  experiences — if  such 
they  were — which  gave  rise  to  them. 

A  precisely  similar  distinction  must  of  course 


174  MYSTICISM 

be  made  between  the  approved  teaching  of 
orthodox  mystics,  and  the  incommunicable 
experiences  on  which  it  was  founded.  The 
reforming  zeal  of  St  Teresa  and  St  John  of 
the  Cross  had  to  win  its  way  on  its  own 
merits  against  powerful  opposition ;  it  was 
very  far  from  being  considered  as  guaranteed 
by  the  spiritual  and  personal  favours  which 
gave  birth  to  it.  The  frequent  and  extra- 
ordinary visions  of  Margaret  Mary  Alacoque, 
again,  and  the  widespread  popular  devotion 
resulting  from  them,  gained  acceptance  only 
by  degrees,  and  after  much  opposition.  The 
essentially  mystical  side  of  her  life,  which  has 
been  somewhat  obscured  in  general  estimation 
by  the  prominence  very  naturally  given  to  her 
visions  and  revelations,  is  easily  distinguish- 
able amid  the  more  striking  but  less  evidently 
supernatural  occurrences  in  which  it  abounds, 
and  follows  the  lines  uniformly  characteristic 
of  genuine  mysticism.^ 

^  "Tous  les  matins,  lorsque  je  m'eveille,  il  me  semble  trouver 
mon  Dieu  present,  auquel  mon  cceur  s'unit  comme  k  son 
principe  et  k  sa  seule  plenitude  ;  ce  qui  me  donne  une  soif  si 
ardente  d'aller  k  Toraison,  que  les  moments  que  -je  mets  k 
m'habiller  me  durent  des  heures.     J'y  vais  le  plus  souvent  sans 


HERETICAL   MYSTICS  175 

Thus  the  alleged  difficulty  of  distinguishing 
false  from  true  mysticism  is  reduced  to  that 
of  discerning  whether  any  alleged  mystical 
state  or  experience  is  truly  reported  by  its 
subject  or  not ;  and  this  difficulty  is  again 
greatly  reduced  by  observing  the  regularity 
with  which  certain  features  appear  in  all 
mystical  experience  that  may  be  considered 
genuine.  The  element  of  uncertainty  still 
remaining  arises  from  our  frequently  inadequate 
knowledge  of  the  circumstances  of  any  alleged 
experience — such  as  that  of  Madame  Guyon 
above  mentioned — together  with   the  a  priori 

autre  preparation  que  celle  que  mon  Dieu  fait  en  moi.  ...  II 
me  semble  quelquefois  que  mon  esprit  s'eloigne  de  moi,  pour 
s'aller  unir  et  perdre  dans  I'immense  grandeur  de  son  Dieu.  .  .  . 
Mon  entendement  demeure  dans  un  aveuglement  si  grand, 
qu'il  n'a  aucune  lumiere  ni  connaissance  que  celle  que  le  divin 
Soleil  de  justice  lui  communique  de  temps  en  temps.  C'est  en 
ce  temps  que  j'emploie  toutes  mes  forces  pour  I'embrasser, 
non  pas  des  bras  du  corps,  mais  des  interieurs,  qui  sent  les 
puissances  de  mon  ame.  .  .  .  J'eprouve  encore  des  attraits  si 
puissants,  qu'il  me  semble  que  ma  poitrine  est  toute  traversee 
de  rasoirs,  ce  qui  m'ote  souvent  le  pouvoir  de  soupirer,  n'ayant 
de  mouvement  que  pour  respirer  avec  bien  de  la  peine.  La 
partie  inferieure  ne  voit  ni  ne  connait  ce  qui  se  passe  en  la 
partie  superieure  de  mon  ame,  qui  s'oublie  elle-meme  et  n'a 
d'autre  desir  que  de  s'unir  et  se  perdre  dans  son  Dieu.  .  .  . 
Voilk  les  plus  ordinaires  occupations  de  mon  oraison,  non  pas 
que  je  fais,  mais  que  mon  Dieu  fait  en  moi,  sa  chetive  creature." — 
Vie  par  Ses  Co?ite?npo?'aines — Vie  et  CEuvres,  t.  i. 


176  MYSTICISM 

discredit  necessarily  thrown  by  heretical  or 
immoral  inferences  upon  the  source  to  which 
they  are  ascribed.  Where  the  alleged  mystical 
state  fulfils  the  conditions  which  admit  of  its 
being  attributed  to  a  supernatural  cause,  and 
the  inferences  based  on  it  are  in  accord  with 
the  principles  of  religion  and  morality,  there 
is  practically  no  room  for  doubt. 


CHAPTER   X 

MYSTICISM,    PHILOSOPHY   AND    RELIGION 

Philosophy  is  the  explanation  of  facts ;  and 
since  mysticism  is  undoubtedly  a  fact,  it 
necessarily  has  a  certain  relation  to  philo- 
sophy, and  falls  within  its  legitimate  scope. 
But  mysticism,  unlike  other  facts  of  which 
philosophy  has  to  take  account,  is  not  a 
normal  function  of  the  human  faculties,  and 
is  not  open  to  direct  investigation.  It  can 
only  be  dealt  with  through  the  reports  of 
mystical  contemplatives,  and  no  analysis  of 
mystical  states  is  attainable  except  such  as 
is  furnished  by  the  mystics  themselves,  ill- 
equipped  as  they  most  frequently  are  for  such 
a  purpose.  Mysticism  is  indeed  the  exact 
parallel  of  sensation,  in  its  immediate  and 
intuitive  character.     But  whereas  sensation  is 

common  to  mankind,  and  the  investigator  is 

177  M 


178  MYSTICISM 

therefore  able  to  consider  it  directly,  as  repre- 
sented in   his   own   consciousness,   as  well  as 
indirectly,  through  the  reports  of  other  people, 
as  to  mysticism  he  is  mostly  restricted  to  the 
latter  method,   and  to  a  number  of  examples 
which,  as  compared  with  examples  of  sensation, 
is  exceedingly  small.     Thus  though  the  nature 
of  mystical  experience   seems    naturally  to  be 
as  legitimate  a  subject  of  enquiry  as  that  of 
sensation,    the    limitations    under    which    the 
enquiry  has    to   be   pursued   are   so   great   as 
practically  to  destroy  the  parallelism  altogether. 
And    seeing    how    little    it    has   so   far   been 
possible  to  discover  in  regard  to  the  nature 
and  cause  of  sensation,  in  spite  of  the  com- 
paratively numerous  existing  facilities  for  the 
purpose,   it    is   not  surprising  that  philosophy 
should   have   little   or    nothing    to   say   about 
mysticism,   which   offers   so  much   narrower  a 
field  for  investigation. 

Those  writers,  therefore,  who  have  con- 
sidered mysticism  of  the  true  or  supernatural 
kind  from  the  point  of  view  of  philosophy, 
have  probably  acted  wisely  in  declining  to 
consider    the    transcendental    aspects    of    the 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGION  179 

matter,  and  confining  themselves  to  conjectural 
expositions  of  the  psychological  processes  in- 
volved in  mystical  states.  Mystical  theology 
has,  however,  one  point  of  contact  with  philo- 
sophy, in  its  bearing  on  natural  theology, 
offering  as  it  does  an  experimental  verifica- 
tion of  the  rational  proof  of  the  existence  of 
God,  and  of  the  *^ substantial"  human  soul. 
Such  experimental  evidence  has  been  thought 
by  some  to  be  furnished  by  the  doubtful 
phenomena  of  spiritualism ;  but  it  may  fairly 
be  contended  that  the  very  much  less  question- 
able evidence  of  mysticism  is  considerably 
more  worthy  of  acceptance. 

It  must  be  added,  however,  that  even  if 
mysticism  were  more  open  to  investigation 
than  it  is,  it  would  still  in  its  essence  be 
beyond  the  purview  of  philosophy,  as  belong- 
ing exclusively  to  a  region  of  which  philosophy 
itself  must  stop  short.  The  "  science  of 
causes  "  cannot  deal  inductively  with  the  First 
Cause — the  caicsa  catisarum,  but  must  be  con- 
tent in  all  cases  with  noting  its  effects ;  and 
in  regard  to  that  particular  effect  on  the  human 
soul   which   constitutes   mysticism,    philosophy 


i8o  MYSTICISM 

can  do  little  more  than  barely  recognise  its 
occurrence.^  That  species  of  philosophy  which 
refuses  to  accept  the  existence  of  a  tran- 
scendental First  Cause  cannot,  as  we  have 
already  seen,  treat  mysticism  on  its  tran- 
scendental side  as  anything  but  a  delusion — 
relying,  as  it  must,  in  the  absence  of  direct  evi- 
dence, merely  on  a  negative  presupposition. 

With  religion,  however,  mysticism  stands 
on  common  ground,  being  itself  a  form  of 
religious  experience.  Its  object  is  indeed  the 
object  of  all  religion,  properly  so  called,  since 
it  is  nothing  less  than  the  actual  vision  of  God, 
which  is  the  final  consummation  of  all  that  is 
sought  by  religious  practices  of  any  kind.     But 

^  Such  attempts  as  that  of  M.  Rdcdjac  to  formulate  a  purely 
metaphysical  theory  of  mysticism  necessarily  part  company 
with  the  Christian,  and  even  with  the  Theistic  principles  on 
which  true  mysticism  is  based.  From  their  point  of  view,  the 
"  universal  mysticism  "  consists  of  "  tous  les  moyens  de  tran- 
scendance  qui  tendent  k  egaler  I'experience  aux  desirs  de  la 
liberte";  hence  it  is  required  "que  la  charactere  symbolique 
de  nos  rapports  avec  I'Absolu  serait  franchement  reconnu, 
c'est-k-dire  qu'on  renonce  k  I'intuition  directe  d'une  essence 
divine,  universelle  et  infinie."  (R^cejac,  Fondemenis  de  la 
Connaissance  Mystique^  pp.  4,  5  ;  184.)  A  tendency  in  the 
same  direction  appears  in  Professor  Inge's  Personal  Idealism 
and  Mysticism^  where  mysticism  is  described  as  "  a  type  of 
religion  which  puts  the  inner  light  above  human  authority,  and 
finds  its  sacraments  everywhere." 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND    RELIGION  i8r 

whereas  mysticism  attains  in  this  world  to 
some  degree  of  immediate  and  experimental 
knowledge  of  God,  religion  in  general  remits 
this  final  reward  to  a  future  state  of  existence. 
Here  God  is  known  indirectly,  or  theoretically, 
through  His  works ;  His  direct  influence  is 
perceived  in  the  action  of  divine  grace,  and 
His  supernatural  presence  is  recognised  by 
faith  in  the  transubstantiated  elements  of  the 
Eucharist.  But  the  direct  intuition  of  the  divine 
being  itself  is  not  among  the  advantages 
guaranteed  by  the  Church  to  its  members. 
We  have  thus  to  consider  the  frequently 
propounded  question  of  the  relation  between 
mysticism  and  what  is  called  '*  institutional " 
religion — that  is,  a  religion  the  doctrines  of 
which  are  defined,  and  of  which  the  practices 
are  rigorously  enjoined  by  a  supreme  and  un- 
questionable authority.  The  two  are  often 
regarded  as  being,  to  a  very  great  extent, 
mutually  incompatible  ;  the  tendency  of  mys- 
ticism is,  it  is  thought,  to  depreciate  the 
external  obligations,  and  to  disregard  the 
doctrines  imposed  by  organised  religious 
authority. 


i82  MYSTICISM 

Something  has  already  been  said  on  this 
point.  The  alleged  opposition  between  mys- 
ticism and  scholasticism  (which  deals  mainly 
with  the  doctrine  and  discipline  imposed  by 
external  authority)  has  been  seen  to  be  purely 
imaginary.  The  same  may  undoubtedly  be 
said  of  the  alleged  antagonism  between  the 
practical  system  of  the  Church,  which  follows 
certain  prescribed  methods  in  regard  both  to 
the  obligatory  elements  of  Christian  life  and 
those  left  free  to  individual  devotion,  and 
the  inner  life  of  contemplation,  for  which  no 
rules  are  laid  down  beyond  such  as  may  be 
drawn  from  the  recorded  practices  of  pious 
persons. 

The  fact  is  that  human  nature  has  a  two- 
fold aspect,  and  consequently  a  twofold  set 
of  needs.  On  the  one  hand,  man  is  a  ''social 
animal,"  and  cannot  even  exist,  much  less 
lead  a  truly  human  life,  in  isolation ;  some 
kind  of  social  organisation  is  an  absolute  neces- 
sity for  him,  in  regard  alike  to  his  material, 
intellectual  and  moral  requirements.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  life  of  every  man  is  individual 
and   personal;    he   is   self-conscious   and   re- 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGION  183 

flective,  as  well  as  active  and  responsive  :  the 
social  activities  necessary  to  human  life  do 
not  exhaust  the  **  abysmal  depths  of  person- 
ality," which  nevertheless  can  only  exist  in  a 
social  environment.  The  ideally  perfect  con- 
dition is  one  in  which  full  play  is  allowed  to 
both  sides  of  human  nature — in  which  social 
needs  are  fully  provided  for,  and  individual 
thought,  feeling  and  enterprise  are  hampered 
by  no  restrictions  but  such  as  are  needed 
for  their  due  protection.  Probably  no  State 
has  ever  existed,  or  can  ever  exist,  in  which 
this  perfect  balance  is  maintained ;  in  the 
Church,  however,  the  restrictions  imposed, 
deeply  as  they  affect  the  external  activities 
of  the  individual,  are  merely  the  necessary 
safeguards  of  spiritual  liberty. 

Thus  in  the  Church,  as  to  a  great  extent 
in  the  State,  compliance  with  the  obligations 
imposed  by  external  authority  is  no  more 
than  the  necessary  condition  of  the  exercise 
of  personal  liberty.  Freedom  for  the  citizen 
implies  a  condition  of  things  in  which  his  life 
and  property  are  duly  protected,  not  one  in 
which  he  is  left  entirely  to  shift  for  himself; 


i84  MYSTICISM 

and  in  like  manner,  religious  or  spiritual  free- 
dom is  only  possible  under  circumstances  in 
which  the  fundamental  needs  of  spiritual  life 
are  supplied,  and  its  energies  rightly  directed. 
A  man  may  not,  in  a  rightly  ordered  State, 
preach  sedition  or  commit  suicide ;  that  is, 
he  is  not  allowed  to  violate  the  conditions 
under  which  alone  he  and  his  neighbours  can 
freely  exercise  their  natural  powers.  In  like 
manner,  the  Church  forbids  her  members  to 
neglect  the  means  of  grace,  or  to  teach  heresy. 
But  freedom  to  enjoy  life,  natural  or  super- 
natural, is  not  interfered  with,  but  safeguarded 
in  each  case. 

It  is,  indeed,  undeniable  that  one  aspect 
of  human  nature  is  from  time  to  time  unduly 
emphasised  at  the  other's  expense.  The 
"Friends  of  God"  and  the  disciples  of  Molinos, 
like  the  many  forms  of  Protestantism,  un- 
doubtedly were  led  by  their  principles  to  make 
light  of  Christian  institutions  and  of  Church 
authority.  On  the  other  hand,  a  too  exclusive 
attention  to  the  external  and  legislative  aspects 
of  religion  frequently  produces  such  an  intel- 
lectual aridity  as  may  be  observed  in  the  later 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND   RELIGION  185 

and  degenerate  scholastics,  or  such  a  material- 
istic formalism  as  gave  rise  to  the  religious 
notions  upheld  by  Febronius  and  put  in  practice 
by  the  Emperor  Joseph  ;  or  to  the  extravagant 
ideas  of  the  spiritual  authority  of  the  State 
which  were  entertained  by  Hobbes.  But  it 
should  be  observed  that  this  depreciation  of 
external  obligations  has  never  resulted  simply 
from  mysticism,  rightly  understood,  but  only 
from  speculative  principles  alleged  to  be  de- 
duced from  mysticism,  and  wrongly  identified 
with  it.  True  mysticism  cannot  come  into 
collision  with  Church  ordinances  of  any  kind, 
simply  because  It  belongs  to  a  totally  different 
sphere ;  it  can  no  more  be  the  subject  of 
Church  legislation  than  the  height,  weight 
or  ear  for  music  of  the  population  can  be 
the  subject  of  State  decrees. 

It  is,  unfortunately,  within  the  power  of 
human  beings — a  power  too  frequently  exer- 
cised— to  separate  things  that  are  naturally  and 
properly  united.  Faith  and  charity,  public 
spirit  and  domestic  affection,  respect  for 
authority  and  individual  enterprise,  are  all 
complementary  virtues.     But  in  point  of  fact 


i86  MYSTICISM 

faith  exists  without  charity,  public  men  are 
not  invariably  models  of  domestic  virtue,  nor 
are  the  most  enterprising  spirits  always  the 
most  law-abiding.  But  it  would  be  absurd 
to  maintain  that  there  is  any  natural  opposi- 
tion between  the  two  factors  of  any  of  these 
pairs  of  excellences ;  and  it  is  really  not  less 
absurd  to  imagine  any  natural  antagonism 
between  mysticism  and  spiritual  authority,  or 
that  they  can  be  mutually  opposed  otherwise 
than  by  the  practical  inadequacy  due  to  the 
infirmities  of  human  nature. 

It  has  been  abundantly  shown  that  mysticism 
is  in  a  true  sense  different  in  kind,  and  not 
merely  in  degree,  from  prayer  and  contempla- 
tion of  the  natural  order.  But  it  does  not 
by  any  means  follow  that  the  two  are  to  be 
regarded  as  radically  distinct,  or  as  mutually 
independent.  On  the  contrary,  there  is  a 
connection  between  them  which  may  per- 
haps be  characterised  as  that  of  continuity, 
as  distinct  from  identity.  The  soul,  it  will  be 
remembered,  has,  ordinarily  speaking,  to  go 
through  a  preparation  before  the  life  of  mysti- 
cal  contemplation  can   be  entered  upon  ;   and 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGION  187 

this  preparation  is  nothing  more  than  exercise 
in  the  lower,  or  more  commonplace  methods 
of  devotion  and  piety.  All  religion  is  an 
approach  to  God,  and  mysticism  represents, 
not  a  short  cut,  but  an  advanced  stage  of  the 
journey — the  more  advanced  the  stage,  the 
more  frequent  or  constant  is  the  mystical 
condition.  The  traveller  sets  out  on  his 
journey  with  no  sight  of  his  distant  goal  before 
him  ;  he  knows  only  that  he  is  on  the  right 
road,  and  he  recognises  features  in  the  land- 
scape which  others  who  have  made  the  journey 
before  him  have  noted,  and  which  assure  him 
of  his  progress  in  the  right  direction.  But  it 
is  not  till  he  nears  his  journey's  end  that  he 
catches  sight,  indistinctly  at  first  and  inter- 
mittently, of  the  city  he  is  bound  for.  The 
distant  towers  and  spires  grow  clearer  and 
clearer  as  he  approaches  them  ;  they  are  seen 
no  longer  in  glimpses,  vanishing  and  reappear- 
ing at  the  turns  of  the  road ;  till  at  last 
the  whole  mass  of  buildings  comes  into  full 
sight,  even  while  some  distance  remains  to 
be  travelled  before  the  pilgrim  can  pass 
through  the   gates   and   take   his   well-earned 


i88  MYSTICISM 

rest.  It  is  one  thing  to  see  the  finger-posts 
and  to  observe  the  landmarks  by  the  way- 
side, and  quite  another  to  see  the  city  stand- 
ing graceful  and  sunlit,  like  a  welcoming  host, 
at  the  road's  end.  Yet  both  are  incidents  of 
the  same  journey,  and  the  end  cannot  be 
reached  without  the  beginning. 

The  relation  between  the  two  states  may  be 
very  clearly  seen  in  the  Imitation  of  Christ 
— a  book  which  probably  owes  much  of  its  vast 
popularity  to  its  constant  recurrence  to  the 
elementary  duties  of  religion  and  morality,  and 
its  insistence  on  the  necessity  of  their  per- 
formance as  the  prerequisite  of  the  more 
exalted  spiritual  states.  The  "purgative," 
**  illuminative "  and  **unitive"  ways  are  seen, 
so  to  speak,  together,  and  are  dealt  with  as 
aspects  or  constituents  of  the  Christian  life 
as  a  whole,  to  the  completeness  of  which  all 
three  are  necessary,  and,  in  different  ways, 
of  equal  importance.  The  purely  mystical 
passages  are  comparatively  few  and  short  ; 
and  the  abundance  of  practical  directions  the 
book  contains  has  sometimes  caused  its 
mystical  character  to  be  entirely  overlooked 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGION  189 

This  disproportion,  however,  is  quite  suffici- 
ently to  be  accounted  for  by  the  character 
of  the  work,  which  is  that  of  a  directory  of 
spiritual  life  in  general,  and  not  a  scientific 
treatise  on  any  particular  department  of  it. 
In  such  a  book  attempts  at  describing  the  in- 
describable phenomena  of  mysticism  would 
obviously  have  been  out  of  place,  whereas 
the  practical  details  of  the  lower  and  pre- 
liminary states  admit  of  and  require  minute 
explanation.  But  the  tone  of  the  whole  book 
is  mystical,  and  the  most  commonplace  duties 
and  the  most  humiliating  strivings  with  tempta- 
tion are  in  a  manner  illuminated  and  glorified 
by  the  brilliancy  of  the  result  to  which  they 
tend.  Thus,  in  point  of  fact,  the  higher  and 
the  lower  elements,  the  mystical  and  the  non- 
mystical,  the  purgative,  the  illuminative  and 
the  unitive,  are  blended  in  actual  human  ex- 
perience. The  proportion  may  indeed  vary 
almost  indefinitely ;  with  some,  the  mystical 
consciousness  would  seem  to  be  almost  habitual, 
and  with  others  a  rare  and  exceptional  privilege. 
But  in  greater  or  less  degree,  all  the  elements 


I90  MYSTICISM 

of  Christian  life  are  present  in  its  highest  and 
most  perfect  form. 

From  this  we  are  led  to  the  consideration 
of  a  question  of  very  great  interest,  in  regard 
to  which  a  speculative  opinion  may  be  con- 
sidered allowable  for  which  no  direct  evidence 
can  be  adduced.  Since  the  higher  walks  of 
spirituality  are  thus  inevitably  interpenetrated 
by  the  lower,  and  since  no  height  of  mystical 
contemplation  will  wholly  emancipate  the  con- 
templative from  the  humble  necessities  of 
penance  and  of  temptation,  is  it  not  possible 
to  suppose  that  the  lower  life  need  not 
wholly  exclude  the  higher,  but  however  dry 
and  commonplace  and,  generally  speaking,  un- 
spiritual  it  may  be,  may  nevertheless  be 
enriched  by  some  occasional  and  transient 
participation  in  the  privilege  of  the  more 
perfect  state  ?  It  is  admitted  by  all  spiritual 
writers  that  the  mystical  life  does  not  exclude 
the  vicissitudes  of  the  ordinary  or  non-mystical 
states.^     Little    or   nothing   is   said    by   them, 

^  E.g.^  Suarez,  De  Orat.^  i.  2.  11  ;  and  cf.  Devine,  Ma?iual  of 
Mystical  Theology,  ch.  1.,  and  Macarius,  Christian  Perfection, 
V.  13,  14. 


MYSTICISM,  PHILOSOPHY  AND  RELIGION  191 

however,  as  to  the  possibility  of  some  measure 
of  the  higher  life  entering  into  the  lower — 
of  some  passing  foretaste  of  "  infused "  con- 
templation being  granted  to  those  whose  lives 
are,  as  a  whole,  by  no  means  of  the  contem- 
plative order.  Yet  it  seems  natural  to  suppose 
that  such  may  be  the  case.  If  there  is  no 
incongruity  in  the  recurrence  in  the  unitive 
life  of  the  distinctive  features  of  the  purgative, 
there  can  hardly  be  any  in  the  occasional 
occurrence  of  the  converse  process ;  and  it 
seems  not  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  such 
a  largesse  of  spiritual  favours,  of  which  the 
best  are  unworthy,  may  be  occasionally  granted 
even  to  the  most  undeserving.  It  can  hardly 
be  denied  that  an  aspect  which  it  is  difficult 
to  distinguish  from  that  of  genuine  mysticism 
seems  at  times  to  belong  to  some  of  the  inward 
experiences  of  ordinary  persons  who  have  no 
thought  or  knowledge  of  the  contemplative 
life.  Such  states  of  consciousness  are,  indeed, 
too  transitory  and  elusive  to  be  judged  of 
with  any  degree  of  certainty  ;  and  it  may  be 
that  they  are  really  no  more  than  the  product 
of  purely  natural  feeling.     Proof  is  either  way 


192  MYSTICISM 

out  of  the  question.  But  It  is  at  least  an 
allowable  opinion  that  the  "mystical  element 
in  religion "  may  extend  beyond  the  limits 
within  which  alone  evidence  of  any  direct 
kind  is  attainable  ;  and  such  an  opinion  must 
unquestionably  be  nearer  the  truth  than  that 
which  would  equalise  all  religious  experience 
by  denying  to  mysticism  its  genuinely  super- 
natural character. 


CHAPTER   XI 

DIONYSIUS 

The  authority  of  the  Dionysian  writings  is 
for  us  (whatever  may  have  been  the  case  in 
earlier  and  less  critical  times)  derived  rather 
from  the  use  made  of  them  to  express  the 
received  doctrines  of  the  Church  than  from 
any  view  that  may  be  entertained  of  the 
identity  or  position  of  the  writer.  Their 
history  is  a  curious  one.  They  first  received 
public  notice  at  a  conference  held  at  Con- 
stantinople in  the  year  533  between  repre- 
sentatives of  orthodoxy  under  Hypatius,  Bishop 
of  Ephesus,  and  those  of  a  Monophysite  sect 
called  after  and  headed  by  Severus,  patriarch 
of  Antioch.  The  Severians  at  this  conference 
appealed  to  the  writings  of  Dionysius  the 
Areopagite    as    upholding    the    Monophysite 

doctrine,  but  their  quotations  were  disallowed 

193  N 


194  MYSTICISM 

by  Hypatius  as  probably  spurious.  From 
that  time  forward  an  increasing  importance 
was  attached  to  the  works  attributed  to  the 
Areopagite,  not  only  by  heretical  writers,  but 
also  by  orthodox  Catholics,  among  whom 
may  be  mentioned  Eulogius,  patriarch  of 
Alexandria  in  580,  Pope  Gregory  the  Great, 
and  Maximus,  the  author  of  lengthy  scholia 
on  the  Dionysian  books ;  and  Dionysius  was 
referred  to  by  the  Lateran  Council  in  649  as 
an  authority  against  Monothelitism.  On  the 
introduction  of  the  Dionysian  writings  into 
France  in  the  eighth  century  the  idea  arose 
that  the  author  was  identical  with  St  Denys 
of  France ;  and  Hilduin,  abbot  of  St  Denys 
at  Paris,  subsequently  did  much  to  promote 
the  authority  of  the  Areopagite  by  means  of 
this  patriotic  identification,  which,  it  need 
hardly  be  said,  has  no  historical  value 
whatever. 

The  works  of  Dionysius  were  first  trans- 
lated into  Latin  by  Hilduin,  and  somewhat  later 
by  John  Scotus  Eriugena ;  other  translations 
were  made  by  John  Sarrazenus,  Grosseteste, 
Thomas     Vercellensis,     Ambrosius     Camaldu- 


DIONYSIUS  195 

lensis,  Marsilio  Ficino  and  Balthasar  Corderius. 
Commentaries  were  written  by  Hugo  of  St 
Victor,  Albertus  Magnus,  St  Thomas  Aquinas 
and  Dionysius  the  Carthusian ;  and  the  great 
scholastics  make  copious  references  to  Diony- 
sius— notably  St  Thomas  Aquinas.  Dionysius 
was  called,  with  some  pardonable  exaggeration, 
the  founder  of  the  Scholastic  method,  by 
Corderius,  who  gives  an  imposing  list  of  St 
Thomas's  references  to  him. 

Doubts  began  once  more  to  be  cast  on 
the  genuineness  of  the  Dionysiaca  by  writers 
of  the  Renaissance  period  :  the  question  was 
raised  by  Lorenzo  Valla,  and  was  for  long  a 
subject  of  vehement  controversy,  which  can 
hardly  be  said  even  yet  to  be  at  an  end, 
though  the  opinion  of  the  most  recent  and 
most  competent  scholars  is  on  the  negative 
side.  The  arguments  on  each  side  may  be 
briefly  summarised  as  follows  : — 

1.  The  style  is  not  that  of  the  sub-apostolic 
age,  but  closely  resembles  that  of  later  Neo- 
platonist  writers. 

2.  The  correspondence  of  ideas  between  the 
works  of  Dionysius  and  those  of  Neoplatonist 


196  MYSTICISM 

authors,  more  especially  of  Proclus,  is  very- 
close  ;  moreover,  extracts  from  Proclus's  work 
De  Subsistentia  Malorum  appear,  as  has  been 
pointed  out  by  Professors  Stiglmayer  and 
Koch,  in  the  treatise  of  Dionysius,  De  Divinis 
Nominibus. 

3.  No  mention  is  made  of  the  Dionysian 
writings  by  any  author  earlier  than  the  sixth 
century :  nor  are  they  mentioned  by  Eusebius  or 
St  Jerome  in  their  catalogues  of  ecclesiastical 
authors.  The  writings  in  which  they  were 
thought  to  have  been  referred  to  before  that 
period  have  now  been  proved  to  be  of  much 
more  recent  date. 

4.  Certain  rites  and  ceremonies  are  men- 
tioned as  customary  in  the  writer's  time  which 
were  unknown  to  the  contemporaries  of  the 
Areopagite.  Other  anachronisms  are  the  men- 
tion of  monks ;  the  use  of  the  word  v-wodTacn^ 
(substantia)  in  its  later  or  post-Nicene  sense  ; 
a  reference  to  ecclesiastical  tradition  as  apxdta 
7rapaS6(Ti9=^^  the  ancient  tradition";  a  quotation 
of  the  well-known  phrase  of  St  Clement  of 
Rome,  *' My  love  is  crucified"  [Div.  Nom.,  4), 
though  St  Clement's  martyrdom  did  not  take 


DIONYSIUS  197 

place  till  after  the  death  of  St  Timothy,  to 
whom  the  Treatise  de  Div.  No7n.  is  dedi- 
cated, and  who  is,  moreover,  addressed  by  the 
author  as  7rar?="  child "  at  a  supposed  time 
when  the  designation  could  scarcely  have  been 
appropriate. 

None  of  these  arguments  were  altogether 
unknown  to  antiquity,  though  some  of  them 
have  been  considerably  strengthened  by  modern 
research.  They  were  replied  to  at  some 
length  by  Monsignor  (afterwards  Archbishop) 
Darboy,  who  fairly  reproduces  all  the  con- 
siderations that  have  been  adduced  in  favour 
of  the  Dionysian  authorship  from  St  Maximus 
onwards. 

I.  It  is  contended  that  the  style  is  due 
to  the  early  philosophical  education  of  the 
Areopagite,  which  would  naturally  have  im- 
parted to  it  many  of  the  characteristics  of 
Neoplatonism  ;  it  may  fairly  be  considered  as 
agreeing  with  the  presumed  date  of  the 
author. 

2  &  3.  The  correspondences  between  the 
Dionysiaca  and  Proclus  may  be  due  to  plagi- 
arism on  the  part  of  the  Neoplatonist,  rather 


198  MYSTICISM 

than  of  the  Areopaglte.  Georgius  Pachymeres, 
when  advancing  this  opinion,  suggests  that 
the  Dionysian  works  may  have  been  sup- 
pressed by  the  Athenian  philosophers  who 
borrowed  from  them  for  their  own  purposes. 
4.  The  anachronisms  found  in  Dionysius 
are  capable  of  being  explained  away.  Thus, 
it  is  fairly  certain  that  the  essentials  of  such 
ceremonies  as  the  blessing  of  the  baptismal 
water,  triple  immersion  at  baptism,  and  the 
rites  for  blessing  the  Holy  Oils  were  in  use 
in  Apostolic  or  sub-Apostolic  times,  though 
not  then  committed  to  writing ;  the  strange 
ceremony  of  anointing  the  dead,  mentioned 
by  Dionysius,  is  found  to  have  been  a  Jewish, 
and  therefore  probably  also  an  early  Christian 
custom.  Monks  {therapeutce)  need  not  be  under- 
stood to  mean  coenobites  or  hermits,  and  a 
class  so  called  certainly  existed  in  Philo's 
time.  The  use  of  "  virocrraa-i's,'"  in  its  earlier 
and  untechnical  sense  of  '*  person,"  is  paralleled 
from  Heb.  i.,  and  the  word  is  used  in  the  same 
sense  by  Alexander,  the  predecessor  of  St 
Athanasius.  The  quotation  from  St  Ignatius 
may  have  been  added  in  a  recension  by  the 


DIONYSIUS  T99 

author,  or  may  have  been  the  work  of  a  copyist; 
and  a  parallel  to  the  phrase  *'  apxaia  TrapaSoa-i^ " 
may  be  found  in  2  Thess.  ii.  14.  The  desig- 
nation of  St  Timothy  as  ''child"  is  justified 
by  an  elaborate  calculation  of  the  comparative 
ages  of  Dionysius  and  St  Timothy. 

On  the  whole,  it  may  be  held  that  though 
the  Dionysian  authorship  is  not  absolutely  dis- 
proved, the  balance  of  probability  is  strongly 
against  it.  Who  the  writer,  if  not  Dionysius, 
may  have  been,  or  when  he  may  have  lived, 
it  is  quite  impossible  to  say.  Various  dates 
have  been  suggested ;  but  the  use  apparently 
made  of  the  writings  of  Proclus  seem  to  point 
to  one  not  earlier  than  462.  Hipler's  theory 
that  the  author  was  a  theologian  of  the  fourth 
century  whose  works  were,  by  a  misunder- 
standing, attributed  to  Dionysius,  found  some 
favour  at  the  time  of  its  production  (1861), 
but  is  now  generally  rejected.  It  is  indeed 
difficult  to  suppose  that  the  direct  statements 
of  the  author  to  the  effect  that  he  had  been 
a  disciple  of  St  Paul,  that  he  remembered 
the  eclipse  at  the  time  of  the  Crucifixion,  and 
that  he  was   present  with    St    Peter  and   his 


200  MYSTICISM 

Otherwise  unknown  master  Hierotheus  at  the 
interment  of  the  Blessed  Virgin,  are  made 
with  any  other  purpose  than  that  of  support- 
ing his  identity,  whether  real  or  assumed. 

It  is  of  some  practical  importance  to  con- 
sider whether  the  value  of  the  books  is  in  any 
way  discredited  by  the  unauthentic  character 
which  may  with  at  least  great  probability  be 
attributed  to  them. 

In  the  first  place,  it  would  probably  be  un- 
fair to  regard  them  simply  as  a  forgery.  As 
Monsignor  Darboy  has  remarked,  no  possible 
motive  can  be  assigned  for  a  forgery  of  this 
kind.  They  could  hardly,  like  the  forgeries 
of  Chatterton,  have  been  intended  to  reflect 
credit  on  their  supposed  discoverer,  or  to  be 
a  source  of  profit  to  him  ;  and  the  supposition 
that  they  may  have  been  intended  to  give 
support  to  the  cause  of  orthodoxy  is  hardly 
consistent  with  their  subject-matter,  which  is 
not  directly  concerned  with  any  of  the  contro- 
versies belonging  to  the  time  of  their  appear- 
ance. Moreover,  though  perfectly  orthodox, 
they  were  first  quoted  in  favour  of  heretics, 
to  whose  views  they  gave  no  real  support.     It 


DIONYSIUS  20I 

must  be  remembered  that  our  present  ideas  of 
literary  propriety  had  by  no  means  obtained 
acceptance  in  the  sixth  century ;  and  our 
modern  device  of  making  fiction  a  vehicle 
for  historical,  philosophical  or  theological 
speculation  had  not  yet  been  discovered. 
Romances  were,  however,  not  unknown,  and 
pseudonymous  works  of  a  historical  and  theo- 
loo^ical  character  existed  in  some  numbers. 
We  may  fairly  consider  that  the  Dionysiaca 
combined  both  characters.  The  author  would 
seem  to  have  intended  to  give  the  Christian 
rendering  of  the  philosophico-religious  system 
evolved  by  Plotinus  and  later  Neoplatonism  ; 
and  he  may  have  sought  to  gain  a  hearing 
for  his  views  by  publishing  them  under  the 
name  of  one  who  had  held  positions  of  honour 
both  in  the  Pagan  and  in  the  Christian  world. 
For  the  sake  of  verisimilitude  the  appropriate 
contemporary  references  were  rather  crudely 
inserted.  Whatever,  therefore,  we  may  think 
of  the  artistic  character  of  the  work,  we  have 
no  more  right  to  fix  upon  it  the  moral  stigma  of 
forgery  than  to  condemn  on  similar  grounds  such 
works  as  Waverley,  John  Inglesant  or  En  Route. 


202  MYSTICISM 

But  in  any  case,  the  work  is  of  a  character 
which  cannot  be  affected  by  the  authority 
attributed  to  its  author,  as,  for  example,  a 
historical  work  professedly  written  by  a  con- 
temporary would  be.  The  Dionysian  books 
must  stand  on  their  own  merits,  no  matter 
by  whom  or  at  what  time  they  were  written  : 
what  they  say  is  true  or  false  for  all  times 
and  all  persons.  Their  authority,  for  us,  lies 
not  in  their  authenticity,  as  the  works  of 
any  particular  writer,  but  in  the  fact  that 
they  have  been  adopted  by  the  Church  as 
truly  representative  of  certain  phases  of  her 
doctrine,  and  as  containing  nothing  contrary  to 
it :  it  is,  in  fact,  the  accumulated  authority  of 
the  long  list  of  approved  writers  whose  work 
has  been  based  on,  or  in  accordance  with  them. 

This  is  more  especially  the  case  with  the 
Mystical  Theology  and  the  three  letters  con- 
nected with  it.  These  deal  simply  with  the 
relations  between  God,  the  world  of  created 
things,  and  the  soul  of  man.  They  depend 
on  no  references  to  persons,  places  or  events, 
but  appeal  to  that  perception  of  the  inner 
truth  of  things  which  is  alike  in  all  ao-es  and 


DIONYSIUS  203 

all  countries,   and  which  probably  no  man  is 
altogether  without. 

The  other  extant  works  of  Dionysius  are 
the  Divine  Names,  the  Celestial  Hierarchy, 
the  Ecclesiastical  Hierarchy,  and  six  letters 
on  different  subjects,  in  addition  to  the  three 
here  translated.  The  Treatise  of  Divine 
Names  deals  with  the  unique,  transcendental 
nature  of  God,  which  of  its  superabundant 
fulness  creates  all  that  is  external  to  God, 
and  gives  to  each  order  of  being  its  proper 
degree  of  the  divine  likeness,  and  its  function 
of  communicating  a  share  of  the  divine  gifts 
to  the  order  below  it.  It  is  hardly  necessary 
to  remark  that  we  have  here  the  Christian 
rendering  of  the  Neoplatonic  **  one,"  the  Neo- 
platonic  and  Gnostic  doctrines  of  emanation, 
and  the  Gnostic  ''  Pleroma,"  or  fulness,  touched 
on  in  a  manner  somewhat  like  the  Dion- 
ysian  treatment  by  St  John  and  St  Paul.  (St 
John  i.  ;  Eph.  i.  23  ;  iii.  19  ;  Coloss.  i.  19  ;  ii.  9.) 

In  the  other  two  treatises,  the  Angelic 
hierarchy  in  its  ninefold  choirs,  and  the  vari- 
ous orders  of  the  Church,  from  bishop  to 
penitent,  are  described.     These  are  the  more 


204  MYSTICISM 

Striking  and  important  examples  of  the  creative 
energy  that  flows  out  from  the  one  personal 
God,  as  the  primeval  Creator,  and  as  the  in- 
carnate Head  of  the  Church.  In  these  books 
God  is  considered  as  in  a  true  sense  immanent 
in  the  creatures  which  He  nevertheless  trans- 
cends ;  as  in  the  Mystical  Theology,  the  necessity 
is  insisted  on  of  rising  above  the  created  mani- 
festations of  the  divine  power  and  excellence, 
for  those  who  desire  to  obtain  some  knowledo-e 
of  the  Creator  as  He  is  in   Himself. 

The  influence  of  Neoplatonism,  in  both 
terminology  and  method,  is  obvious  enough 
in  the  Dionysian  writings,  and  through  them 
has  directly  or  indirectly  passed  into  nearly 
all  the  mystical  literature  of  subsequent  ages. 
But,  as  we  have  already  seen,  the  pantheistic 
doctrines  of  Neoplatonism  are  entirely  rejected 
by  Dionysius,  and  are  indeed  incompatible 
with  his  view  of  creation  and  of  the  relations, 
actual  or  possible,  between  God  and  the  soul. 
It  may  therefore  be  plausibly  surmised  that 
the  main  object  of  the  author  was  to  present 
the  orthodox  Christian  view  of  the  funda- 
mental   questions    with   which    all    philosophy 


DIONYSIUS  205 

and  theology  has  to  deal,  in  the  form  which 
would  be  most  acceptable  to  the  contemporary 
philosophic  mind,  and  in  terms  of  that  mode 
of  thought  which  was  '*in  the  air"  at  the 
time  of  writing.  In  much  the  same  way  Aris- 
totelianism  was  christianised  by  St  Thomas, 
and  many  apologetic  works  of  the  last  fifty 
years  have  sought  to  express  the  concepts  of 
Christian  theology  in  terms  of  the  current 
physiology  and  psychology.^ 

Dionysius  refers  to  several  works  of  his  own 
which  seem  to  have  remained  entirely  un- 
known, and  which  are  by  some  thought  to 
have  had  no  real  existence.  These  are 
Theological  Outlines,  Sacred  Hymns,  Symbolic 
Theology,  The  Just  Judgment  of  God,  The  Soul, 
and   The  Objects  of  Sense  and  Intellect. 

A  full  account  of  the  Dionysian  writings  is 
given  by  Professor  Stiglmayer  in  the  American 
Catholic  Encyclopcedia ;  a  less  recent  one  is 
to  be  found  in  the  Dictionary  of  Christian 
Biography.      The   available    evidence    for   the 

1  "These  works  were  intended  to  show  that  all  which  the 
Platonic  school  had  gathered  of  truth  in  all  parts  of  the  world 
and  in  all  ages,  is  to  be  found  in  a  far  purer  and  more  complete 
form  in  Christianity." — Gorres,  Mystique  Divute  Naturelle  et 
Diabolique  (tr.  par  Ste  Foix),  vol.  i.  p.  67. 


2o6  MYSTICISM 

authorship  is  discussed  in  Darboy's  CEuvres 
de  St  Denys,  Lupton's  introduction  to  Dean 
Colet's  Paraphrase  of  Dionysius,  and  Barden- 
hewer's  Patrologie, 

Modern  translations  have  been  published 
in  German  by  Engelhart  (1823)  and  Storf 
{Kirchliche  Hierarchie,  1877),  and  in  French 
by  Darboy  {CEuvres  de  St  Denys,  1845)  and 
Dulac  (1865).  In  EngHsh  a  translation  was 
completed  in  1895  by  Rev.  J.  Parker;  and 
a  translation  of  the  Mystical  Theology  was 
published  in  London  in  1653,  in  a  volume 
of  sermons  by  John  Everard,  D.D.,  entitled 
So7ne  Gospel  Treasures  opened:  or  the  Holiest 
of  all  Unvailing  —  whereunto  is  added  the 
Mystical  Divinity  of  Dionysius  the  Areopagite, 
spoken  of  Acts  xvii.  34. 

The  most  recent,  and  the  most  accessible 
edition  of  the  text  of  Dionysius  is  that  of 
Corderius,  S.J.,  published  at  Antwerp  1634, 
and  frequently  reprinted,  together  with  Latin 
translation,  translator's  notes,  the  commentary 
of  St  Maximus  and  the  paraphrase  of  Pachy- 
meres ;  the  same  edition  is  included  in 
Migne's  Greek  Patrology. 


CHAPTER  XII 

THE    MYSTICAL    THEOLOGY    OF    DIONYSIUS    THE 

AREOPAGITE 

Chapter    I 

lV/iai(  the  Divine  Darkness  is 

Summary.— (i)  Address  to  the  Blessed  Trinity.  (2)  Those 
to  whom  mystical  knowledge  is  open  must  be  distin- 
guished from  those  who  do  not  realise  the  transcen- 
dental character  of  the  divine  nature,  and  still  more, 
from  those  who  liken  the  Creator  to  the  creature  in 
idolatry:  whereas  in  God  all  qualities  of  created 
existence  are  to  be  found  eminenter  —  though  at 
the  same  time  such  qualities  cannot  strictly  be  predi- 
cated of  Him,  who  is  above  all  created  things.  In 
other  words,  God  transcends  creation,  but  all  the 
perfections  of  creatures  are  derived  from  Him,  and 
constitute  a  certain  likeness  to  Him.  Hence  the 
Gospel  is  both  great  and  small — />.,  it  declares  the 
manifold  variety  and  complexity  of  God's  works,  but 
His  own  absolute  simplicity  and  unity.  (3)  Therefore 
those  who  would  see  God  must  pass  beyond  the 
limits  of  creation,  into  a  state  which  is  beyond  human 
knowledge  and  light  and  speech,  and  must  therefore, 
from  the  point  of  view  of  created  beings,  be  called 

207 


2o8  MYSTICISM 

one  of  ignorance,  darkness  and  silence;  as  Moses 
was  commanded  to  separate  himself  from  all  impurity 
before  entering  the  Divine  presence,  so  those  who 
would  now  enter  that  presence  must  separate  them- 
selves from  all  created  things. 

Most  exalted  Trinity,  Divinity  above  all  know- 
ledge, whose  goodness  passes  understanding, 
who  dost  guide  Christians  to  divine  wisdom  ; 
direct  our  way  to  the  summit  of  thy  mystical 
oracles,  most  incomprehensible,  most  lucid 
and  most  exalted,  where  the  simple  and  pure 
and  unchangeable  mysteries  of  theology  are 
revealed  in  the  darkness,  clearer  than  light, 
of  that  silence  in  which  secret  things  are 
hidden  ;  a  darkness  that  shines  brighter  than 
light,  that  invisibly  and  intangibly  illuminates 
with  splendours  of  inconceivable  beauty  the 
soul  that  sees  not.  Let  this  be  my  prayer ; 
but  do  thou,  dear  Timothy,  diligently  giving 
thyself  to  mystical  contemplation,  leave  the 
senses,  and  the  operations  of  the  intellect, 
and  all  things  sensible  and  intelligible,  and 
things  that  are  and  things  that  are  not,  that 
thou  mayest  rise  as  may  be  lawful  for  thee, 
by  ways  above  knowledge  to  union  with   Him 


MYSTICAL  THEOLOGY   OF   DIONYSIUS     209 

who  is  above  all  knowledge  and  all  being ; 
that  in  freedom  and  abandonment  of  all,  thou 
mayest  be  borne,  through  pure,  entire  and 
absolute  abstraction  of  thyself  from  all  things, 
into  the  supernatural  radiance  of  the  divine 
darkness. 

But  see  that  none  of  the  uninitiated^  hear 
these  things.  I  mean  those  who  cleave  to 
created  things,  and  suppose  not  that  anything 
exists  after  a  supernatural  manner,  above 
nature  ;  but  imagine  that  by  their  own  natural 
understanding  they  know  Him  who  has  made 
darkness  His  secret  place.  But  if  the  principles 
of  the  divine  mysteries  are  above  the  under- 

1  The  Uninitiated. — The  two  classes  of  uninitiated  here  re- 
ferred to  are,  first,  the  less  spiritually  minded  among  Christians, 
and  secondly,  the  heathen.  Corderius  considers  that  by  the 
first  non-Christian  philosophers  rather  than  Christians  of  any 
kind  are  intended  :  but  the  Neoplatonist  contemplatives  could 
hardly  be  described  in  the  terms  here  used,  and  they  only  could 
have  been  the  "philosophers"  in  question.  The  distinction 
drawn  by  some  between  the  words  by  which  the  two  classes 
are  designated  (d^i^Tjrot  =  not  fully  instructed,  and  d^i5(rrai=not 
formally  admitted)  is  perhaps  fanciful,  but  is  probably  the  true 
explanation  of  the  classification  intended.  The  impotence  of 
the  natural  faculties  in  mystical  contemplation  is  here  stated  as 
a  first  principle  of  mystical  theology.  Compare  St  John  of  the 
Cross,  Asc.  ii.  4 :  "It  is  clearly  necessary  for  the  soul  aiming 
at  its  own  supernatural  transformation  to  be  in  darkness  and 
far  removed  from  all  that  relates  to  its  natural  condition." 


210 


MYSTICISM 


Standing  of  these,  what  is  to  be  said  of  those 
yet  more  untaught,  who  call  the  absolute  First 
Cause  of  all  after  the  lowest  things  in  nature, 
and  say  that  He  is  in  no  way  above  the  images 
which  they  fashion  after  various  designs ;  of 
whom  they  should  declare  and  affirm  that  in 
Him  as  the  cause  of  all,  is  all  that  may  be 
predicated  positively  of  created  things ;  while 
yet  they  might  with  more  propriety  deny 
these  predicates  to  Him,  as  being  far  above 
all ;  holding  that  here  denial  is  not  contrary 
to  affirmation,  since  He  is  infinitely  above  all 
notion  of  deprivation,  and  above  all  affirma- 
tion and  negation. 

Thus  the  divine  Bartholomew  says  that 
Theology  is  both  much  and  very  little,  and 
that  the  Gospel  is  great  and  ample,  and  yet 
short.  His  sublime  meaning  is,  I  think,  that 
the  beneficent  cause  of  all  things  says  much, 
and  says  little,  and  is  altogether  silent,  as 
having  neither  (human)  speech  nor  (human) 
understanding,  since  He  is  essentially  above 
all  created  things,  and  manifests  Himself  un- 
veiled, and  as  He  truly  is  to  those  only  who 
pass  beyond  all  that  is  either  pure  or  impure, 


MYSTICAL   THEOLOGY   OF   DIONYSIUS     211 

who  rise  above  the  highest  height  of  holy- 
things,  who  abandon  all  divine  light  and  sound 
and  heavenly  speech,  and  are  absorbed  into 
that  darkness  where,  as  the  Scripture  says, 
He  truly  is,  who  is  beyond  all  things. 

It  was  not  without  a  deeper  meaning  that 
the  divine  Moses  was  commanded  first  to  be 
himself  purified,  and  then  to  separate  himself 
from  the   impure  ;  and  after  all   this  purifica- 
tion heard  many  voices  of  trumpets,  and  saw 
many    lights  shedding    manifold  pure  beams : 
and  that  he  was  thereafter  separated  from  the 
multitude   and  together  with  the  elect  priests 
came    to   the    height   of   the    divine   ascents. 
Yet  hereby  he  did  not  attain  to  the  presence 
of  God   Himself;   he  saw  not   Him  (for   He 
cannot  be  looked  upon),  but  the  place  where 
He    was.      This,    I    think,    signifies  that    the 
divinest    and    most    exalted    of    visible    and 
intelligible  things  are,  as  it  were,  suggestions 
of  those  that  are   immediately    beneath    Him 
who    is   above   all,   whereby   is  indicated    the 
presence   of  Him  who  passes  all  understand- 
ing, and  stands,  as  it  were,  in  that  spot  which 
is   conceived  by   the   intellect   as  the  highest 


J 12  MYSTICISM 

of  His  holy  places  ;  then  that  they  who  are 
free  and  untrammelled  by  all  that  is  seen  and 
all  that  sees  enter  into  the  true  mystical  dark- 
ness of  ignorance,  whence  all  perception  of 
understanding  is  excluded,  and  abide  in  that 
which  is  intangible  and  invisible,  being  wholly 
absorbed  in  Him  who  is  beyond  all  things, 
and  belong  no  more  to  any,  neither  to  them- 
selves nor  to  another,  but  are  united  in  their 
higher  part  to  Him  who  is  wholly  unin- 
telligible, and  whom,  by  understanding  nothing, 
they  understand  after  a  manner  above  all 
intelligence. 


Chapter   1 1 

How  to  be  united  with^  and  to  give  praise  to  Him  who  is  the 
cause  of  all  things  and  above  all 

Summary.  —  Therefore  God  is  only  to  be  known  in  a 
supernatural  manner,  by  abstraction  from  all  that  is 
natural.  Natural  sight  and  knowledge  are  useless 
for  the  purpose  of  seeing  and  knowing  what  is  above 
nature  :  the  supernatural  can  only  be  perceived  in 
entire  separation  from  all  that  is  merely  natural.  In 
this  sense,  natural  light  and  knowledge  merely  obscure 
the  vision ;  we  can  see  God  only  in  a  "  luminous 
darkness  " — which  is  darkness  because  of  the  absence  of 
created  light,  lumi?ious  because  of  the  divine  presence 
there  made  known.  As,  in  order  to  form  our  concep- 
tion of  God,  we  add  together  the  divine  attributes 
(in  speculative  theology),  so  (in  mystical  theology) 
we  must  subtract  them,  from  the  lowest  to  the  highest, 
in  order  to  arrive  at  the  essential  nature  of  God.^ 

We   desire   to  abide    in    this   most   luminous 
darkness,  and  without  sight  or  knowledge,  to 

^  The  Divine  Attributes. — God's  attributes,  such  as  wisdom, 
justice,  goodness,  etc.,  are  human  conceptions  in  themselves. 
We  know  them  as  they  are  manifested  in  the  works  of  God,  not 
as  they  exist  in  Himself.  God  is  not,  so  to  speak,  the  mere 
sum  of  His  attributes,  but  the  simple  divine  essence,  which  in 

213 


214  MYSTICISM 

see  that  which  is  above  sight  or  knowledge, 
by  means  of  that  very  fact  that  we  see  not 
and  know  not.  For  this  is  truly  to  see  and 
know,  to  praise  Him  who  is  above  nature  in 
a  manner  above  nature,  by  the  abstraction  of 
all  that  is  natural ;  as  those  who  would  make 
a  statue  out  of  the  natural  stone  abstract  all 
the  surrounding  material  which  hinders  the 
sight  of  the  shape  lying  concealed  within,  and 
by  that  abstraction  alone  reveal  its  hidden 
beauty.^  It  is  needful,  as  I  think,  to  make 
this  abstraction  in  a  manner  precisely  opposite 

different  aspects  is  each  of  the  divine  attributes.  Thus  we 
truly  say  that  God  is  love,  justice,  mercy,  etc. ;  but  we  could 
not  truly  say  that  love,  justice,  mercy,  etc.,  together  constitute 
God.  Therefore  those  who,  in  any  sense,  see  God  in  Himself 
must  contrive  to  go  behind  all  those  created  forms  in  which 
His  perfection  is  manifested.  (See  Summa  Theol.  I.  xiii.  2,  3.) 
^  This  illustration  is  used  by  Plotinus  (de  Pulcritudine,  vii.),  and 
is  adduced  as  an  argument  against  the  identity  of  the  author 
with  the  Areopagite  by  upholders  of  the  contrary  view.  It 
expresses  very  precisely  the  attitude  of  mysticism  towards  the 
immanence  of  God,  though  it  cannot  be  pressed  as  an  illustra- 
tion of  the  nature  of  immanence.  The  statue  is  revealed  by 
abstracting  superfluous  material,  as  God  is  made  known  by 
abstracting  all  that  is  not  God.  But  the  residuum,  which  is 
the  statue,  is  of  the  same  nature  as  the  abstracted  superfluity ; 
whereas  the  abstraction  of  what  is  natural  leaves  only  the 
supernatural,  or  divine.  Compare  St  John  of  the  Cross,  ii.  5  : 
"  In  every  soul  God  dwells  and  is  substantially  present  .  .  .  the 
soul,  when  it  has  driven  away  from  itself  all  that  is  contrary  to 
the  Divine  Will,  becomes  transformed  in  God  by  love." 


MYSTICAL   THEOLOGY   OF   DIONYSIUS     215 

to  that  in  which  we  deal  with  the  Divine 
attributes  ;  for  we  add  them  together,  begin- 
ning with  the  primary  ones,  and  passing  from 
them  to  the  secondary,  and  so  to  the  last ; 
but  here  we  ascend  from  the  last  to  the  first, 
abstracting  all,  so  as  to  unveil  and  know  that 
which  is  beyond  knowledge,  and  which  in  all 
things  is  hidden  from  our  sight  by  that  which 
can  be  known,  and  so  to  behold  that  super- 
natural darkness  which  is  hidden  by  all  such 
light  as  is  in  created  things. 


Chapter  III 

IV/iai  IS  afflr7ned  of  God,  and  what  is  denied  of  Him 

Summary. — (i)  The  Being  of  God  and  the  Names  of  God 
are  expounded  in  the  Theological  Outlines  and  the 
treatise  of  Divi?ie  Names  respectively,  and  the  method 
according  to  which  God  is  spoken  of  in  terms  of 
sensible  things  is  treated  of  in  the  Symbolical 
Theology.^  It  was  obvious  that  there  was  less  to  be 
said  of  the  divine  nature  itself  than  of  the  different 
ways  in  which  it  may  be  partially  expressed  in  human 
speech.  So  here  we  pass  in  contemplation  of  God 
not  merely  to  economy  of  words,  but  beyond  speech 
itself.  (2)  In  affirming  God's  nature  we  must  compare 
it  with  what  is  beneath  it ;  but  in  denying  of  it  that 
which  it  is  not,  we  must  distinguish  all  things  from 
it,  according  to  their  degrees  of  remoteness.  Thus 
we  add  in  the  one  case,  and  subtract  in  the  other. 

In  our  Outlines  of  Theology  we  have  declared 
those  matters  which  are  properly  the  subject 
of  Positive  Theology ;  in  what  sense  the  holy 
divine  nature  is  one,  and  in  what  sense  three  ; 
what  it  is  that  is  there   called  Paternity,  and 

^  See  preceding  chapter. 
216 


MYSTICAL   THEOLOGY    OF   DIONYSIUS     217 

what  Filiation  ;  and  what  the  doctrine  of  the 
Holy  Ghost  signifies  ;  how  from  the  uncreated 
and  undivided  good  those  blessed  and  perfect 
Lights  have  come  forth,  yet  remained  one 
with  the  divine  nature,  with  each  other,  and 
in  themselves,  undivided  by  coeternal  abiding 
in  propagation  ;  how  Jesus  though  immaterial 
became  material  in  the  truth  of  human  nature  ; 
and  other  things  taken  from  Scripture  we  have 
expounded  in  the  same  place.  Again  in  the 
Book  of  Divine  Names  (we  have  shown)  how 
God  is  called  good,  how  Being,  how  Life 
and  Wisdom  and  Virtue,  with  other  names 
spiritually  applied  to  Him.  Then  in  the 
treatise  of  Symbolical  Theology  we  saw  what 
names  have  been  transferred  to  Him  from 
sensible  things — what  is  meant  by  the  divine 
forms  and  figures,  limbs,  instruments,  localities, 
adornments,  fury,  anger  and  grief;  drunkenness, 
oaths  and  curses,  sleep  and  waking,  with  other 
modes  of  sacred  and  symbolical  nomenclature. 
I  think  you  will  have  understood  why  the 
last  are  more  diffuse  than  the  first ;  for  the 
exposition  of  theological  doctrine  and  the 
explanation  of  the   divine   names   are   neces- 


2i8  MYSTICISM 

sarily  shorter  than  the  treatise  on  symbolism. 
Because  in  proportion  as  we  ascend  higher 
'  our  speech  is  contracted  to  the  limits  of  our 
view  of  the  purely  intelligible ;  and  so  now, 
when  we  enter  that  darkness  which  is  above 
understanding,  we  pass  not  merely  into  brevity 
of  speech,  but  even  into  absolute  silence,  and 
the  negation  of  thought.  Thus  in  the  other 
treatises  our  subject  took  us  from  the  highest 
to  the  lowest,  and  in  the  measure  of  this 
descent  our  treatment  of  it  extended  itself; 
whereas  now  we  rise  from  beneath  to  that 
which  is  the  highest,  and  accordingly  our 
speech  is  restrained  in  proportion  to  the 
height  of  our  ascent ;  but  when  our  ascent 
is  accomplished,  speech  will  cease  altogether, 
and  be  absorbed  into  the  ineffable.  But  why, 
you  will  ask,  do  we  add  in  the  first  and  begin 
to  abstract  in  the  last?  The  reason  is  that 
we  affirmed  that  which  is  above  all  affirmation 
by  comparison  with  that  which  is  most  nearly 
related  to  it,  and  were  therefore  compelled  to 
make    a   hypothetical^   affirmation  ;    but   when 

^  ''''  HypotheticaV^  (or  comparative),  z.^.,  setting  one  thing 
below  another.  God  is  infinitely  higher  than  the  highest  created 
thing  :  and  He  is  to  be  distinguished  from  all  forms  of  created 


MYSTICAL  THEOLOGY   OF   DIONYSIUS     219 

we  abstract  that  which  is  above  all  abstraction, 
we  must  distinguish  it  also  from  those  things 
which  are  most  remote  from  it.  Is  not  God 
more  nearly  life  and  goodness  than  air  or  a 
stone  ;  must  we  not  deny  more  fully  that  He 
is  drunken  or  enraged,  than  that  He  can  be 
spoken  of  or  understood  ? 

existence,  high  and  low  alike  :  yet  He  is  more  truly  life  than  a 
stone  (comparative  or  hypothetical  affirmation)  :  He  is  more 
absolutely  not  passionate  than  ineffable  (comparative  abstrac- 
tion or  negation).  Thus  in  affirmation  "  more"  is  predicated  of 
what  is  nearer  to  God;  in  negation,  of  what  is  remoter  from  Him 
(Corderius).  In  the  hierarchy  of  creation,  the  higher  the  form 
of  existence,  the  greater  its  resemblance  to  God  :  yet  in  all 
there  is  the  infinite  difference  of  the  creature  from  the  Creator. 
We  have  here  the  Theistic  or  Christian  rendering  of  the 
Neoplatonic  and  Gnostic  doctrines  of  emanation. 


Chapter    IV 

That  He  who  is  the  supreme  cause  of  all  sensible  things  is 
Himself  no  part  of  those  things 

Summary.  —  The  Creator  is  not  a  mere  lifeless  and 
unintelligent  abstraction ;  yet  He  is  wholly  distinct 
from  all  forms  of  sensible  existence. 

We  say  that  the  cause  of  all  things,  who  is 
Himself  above  all  things,  is  neither  without 
being  nor  without  life,  nor  without  reason  nor 
without  intelligence ;  ^  nor  is  He  a  body ; 
nor  has  He  form  or  shape,  or  quality  or 
quantity  or  mass ;  He  is  not  localised  or 
visible  or  tangible  ;  He  is  neither  sensitive 
nor  sensible ;  He  is  subject  to  no  disorder 
or  disturbance  arising  from  material  passion  ; 
He  is  not  subject  to  failure  of  power,  or  to  the 

^  The  supreme,  universal,  or  first  cause  cannot  be  identified 
with  any  of  its  effects,  or  with  all  of  them  together.  The 
simplicity  of  the  divine  nature  implies  entire  distinction  from 
all  created  things.    (See  Sumrna  Theol.  i.  3.  8.) 

220 


MYSTICAL   THEOLOGY   OF   DIONYSIUS     221 

accidents  of  sensible  things ;  He  needs  no 
light ;  He  suffers  no  change  or  corruption 
or  division,  or  privation  or  flux ;  and  He 
neither  has  nor  is  anything  else  that  belongs 
to  the  senses. 


Chapter  V 

That  He  who  is  the  supreme  cause  of  all  intelligible  things  is 
Himself  no  part  of  those  things 

Summary.  —  The  Creator  is  distinct  from  all  merely 
intelligible  forms  of  existence,  being  neither  one  of 
them  nor  all  of  them  together. 

Again,  ascending,  we  say  that  He  is  neither 
soul  nor  intellect ;  nor  has  He  imagination, 
nor  opinion  or  reason ;  He  has  neither  speech 
nor  understanding,  and  is  neither  declared  nor 
understood  ;  He  is  neither  number  nor  order, 
nor  greatness  nor  smallness,  nor  equality  nor 
likeness  nor  unlikeness  ;  He  does  not  stand 
or  move  or  rest ;  He  neither  has  power  nor 
is  power ;  nor  is  He  light,  nor  does  He  live, 
nor  is  He  life  ;  He  is  neither  being  nor  age 
nor  time ;  nor  is  He  subject  to  intellectual 
contact ;  He  is  neither  knowledge  nor  truth, 
nor  royalty  nor  wisdom  ;    He   is   neither  one 

222 


MYSTICAL   THEOLOGY   OF   DIONYSIUS     223 

nor  unity,  nor  divinity,  nor  goodness ;  ^  nor 
is  He  spirit,  as  we  understand  spirit  ;  He  is 
neither  sonship  nor  fatherhood  nor  anything 
else  known  to  us  or  to  any  other  beings,  either 
of  the  things  that  are  or  the  things  that  are 
not ;  nor  does  anything  that  is,  know  Him  as 
He  is,  nor  does  He  know  anything  that  is  as  it 
is  ;  He  has  neither  word  nor  name  nor  know- 
ledge ;  He  is  neither  darkness  nor  light  nor 
truth  nor  error  ;  He  can  neither  be  affirmed 
nor  denied  ; '  nay,  though  we  may  affirm  or 
deny  the  things  that  are  beneath  Him,  we  can 
neither  affirm  nor  deny  Him  ;  for  the  perfect 
and  sole  cause  of  all  is  above  all  affirma- 
tion, and  that  which  transcends  all  is  above  all 
subtraction,  absolutely  separate,  and  beyond 
all  that  is. 

^  Neither  one  nor^  etc. — See  Letter  IL  to  Caius,  where  the 
sense  is  explained  in  which  this  statement  is  to  be  understood. 
There  is  a  sense  in  which  God  is  His  own  nature ;  i.e..,  as  it  is 
in  itself,  not  in  the  inadequate  sense  in  which  alone  it  may  be 
conceived  or  experienced  by  us.  See  Sum^na  Theol.  i.  3.  3, 
where  it  may  be  remarked  that  St  Thomas  says,  not  "  Deus 
est  Deltas,"  but  "Deus  est  sua  Deltas." 

2  He  can  neither  be  affirmed  nor  denied. — The  divine  nature 
cannot  be  adequately  (though  it  may  be  truly)  defined,  either 
positively  or  negatively. 


Letter   I 

To  Cuius  the  Monk 

Summary. — The  discursive  operation  of  the  intellect  not 
only  is  not  the  means  by  which  God  is  to  be 
experimentally  known,  but  actually  precludes  such 
knowledge :  the  mind  knows  God  by  a  supernatural 
operation,  which  transcends  its  natural  functions. 

Darkness  is  destroyed  by  light,  especially  by 
much  light ;  ignorance  is  destroyed  by  know- 
ledge, especially  by  much  knowledge.  You 
must  understand  this  as  implying  not  priva- 
tion, but  transcendence ;  ^  and  so  you  must 
say  with  absolute  truth,  that  the  ignorance 
which  is  of  God  is  unknown  by  those  who 
have  the  created  light  and  the  knowledge  of 
created    things,   and    that    His    transcendent 

^  Transcendence  (vvepoxLKCos). — The  ignorance  by  which  man 
sees  God  is  more,  not  less,  than  natural  knowledge — it  is  not 
ignorance  of  the  objects  of  natural  knowledge,  but  the  rejection 
of  such  knowledge  as  out  of  relation  to  the  supernatural  sphere 
in  which  God  is  experimentally  known. 

334 


MYSTICAL  THEOLOGY  OF  DIONYSIUS        225 

darkness  is  obscured  by  any  light,  and  itself 
obscures  all  knowledge.  And  if  any  one, 
seeing  God,  knows  what  he  sees,  it  is  by  no 
means  God  that  he  so  sees,  but  something 
created  and  knowable.  For  God  abides 
above  created  intellect  and  existence,  and  is 
in  such  sense  unknowable  and  non-existent 
that  He  exists  above  all  existence,  and  is 
known  above  all  power  of  knowledge.  Thus 
the  knowledge  of  Him  who  is  above  all  that 
can  be  known  is  for  the  most  part  ignorance. 


Letter  II 

To  the  Same 

Summary. — God  is  above  and  beyond  that  divinity  and 
goodness  which  we  know,  which  we  seek  to  imitate, 
and  of  which  we  are  made  partakers,  as  being  their 
source  and  fountain  head. 

How  can  He  who  is  beyond  all  things  be  also 
above  the  very  principle  of  divinity  and  of 
goodness  %  By  divinity  and  goodness  must 
be  understood  the  essence  of  the  gift  which 
makes  us  good  and  divine,  or  that  unapproach- 
able semblance  of  the  supreme  goodness  and 
divinity  whereby  we  also  are  made  good  and 
divine.  For  since  this  is  the  principle  of 
deification  and  sanctification  for  those  who  are 
so  deified  and  sanctified,  then  He  who  is  the 
essential  principle  of  all  principles  (and  there- 
fore the  principle  of  divinity  and  goodness)  is 

above    that    divinity   and   goodness    by  means 

226 


MYSTICAL  THEOLOGY  OF  DIONYSIUS        227 

of  which  we  are  made  good  and  divine :  ^ 
moreover,  since  He  is  inimitable  and  incom- 
prehensible, He  is  above  imitation  and  com- 
prehension as  He  is  above  those  who  imitate 
and  partake  of  Him. 

*  Inimitable^  etc. — Man's  goodness  and  sanctity  can  resemble 
God's  only  analogically,  not  absolutely.  We  cannot  imitate 
the  unique  pre-eminence  of  God,  though  we  may  endeavour 
with  eventful  success  to  fulfil  His  will  perfectly,  as  He  perfectly 
fulfils  His  own  will. 


Letter  V 

To  Dorotheus  the  Deacon 

Summary. — Since  God  transcends  all  things,  both  sensible 
and  intelligible,  He  can  be  known  only  by  separation 
from  the  senses  and  the  intellect.  Thus  the  inaccess- 
ible light  in  which  He  dwells  is  darkness  by  reason  of 
its  excess. 

The  divine  darkness  is  the  inaccessible  light 
in  which  God  is  said  to  dwell.  And  since 
He  is  invisible  by  reason  of  the  abundant 
outpouring  of  supernatural  light,  it  follows 
that  whosoever  is  counted  worthy  to  know 
and  see  God,  by  the  very  fact  that  he  neither 
sees  nor  knows  Him,  attains  to  that  which 
is  above  sight  and  knowledge,  and  at  the 
same  time  perceives  that  God  is  beyond  ^  all 
things    both    sensible    and    intelligible,    saying 

^  Beyond  all  thmgs  (/Jt^erd  vavra)^  not  "  in  "  or  "  with  "  all  things 
as  it  has  been  translated,  but  "after"  them — i.e.,  from  the 
human  point  of  view,  in  which  the  natural  comes  before  and  is 
nearer  than  the  supernatural. 

228 


MYSTICAL  THEOLOGY  OF  DIONYSIUS        229 

with  the  Prophet,  '*  Thy  knowledge  Is  become 
wonderful  to  me ;  it  is  high,  and  I  cannot 
reach  to  it."  In  like  manner,  St  Paul,  we 
are  told,  knew  God,  when  he  knew  Him  to 
be  above  all  knowledge  and  understanding  ; 
wherefore  he  says  that  His  ways  are  unsearch- 
able and  His  judgments  inscrutable,  His  gifts 
unspeakable,  and  His  peace  passing  all  under- 
standinof ;  as  one  who  had  found  Him  who  is 
above  all  things,  and  whom  he  had  perceived 
to  be  above  knowledge,  and  separate  from 
all  things,  being  the  Creator  of  all. 


APPENDIX  I 

THE    REALITY    OF    MYSTICAL    EXPERIENCE 

Until  very  lately  it  was  commonly  believed 
that  thought  proceeds  by  means  of  a  succession 
of  mental  pictures,  sometimes  called  ''ideas," 
and  more  recently  and  correctly  "images." 
Sense-impressions  on  the  physical  organs  were 
held  to  form  these  pictures  in  the  mind ;  they 
were  afterwards  said  to  be  revived,  less  and 
less  clearly,  in  process  of  time  by  the 
memory. 

But  the  most  recent  psychological  investiga- 
tions— by  Blihler,  Ach,  Watt,  Betts  and  others 
— have  proved  the  existence  in  consciousness 
of  "  imageless  thought."  Mental  pictures,  or 
images,  of  course  exist,  and  are  part  of  the 
subject  matter  of  thought.  But  thought,  it  has 
been  shown,  can  and  does  go  on  without  them  ; 

and    in    either   case,    not    mental    pictures   as 

230 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     2^1 


^ 


such,  but  the  concept  connected  with  them  is 
the  essential  matter  with  which  thought  deals. 

It  has  been  shown  by  Moore  that  there 
exist  imageless  mental  contents  representa- 
tive of  visible  objects ;  and  further,  that 
the  process  of  perception  consists  in  assimila- 
tion of  the  data  of  sense-experience  to  their 
appropriate  mental  categories.^ 

A  series  of  experiments  performed  by  Dr. 
Aveling  ^  has  proved  that  concepts  are  not  the 
same  as  images,  but  are  introspectively  dis- 
criminable  from  them,  and  can  and  do  occur 
alone  in  consciousness  ;  they  are,  further,  capable 
of  objective  reference  and  of  conveying  mean- 
ing by  themselves,  whereas  images  are  not. 
These  experiments  have  shown  that  what  is 
essentially  involved  in  the  thought-process  is 
the  concept.  Images  also  appear  in  it,  some- 
times as  a  means  of  fixing  and  sustaining 
thought,  and  sometimes  by  mere  association,  a 
concept  in  its  origin  being  inevitably  connected 

^  The  Process  of  Abstraction,  T.  V.  Moore,  Berkeley,  U.S.A., 
1910. 

2  I  am  indebted  for  this  information  to  Dr.  F.  Aveling,  of 
University  College,  London.  See  T/ie  Consciousness  of  the 
Universal,  F.  Aveling  (Macmillan,  191 2). 


232  MYSTICISM 

with  an  image.  The  basis  for  existential 
cognition  is  thus  shown  to  be  sensational  in 
character  ;  no  new  concept  can  be  formed  apart 
from  this  sensational  element.  But  the  concept 
being  once  formed  on  this  sensational  basis, 
thinking,  it  has  been  demonstrated,  can  take 
place  with  no  mental  contents  other  than 
concepts.  Concepts,  and  not  images,  are  the 
essential  elements  of  thinking. 

These  discoveries  have  a  most  important 
bearing  on  the  psychic  process  involved  in 
mystical  experience,  and  confirm  in  a  remark- 
able way  the  account  of  that  process  given  in 
Chapters  III.,  IV.  and  V.  They  further  supply 
an  explanation  of  natural  mental  states  bearing 
some  resemblance  to  mystical  contemplation, 
which  renders  superfluous  the  hypothesis 
adopted  by  Professor  James  and  others,  of  the 
existence  of  states  of  consciousness  of  entirely 
specific  quality,  and  aroused  in  certain  peculiar 
temperaments  by  external  stimulation.  We 
shall  see  that  there  is  no  reason  for  assuming 
any  such  specific  state  of  consciousness  in 
order  to  account  for  either  true  mystical 
experiences     or     those     which,     though     not 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     233 

genuinely  mystical,  have  often  been  classed 
with  them  ;  and  that  the  essentially  conceptual 
nature  of  thought  affords  a  criterion  which 
renders  it  possible  to  distinguish  accurately 
between  the  two  kinds  of  experience,  at  least 
in  cases  where  full  information  is  obtainable. 

The  theory  may  be  stated  in  somewhat  less 
technical  terms  as  follows.  Thought  implies 
two  things—  the  action  of  the  mind  itself  and 
that  upon  which  the  mind  acts.  This  latter  is 
called  the  mental  content^  because  what  is 
thought  of  Is  contained  In  the  mind  ;  the 
external  object  is  the  source  from  which  the 
mental  content  is  derived,  but  Is  not  the  actual 
mental  content ;  the  Immediate  subject  matter 
of  thought  is  not  things  In  themselves,  but 
those  things  as  they  appear  in  the  mind  by 
representation.  How,  then,  are  they  repre- 
sented? Is  it  by  a  series  of  mental  photo- 
graphs, or  by  something  else  which  the  mind 
itself  adds  to  the  sensible  Impression,  thereby 
Imparting  a  kind  of  thought-character  to  the 
impression  ?  It  was  formerly  supposed  that 
the  essential  thing  for  thought  was  a  picture  or 
image   of  the    sight,   sound,    touch,  &c.,    with 


234  MYSTICISM 

which  the  mind  had  to  deal,  and  which,  in  a 
certain  sense,  identified  the  mind  with  the 
external  object  ;  this  image  was  held  to  be 
clear  and  precise  at  the  moment  of  its  formation, 
and  to  become  fainter  and  more  indistinct  when 
revived  by  the  memory  after  an  increasing 
interval  of  time.  It  has  now,  however,  been 
demonstrated  that  the  essential  subject  matter 
of  thought,  or  mental  content,  is  not  the  image 
of  a  sensible  object,  but  a  purely  intelligible 
factor  which  arises  in  the  mind  at  the  moment 
of  sense  perception,  and  is  called  the  concept. 
It  must  therefore  be  held  that  the  total  mental 
content  derived  by  the  mind  from  external 
objects  is  compounded  of  two  kinds  of  elements, 
one  sensorial  and  the  other  conceptual — one  de- 
pending on  the  stimulation  of  the  senses,  and 
the  other  on  the  simultaneous  action  of  the 
mind.  Of  these  two  factors,  one,  the  sensa- 
tional, is  necessary  for  the  original  formation  of 
the  mental  content ;  the  other,  the  conceptual,  is 
inseparably  connected  with  the  sense-image, 
which  apart  from  the  conceptual  factor  could 
not  be  in  consciousness,  and  would  have  no 
existence    for   consciousness   at  all.     The   act 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     235 

of  perception  is  accordingly  a  process  by  which 
sensational  experiences  are  connected  with  their 
appropriate  concepts.    Every  sensation  of  Vv^hich 
we  are  conscious  carries  with  it  a  mental  concept, 
however   elementary  or  indistinct    it  may  be. 
The  concept,  then,  is  what  thought  cannot  do 
without.      But   can    it   do   without   the   sense- 
image  ?     Can  we  think,  that  is  to  say,  without 
recalling  any  picture  or  image  of  what  we  are 
thinkinor  about  ?    It  has  now  been  demonstrated 
that  we   can,    and    very    frequently   do.     The 
image   is  obviously   necessary  as    the  original 
basis  of  the  concept  ;    but  it  is   not   necessary 
for   subsequent   thought  that   the  same  image 
should  re-appear  (which  in  fact   is    never  the 
case),  or  that   a  new  one  should    be    formed. 
We  can  go  on  thinking  by  means  of  concepts 
alone.      Images,    however,    do    appear    in    the 
process  of  thought  according  to  certain   fixed 
laws  :    they  are  useful   sometimes    as  supports 
to    the  attention  ;  sometimes,   again,   they  are 
merely    distracting,    and    in    some    cases    they 
apparently    neither   help    nor    hinder   thought. 
Thought  therefore  deals  primarily  and  directly 
with  concepts,  indirectly  with  images  ;  concepts 


236  MYSTICISM 

are  necessarily  based  on  images  at  the  moment 
when  a  thing  is  perceived  for  the  first  time  ; 
afterwards,  when  the  thing  is  remembered,  it 
is  the  concept  which  is  revived,  either  with  or 
without  sense-images.  It  follows  that  the  con- 
cepts existing  in  a  free  state  in  the  mind  may, 
according  to  circumstances,  either  remain 
dissociated  from  all  other  concepts  and  all 
images,  or  be  associated  with  fresh  images,  or 
with  other  concepts  suggested  by  those  images 
or  by  the  concepts  themselves.  For  instance, 
I  may  think  of  mankind  without  any  mental 
picture  at  all  ;  what  the  thought  means  is  clear 
without  any  further  reference.  But  then  after 
my  attention  has  been  fixed  for  some  moments 
on  this  object,  there  arises  in  my  mind  a  vague 
image  of  a  typical  man  ;  then  he  may  become 
more  definite  as  a  particular  species  of  man  ; 
then  more  definite  still,  till  by  a  process  of 
association  I  come  to  think  of  a  particular  man 
whose  appearance  is  well  known  to  me,  and  of 
whom  I  construct  a  more  or  less  detailed  mental 
picture.  Finally,  this  picture  may  easily  suggest 
a  further  and  quite  different  picture  of  the  place 
in  which  I  last  saw  my  friend.     The  whole  pro- 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     237 

cess  is  a  very  common  one.  and  may  easily  be 
tested.  From  it  we  see  that,  first,  it  is  quite 
possible  to  consider  a  concept  by  itself,  without 
any  representative  image  ;  secondly,  that  such 
a  free  concept  will  naturally  suggest  others 
more  or  less  closely  allied  to  it  by  nature  ;  and 
thirdly,  that  a  fresh  image  or  set  of  images  may 
ultimately  come  into  consciousness  as  the 
mediate  consequence  of  the  concept  with  which 
the  train  of  thought  started. 

Let  us  now  apply  these  considerations  to  the 
object  of  mystical  contemplation.  That,  we 
have  seen,  must  be  immaterial ;  one,  that  is,  in 
the  knowledge  of  which  the  senses  can  have  no 
part,  and  which  is  incapable  of  representation 
by  images  or  pictures.  But  this,  we  now  find, 
is  the  essential  characteristic  of  all  mental 
objects :  they  are  essentially  immaterial,  and 
merely  intelligible,  no  matter  whether  accom- 
panied by  mental  imagery  or  not.  The 
mystical  contemplation  of  God  is  therefore 
in  itself  of  precisely  the  same  kind  as  every 
other  sort  of  mental  consideration  ;  it  is  the 
consideration  of  an  immaterial  object,  directly 
and  without  any  aid   from  the  senses.     Thus 


238  MYSTICISM 

the  difficulty  which  has  been  felt  in  supposing 
that  the  embodied  soul  can  have  a  direct  intui- 
tion of  what  is  purely  immaterial  is  entirely  got 
rid  of;  and  St.  Thomas's  metaphysical  explana- 
tion ^  of  the  manner  in  which  the  beatific  vision 
takes  place  is  confirmed  by  the  latest  demon- 
stration of  experimental  science.  The  process 
which  St.  Thomas  describes  in  terms  of  "  hylo- 
morphism  " — as  the  union  of  matter  and  form — 
is  identical  with  that  which  the  science  of  the 
present  day  calls  the  acquisition  of  mental 
content.  God,  in  St.  Thomas's  language,  be- 
comes *'  form  "  to  the  soul's  *'  matter  "  in  those 
who  see  Him:  in  the  language  of  experimental 
psychology  He  becomes  in  them  their  ''mental 
content."  The  two  theories  are  really  the 
same  theory  reached  by  two  different  roads — 
one  inductive  and  metaphysical,  the  other  de- 
ductive and  experimental. 

It  is  of  interest  to  notice  further  that  the 
place  and  function  assigned  by  this  theory  to 
revived  sense-imagery  in  thought  is  precisely 
that  which  mystics  have  assigned  to  the  visions, 
locutions  and  auditions  of  mystical  experience 

^  See  p.  94. 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     239 

(see  pp.  85,  86).  Such  images  are,  in  fact,  by- 
products, and  serve  at  most  as  supports  to  the 
soul  in  mystical  contemplation  of  the  less  ex- 
alted, as  compared  with  the  purely  intellectual 
kind. 

The  reality  of  the  object  of  mystical  con- 
templation thus  appears  to  be  of  the  same 
character  as  that  of  the  ordinary  objects  of 
thought.  The  mystic  who  contemplates  God 
in  his  own  soul  is  performing  an  action  psycho- 
logically identical  with  that  which  he  performs 
when  he  looks  into  a  shop  window,  or  notices 
the  faces  of  the  passers-by  in  the  street,  or  when 
he  recalls  the  appearance  of  someone  whom  he 
knows  well.  It  is  in  every  case  primarily  an 
intelligible  or  conceptual  object  that  he  con- 
templates, and  not  primarily  a  sensible  one. 
The  only  difference  is  that  the  conceptual  object 
is,  in  the  one  case,  traceable  to  an  origin  in  some 
sense  experience,  and,  in  the  other,  derived 
immediately  from  a  directly  spiritual  source  ; 
and,  as  has  been  already  remarked,  there  is 
considerably  less  difficulty  in  understanding 
a  mental  state  to  be  derived  from  a  mental 
impulse    than    in    explaining    the    connection 


240  MYSTICISM 

between  a  purely  conceptual  object  of  thought 
and  the  sense-stimulus  on  which  it  depends. 

The  reality  of  visions,  locutions  and  auditions 
is  again  parallel  with  that  of  the  revived  sense- 
images  which  accompany  thought.  They  are  real 
mental  images,  and  theyaccompany  real  concepts 
— of  this  there  can  obviously  be  no  doubt.  But 
by  reality  is  commonly  understood  the  corre- 
spondence of  that  which  the  mind  perceives 
with  something  external  to  it  which  reaches  it 
by  means  of  the  senses.  Is  there  any  such 
external  reality  about  the  visions  of  mystics? 
Was  the  ring  received  by  St.  Rose  of  Lima  a 
real  rinor — were  the  crown  of  thorns  and  the 
stigmata  of  St.  Catherine  of  Siena  real  in  this 
sense — did  St.  Hildegard  actually  behold  the 
scenery  of  her  visions,  which  so  evidently  recall 
the  scenery  of  the  Rhine  and  Moselle,  in  which 
her  convent  stood — did  Julian  of  Norwich  really 
see  our  Lord  in  a  condition  of  bodily  suffering  ? 
The  answer  evidently  is  that  these  and  other 
similar  visions  correspond  exactly  to  the 
symbolic  image  which  frequently  accompanies 
revived  concepts.  If  I  try  to  think  of  a  tree  or 
a   house   fixedly  for  a  few  moments,  a  vague 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     241 

image  of  a  particular  tree  or  house  comes  into 
consciousness.  If  I  dwell  in  thouorht  on  some 
abstract  idea,  a  vague  picture,  which  I  clearly 
understand  to  be  symbolic,  comes  into  my 
mind.  ''Honour"  suggests  dimly  a  robe  and 
crown;  ''virtue,"  an  austere  and  beautiful 
figure;  ''humanity,"  the  busy  crowd  in  a 
London  street.  Or,  sometimes,  the  mere 
image  of  the  printed  word  may  attach  itself  to 
the  concept.  In  what  sense  are  these  images 
real — i.e.,  how  far  do  they  correspond  to  some- 
thing external  ?  Evidently,  they  are  real  in 
virtue  of  their  representation  of  the  concept ; 
they  symbolise  the  sense-impressions  from  which 
the  concept  was  originally  derived.  They  are 
not  immediate  sense-impressions,  and  if  reality 
is  to  be  predicated  only  of  such  impressions 
neither  mystical  visions  nor  the  countless  re- 
produced images  of  memory  on  which  our 
conscious  life  depends  can  be  called  real.  But 
if  reality  lies,  as  it  would  appear  to  lie,  in  a  true 
presentation  to  the  mind  in  sense-images  of  the 
concept  with  which  it  is  occupied,  then  certainly 
both   may  be    rightly  called    real.     St.    Rose's 

ring  was  a  true  symbol  of  the  idea  connected 

Q 


242  MYSTICISM 

with  It ;  the  stigmata  of  St.  Catherine  were  as 
real  a  symbol  of  her  participation  In  the  suffer- 
ing of  Christ  as  the  visible  ones  of  St.  Francis  ; 
the  scenery  of  St.  Hlldegard's  visions,  though 
no  doubt  primarily  derived  from  her  familiar 
surroundings,  was,  like  the  symbolic  visions  of 
the  Apocalypse,  made  real  by  the  reality  of  the 
ideas  which  they  symbolised.  The  true  fount 
of  reality  Is  throughout  the  concept  ;  the  thing 
thought  or  known,  rather  than  the  image  per- 
ceived. The  mystical  visions  derived  their 
reality  from  the  actual  divine  presence  which 
called  them  up,  just  as  the  reality  of  a  face  or 
picture  in  the  memory  depends  on  the  actual 
preservation  of  the  concept,  which  is,  so  to 
speak,  illustrated  by  the  recalled  image. 

The  same  psychological  discovery  gives 
experimental  confirmation  to  the  distinction 
noted  In  the  text  (pp.  35,  36)  between  natural 
and  supernatural  states  In  which  features  of  an 
approximately  Identical  character  occur ;  between 
the  true  mystical  abstraction  and  the  abnormal 
mental  conditions  brought  about  by  natural 
causes,  such  as  the  prolonged  contemplation  of 
natural  objects,  pathological  states  or  the  use  of 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     243 

anaesthetics.  The  late  Professor  James  con- 
siders that  abnormal  states  of  consciousness 
resulting  from  such  causes  are  psychologically 
indistinguishable  from  ''  religious  "  or  "  classic  " 
mysticism  ;  and  the  agreement  in  detail,  which 
is  a  marked  feature  in  religious  mysticism,  and 
which  Professor  James  regards  as  affording  the 
strongest  available  support  for  its  claims,  is 
neutralised  by  the  differences  which  are  pre- 
sented to  view  by  mysticism  of  the  non- 
religious  kind.  The  claims  of  religious 
mysticism  to  supernatural  causation  are  over- 
thrown by  the  occurrence  of  similar  states  for 
which  no  such  claim  is  or  can  be  made. 
*'  Religious  mysticism,"  Professor  James  says, 
"  is  only  the  half  of  mysticism  ;  the  other  half 
has  no  accumulated  traditions  except  those 
which  the  text-books  on  insanity  supply."  His 
conclusion  is  that  there  is  a  natural  cosmic  or 
mystical  consciousness  which  responds  to 
various  stimulants,  one  of  the  chief  of  which  is 
nitrous  oxide  gas.  This  form  of  consciousness 
is  the  only  certain  fact  in  mysticism,  and  though 
the  claims  of  the  higher  or  religious  mysticism 
cannot  be  fully  substantiated,  It  is,  nevertheless, 


244  MYSTICISM 

possible  to  suppose  that  it  opens  the  way  to  a 
^*  wider  world  of  meanings,  the  counting  in  of 
which  and  the  serious  dealing  with  it  might  be 
indispensable  stages  in  our  approach  to  the 
final  fullness  of  the  truth." 

We  may,  as  we  have  seen,  fully  admit  the 
psychical  identity  of  the  process  in  every  case. 
The  question  is  as  to  the  cause  by  which  the 
process  is  initiated.  If  natural  causes  can  be 
assigned  for  states  in  which  the  ''  cosmic 
consciousness"  is  brought  into  operation,  can 
we  rightly  attribute  the  similar  states  of 
Christian  mystics  to  a  supernatural  cause,  or 
must  we  look  for  the  cause  amono-  the  non- 
mystical  details  of  the  mystic's  ordinary  experi- 
ence ?  Our  answer  is  that  no  such  cause  can 
be  found,  and  we  are  consequently  obliged,  by 
a  process  of  exhaustion,  to  accept  the  reality  of 
the  Christian  mystics'  experience,  which  they 
themselves  attribute  to  it. 

The  psychological  theory  we  have  described 
asserts  that  the  concept  derived  from  sense- 
experience  frequently  perseveres  in  conscious- 
ness after  the  sense-experience  itself  has  passed 
entirely   out    of  consciousness.     This   concept 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     245 

may  accordingly  be  associated  with  other  con- 
cepts, acquired  in  the  same  way,  so  as  to  produce 
ideas  which  have  a  particular  aspect  of  their 
own  unHke  that  of  any  one  of  their  component 
elements  taken  by  itself.  Such  a  combination 
of  concepts,  together  with  their  more  or  less 
appropriate  sense-images,  is  familiar  to  every- 
one in  dreams. 

Now  it  appears  certain  that  such  conditions 
of   "  cosmic  consciousness  "  as  those    cited  by 
Professor    James    can    be    distinctly  traced    to 
their  source  in  a  sense-image,  or  sense-impres- 
sion, together  with  the  concept  properly  belong- 
ing   to    it.       The   sense-image   drops    out    of 
consciousness  for  one  reason  or  another,  but  the 
concept  remains,  and  is  combined  with  others 
already  in  the  mind  so  as  to  produce  a  set  of 
ideas  which  seem  at  first  sight  to  belong  to  a 
sphere  beyond  the  terrestrial  one.     But  if  our 
account  of  the   matter  is    correct,   the  cosmic 
consciousness    is    not    needed ;    the    ordinary 
mental    process    is    sufficient,    in    the   peculiar 
circumstances  of  such  cases,  to  account  for  the 
extraordinary  experience.    But  in  the  experience 
of  Christian  mystics  those  peculiar  circumstances 


246  MYSTICISM 

are  absent ;  there  is  no  external  cause  to  which 
the  '* stimulation  of  the  cosmic  consciousness" 
can  be  attributed,  neither  anaesthetic,  nor  opium, 
nor  brain  pressure  nor  optical  strain.  We  are 
therefore  forced  to  the  conclusion  that  the 
psychic  process  has  been  initiated  by  a  cause 
which  does  not  belong  to  the  sphere  of  sense- 
experience,  but  is  capable  of  producing  concepts 
in  the  mind  without  any  initiatory  stimulation 
of  the  senses ;  in  other  words,  by  direct  divine 
illumination. 

An  examination  of  the  different  instances 
given  by  Professor  James  of  the  arousing  of 
*'  cosmic  consciousness  "  will  fully  bear  out  this 
contention.  They  would  seem  to  show, 
beyond  possibility  of  doubt,  that  the  ''  cosmic 
consciousness "  is  nothing  whatever  but  the 
natural  capacity  of  the  mind  for  purely 
conceptual  thought,  apart  from  any  sense- 
image,  and  its  further  capacity,  above  mentioned, 
for  associating  concepts  to  form  a  single 
mental  content,  together  with  sense-images 
evoked  from  memory  as  the  support  of  the 
associated  concepts.  The  cosmic  consciousness 
is,  in  fact,  what  we  have  elsewhere  described  as 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     247 

the  natural  tendency  of  the  mind  to  mysticism — 
a  tendency  which  may  be  exploited  in  various 
directions,  but  which  attains  to  true  mystical 
contemplation  only  by  divine  illumination. 
The  cases  cited  are  the  following. 

Only  that  part  of  each  account  is  quoted 
which  indicates  the  sensorial  origin  of  the 
abnormal  state. 

1.  The  late  Lord  Tennyson.  '*  I  have  fre- 
quently had  a  kind  of  waking  trance.  This  has 
come  upon  me  through  repeating  my  own  name 
to  myself  silently,  till  all  at  once,  as  it  were, 
out  of  the  intensity  of  the  consciousness  of 
individuality,  individuality  itself  seemed  to 
dissolve  into  boundless  being." 

Here  the  attention  was  fixed  on  the 
subjective  consciousness  of  self,  until  from 
overstrain  the  individual  characteristics  were 
obliterated,  and  only  the  concept  of  being, 
which  they  had  exemplified,  remained  in 
consciousness. 

2,  The  late  Canon  Kingsley.  ''When  I 
walk  the  fields,  I  am  oppressed  now  and  then 
with  an  innate  feeling  that  everything  I  see  has 
a  meaning,  if  I  could  but  understand  it."     This 


248  MYSTICISM 

State  of  mind,  which  is  really  a  very  common 
one,  signifies  merely  the  mutual  weakening  by 
multiplicity  of  the  sensible  images,  and  a  corre- 
sponding rise  in  clearness  of  their  conceptual 
factors,  which  again  are  too  numerous  to  be 
distinctly  grasped  in  one  mental  act. 

3.  The  late  J.  A.  Symonds.  "  Suddenly,  at 
church,  or  in  company,  or  when  I  was  reading, 
and  always  when  my  muscles  were  at  rest,  I 
felt  the  approach  of  the  mood.  It  consisted  in 
a  gradual  but  swiftly  progressive  obliteration  of 
space,  time,  sensation  and  the  multitudinous 
factors  of  experience  which  seem  to  qualify 
what  we  are  pleased  to  call  our  self.  At  last 
nothing  remained  but  a  pure,  absolute,  abstract 
self.  The  universe  became  without  form  and 
void  of  content."  This  is  an  excellent  descrip- 
tion of  the  process  in  which  the  sense-images 
fade,  while  the  concept  of  self,  still  connected, 
perhaps,  with  internal  sensations,  persists.  A 
long  sermon,  or  dull  company,  or  an  uninterest- 
ing book,  will  produce  the  same  effect  in  most 
minds,  from  time  to  time.  It  is  merely  the  first 
stage  of  sleep. 

4.  An    "anaesthetic    revelation,"    presenting 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     249 

exactly  the  same  essential  features  as  the  above 
three  cases.  "  '  The  one  remains,  the  many 
change  and  pass '  ;  and  each  and  everyone  of 
us  is  the  one  that  remains."  The  anaesthetic 
has  approximately  the  same  effect  as  prolonged 
contemplation  of  self,  or  of  a  number  of  fixed 
natural  objects,  and  as  enforced  quiescence 
amid  surroundings  incapable  of  fixing  the 
attention. 

5.  A  *'  mystical  experience  with  chloroform  " 
of  J.  A.  Symonds,  with  features  of  a  more 
varied  and  startling  nature  than  those  already 
noted,  but  of  the  same  essential  character.  ''After 
the  choking  and  stifling  had  passed  away  .  .  . 
suddenly,  my  soul  became  aware  of  God,  who 
was  manifestly  dealing  with  me,  handling  me, 
so  to  speak,  in  an  intense  personal  present 
reality.  I  cannot  describe  the  ecstasy  that  I 
felt.  As  I  gradually  awoke  from  the  influence 
of  the  anaesthetics,  the  old  sense  of  my  relation 
to  the  world  began  to  return,  the  new  sense  of 
my  relation  to  God  began  to  fade.  ...  I  flung 
myself  on  the  ground,  and  at  last  awoke, 
covered  with  blood,  &c." 

Here  the  ''dealing  with  "and  "handling"  were 


2S0  MYSTICISM 

evidently  the  surgeons' ;  they  were  Imperfectly 
perceived  in  the  state  of  partial  anaesthesia,  but 
served  to  awaken  the  concept  of  objective 
power  and  subjective  helplessness  which  were 
already  associated  in  the  patient's  mind  with 
the  idea  of  God.  The  *' ecstatic"  feeling  is 
readily  traceable  to  the  same  cause,  an 
imperfectly  felt  nerve-stimulation. 

6.  '*  I  know  an  officer  in  our  police  force  who 
has  told  me  that  many  times  when  off  duty  and 
on  his  way  home  in  the  evening  there  comes  to 
him  a  vivid  and  vital  realisation  of  his  oneness 
with  the  Infinite  Power,  and  the  Spirit  of 
Peace  takes  hold  of  and  fills  him."  No  one 
would  grudge  the  worthy  policeman  his  sense 
of  freedom  and  peace  at  the  end  of  his 
monotonous  day's  work.  But  it  is  extravagantly 
superfluous  to  invoke  the  cosmic  consciousness 
to  explain  it. 

7.  An  instance  of  the  power  of  nature,  in 
certain  aspects,  to  awaken  mystical  moods. 
''  I  was  alone  upon  the  sea-shore  .  .  .  and  now 
again,  as  once  before  in  the  Alps  of  Dauphine, 
I  was  impelled  to  kneel  down,  this  time  before 
the  illimitable  ocean,  symbol  of  the  Infinite.     I 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     251 

felt  that  I  knew  now  what  prayer  really  is  ;  to 
return  from  the  solitude  of  individuation  into 
the  consciousness  of  unity  with  all  that  is." 

The  passage  from  a  particular  sense-image 
to  concepts  directly  and  indirectly  associated 
with  it  is  here  too  clear  to  need  comment. 

8.  A  similar  instance.  ''  One  brilliant  Sunday 
morning  my  wife  and  boys  went  to  the  Unitarian 
Chapel — while  I  went  further  up  into  the  hills 
with  my  stick  and  dog.  For  nearly  an  hour  I 
walked  along  the  road  to  the  '  Cat  and 
Fiddle,'  and  then  returned.  On  the  way  back, 
suddenly  I  felt  that  I  was  in  heaven."  Ob- 
viously this  was  the  result  of  a  medley  of 
sense-impressions,  none  of  them  especially 
striking,  but  all  combined  with  silence,  light, 
fresh  air  and  a  sense  of  general  well-being  to 
produce  a  vivid  concept,  and  correspondingly 
to  weaken  particular  sense-impressions  :  heaven 
was  really  the  composite  idea  aroused  by  the 
Unitarian  Chapel,  the  hills,  light,  air  and  gentle 
exercise. 

9.  Another  ''  anaesthetic  revelation."  ''  A 
great  Being  or  Power  was  travelling  through 
the  sky :    his  foot  was  on  a  kind  of  lightning 


252  MYSTICISM 

made  entirely  of  the  spirits  of  innumerable 
people,  and  I  was  one  of  them.  I  seemed  to 
be  directly  under  the  foot  of  God,  and  he  was 
grinding  his  own  life  up  out  of  my  pain.  He 
bended  me,  turning  his  corner  by  means  of  my 
hurt,  hurting  me  more  than  ever  I  had  been 
hurt  in  my  life,  and  at  the  acutest  point  of  this, 
as  he  passed,  I  saw.  I  understood  for  a  moment 
things  that  I  have  now  forgotten,  things  that  no 
one  could  remember  while  retaining  sanity. 
While  regaining  consciousness  I  wondered 
why,  since  I  had  gone  so  deep,  I  had  seen 
nothing  of  what  the  saints  call  the  love  of 
God,  nothing  but  his  relentlessness.  Then 
I  heard  an  answer,  saying,  '  Knowledge  and 
Love  are  one,  and  the  measure  Is  suffering.' 
With  that  I  came  to,  and  I  saw  that  what 
would  be  called  the  '  cause '  of  my  ex- 
perience was  a  slight  operation  under  in- 
sufficient ether,  in  a  bed  pushed  up  against  a 
window."  This  is  the  most  interesting  of 
Professor  James's  citations,  inasmuch  as  it 
presents  a  feature  which  seems  to  be  identical 
with  one  of  the  characteristics  of  true  mystical 
experience,    viz.,    an  indescribable    intellectual 


THE  REALITY  OF  MYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     253 

communication  or  vision.  We  may  admit  the 
possibility  that  this  part  of  the  experience  may 
be  truly  mystical.  But  it  is  only  a  possibility 
of  the  barest  kind.  The  more  salient  features 
are,  it  is  evident,  to  be  referred  directly  to  the 
imperfect  action  of  the  anaesthetic,  and  its  effect 
on  the  nervous  system,  the  pain  of  the  operation 
and  the  light  from  the  adjacent  window.  This 
consideration  would  absolutely  preclude  the 
acceptance  of  such  an  experience  as  certainly 
mystical,  however  strong  its  resemblance  to 
real  mystical  states  might  be. 

10.  There  remains  only  one  more  of  Professor 
James's  instances  to  be  quoted,  and  this  is  not 
the  description  of  experience,  but  the  opinion 
of  a  Canadian  psychiatrist,  with  which  Professor 
James  seems,  on  the  whole,  to  agree.  ''Cosmic 
consciousness  is  not  simply  an  expansion  or  ex- 
tension of  the  self-conscious  mind,  with  which 
we  are  all  familiar,  but  the  superaddition  of  a 
function  distinct  from  any  possessed  by  the 
average  man.  The  prime  characteristic  of 
cosmic  consciousness  is  a  consciousness  of  the 
cosmos  ;  that  is,  of  the  life  and  order  of  the 
universe/'     Here    is    very    plainly    shown   the 


254  MYSTICISM 

root  of  the  whole  misunderstanding.  *'  Cosmic 
consciousness,"  as  we  have  seen,  is  not  indeed 
an  expansion  of  the  ordinary  operation  of  the 
mind  ;  but  neither  is  it  the  super-addition  of 
anything.  It  is  the  aptitude,  possessed  by  all 
minds  in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  for  contem- 
plating ideas  apart  from  images.  What  is 
thought  to  be  the  arousing  of  the  cosmic 
consciousness  is  merely  the  realisation  of  the 
object  of  contemplation,  for  the  moment,  as 
an  imaofeless  idea.  The  distinction  is  made 
very  clear  by  the  last  sentence  quoted.  Cosmic 
consciousness  certainly  should  be  consciousness 
of  the  cosmos  as  it  is  here  said  to  be.  But  in 
the  same  sentence  it  is  declared  to  be  something 
quite  different — the  "  life  and  order  of  the 
universe  "  ;  that  is  to  say,  not  the  actual  cosmos 
at  all,  but  an  abstract  idea  which  may  be,  and 
in  fact  is,  derived  from  close  investigation  of 
any  fragment  of  the  universe,  however  tiny. 
Life  and  order  are  ideas,  not  things :  they  are 
not  capable  of  extension  or  division,  and  may 
be  abstracted  as  perfectly  from  the  considera- 
tion of  a  drop  of  water  as  from  superhuman 
knowledge  of  a  world. 


THE  REALITY  OF  xMYSTICAL  EXPERIENCE     255 

All  that  Professor  James's  quotations  and 
arguments,  and  others  like  them,  have  shown, 
is  that  mystical  experience  implies  nothing 
contrary  to  the  nature  of  the  human  soul.  Man 
has  only  one  consciousness,  and  it  is  not  cosmic, 
but  merely  conceptual ;  but  under  the  divine 
assistance  it  can  and  does  reach  heights  to 
which  the  unilluminated  imagination  cannot 
follow  it. 

The  abnormal  but  natural  states  of  conscious- 
ness shew  three  constant  and  apparently  in- 
separable features.  First,  a  direct  sense- 
experience,  next,  the  conceptual  element  in  that 
experience,  dissociated  from  its  sensational 
basis,  and  thirdly,  a  middle  term  consisting  in 
some  artificially  induced  physical  condition  to 
which  the  dissociation  is  to  be  attributed.  This 
last  may  be  either  a  condition  of  alcoholic  or 
other  intoxication,  a  hypnotic  or  hypnoidal  state 
brought  about  by  contemplation  of  surrounding 
objects,  or  a  state  of  excitement,  exhilaration  or 
exaltation  due  to  personal  influences.  In 
mystical  contemplation  there  is,  as  a  rule,  no 
direct  sense-experience  which  can  be  supposed 
to  form  the  basis  of  the  merely  conceptual  state 


2S6  MYSTICISM 

of  consciousness,  and  there  are  no  external 
circumstances  to  which  the  peculiar  physical 
condition  involved  in  mystical  experience  can 
be  traced.  The  conceptual  object  of  mystical 
contemplation  must  therefore  be  of  purely 
immaterial,  that  is  to  say,  of  supernatural, 
origin ;  and  the  abnormal  physical  and  mental 
condition  of  the  mystic  must  be  referred  to  the 
same  cause ;  the  absence  of  any  sensational 
element  in  the  mental  content  is  not  the  con- 
sequence of  the  supernatural  state,  as  it  is  of 
the  natural  one,  bu^t  its  cause. 

It  may  be  finally  contended  that  religious 
ideas,  which  are  mostly  conceptual  in  character, 
may,  if  constantly  dwelt  on,  as  they  admittedly 
are  by  mystics,  have  a  natural  tendency  to 
bring  on  a  kind  of  hypnoidal  state  manifesting 
the  special  characteristics  of  mystical  experience. 
But  this  hypothesis  requires  evidence  in  its 
support,  and  there  is  none  forthcoming.  If  it 
is  admitted,  however,  it  practically  concedes  the 
whole  position.  For,  in  fact,  it  attributes  to 
religious  ideas  a  unique  potency  which  is 
susceptible  of  no  other  explanation  than  that 
given  by  mystics. 


APPENDIX  II 

NOTES 

Page  35,  line  13.— For  "necessarily  occurs   in"   read 
"originates." 

"  I  went  at  once  to  my  confessor  in  great  dis- 
tress to  tell  him  of  it  {sc.  a  vision  of  Christ). 
He  asked  in  what  form  I  saw  our  Lord.  I  told 
him  I  saw  no  form.  He  then  said,  "  How  did 
you  know  that  it  was  Christ  ?  "  I  replied  that  I 
did  not  know  how  I  knew  it,  but  I  could  not 
help  knowing  that  He  was  close  beside  me,  that 
I  saw  Him  distinctly  and  felt  His  presence."- - 
Life  of  St.  Teresa  (Macmillan,  1875). 

Page  93,  note. — See  Suvima,  Suppl.  xcii.  i. 

Page  94,  note. — Compare  Harphius.  Myst.   Theol.  4, 

60.       "  Est   modus   quidam    superem.inens    vitae 

contemplativae  talis  qui  quamvis  non  claro  con- 

tuitu  Dei  essentiam  intellectui  demonstret,  ipsum 

tamen    consequentes    simplici    puritate    spiritus, 

peramorosam  reverentiam  et  claram  diligentiam 

in    Deum   elevati    revelata    facie    in    praesentia 

257  R 


258  NOTES 

divinse  majestatis  devoto  familiarique  colloquio 
ac  confidentia  perseverat  sibi  faciem  ill  am 
amabilem  ostendi  flagitantis." 

Page  95,  note. — See  Summa,  2^,  2^^,  clxxv.  3,  4. 

Page  191,  note. — Comp.  St.  Teresa,  Way  of  Per- 
fection, chap.  XX.  "  From  this  rich  spring  come 
rivers  :  some  great,  some  small  ones,  and  some- 
times little  pools  for  children  ;  this  is  sufficient 
for  them,  since  they  would  be  frightened  if  they 
beheld  a  great  body  of  water  ;  these  are  persons 
who  are  yet  only  in  their  rudiments — In  this 
way  the  water  of  consolation  will  never  be 
wanting." 


INDEX   OF   PROPER   NAMES 


Abraham,  102 

Ach,  231 

Alacoque,    Margaret  Mary,   8$, 

119,  132,  174 
Albertus  Magnus,  57,  97,  195 
Alexander,  198 
Amalric  of  Bena,  167 
Ambrosius  Camaldulensis,  194 
Ammonius  Saccas,  147 
Angela,  B.,  of  Foligno,  75,  123, 

131. 

Apollinarians,  109 
ApoUonius  of  Tyana,  154 
Aquinas,  St  Thomas,  27,  42,  57, 
70,  78,  93,  9h  97,   123,   127, 
137,  I95>  205,  214,  220,  223 
Aristotle,  56,  205 
Augustine,    St,    42,    44,    97,    98 

100,  127,  157,  158 
Aveling,  231 

Bacon,  xxiv 

Balthasar,  100,  102 

Bardenhewer,  206 

Bartholomew,  St,  210 

Beghards,  166  sec/. 

Benedict  XIV.,  37,  72,  87,  113, 

118 
Bergson,  H.,  33 
Bernard,  St,  70,  113 
Betts,  230 

Bigg,  154 

Biran,  Maine  de,  115 

Blosius,  94 

Boehme,  J.,  161,  i6S  se^. 

Bonaventure,  St,  81 

Bossuet,  74,  75,  172 

Bradley,  128,  139 


Buddhism,  128 
Biihler,  230 

Caius,  letters  to,  224,  226 

Calvin,  161 

Cardan,  J.,  xxvii 

Catherine,  St,  of  Siena,  240 

Chaise,  Pere  la,  172 

Chandler,  121 

Cleanthes,  127 

Clement  of  Alexandria,  42 

Clement,  St,  of  Rome,  196 

Clement  V.,  167  * 

Colet,  Dean,  206 

Corderius,  82,  91,  195,  206,  209 

Darboy,  197,  200,  206 

Decius,  Emperor,  153 

De  la  Combe,  172 

Delacroix,  108,  no,  115 

Denys,  St,  194 

D'Estrees,  172 

Devine,  190 

Dionysius,  Areopagite,    13,    44, 

57,  82,  141,  149,  ISO,  152,  158, 

164,  193  seg^. 

Mystical  Theology,  207  s^.q. 

Dionysius  Carthusianus,  195 
Disraeli,  xvii 
Dorotheus,  letter  to,  228 
Dulac,  206 

ECKHART,  79,  81.  82,  139,  143 
Emmerich,  Anne  Catherine,  34. 85 
Engelhart,  206 
Eriugena,  J/S.,  194 
Eulogiu?,  194 
Eusebius,  196 
Everard,  John,  206 


26o 


INDEX   OF   PROPER   NAMES 


\ 


Febronius,  185 

Fichte,  161 

Ficino,  Marsilio,  195 

Fox,  161 

Frazer,  xxii 

"Friends  of  God,"  184 

Gallienus,  Emperor,  167,  153 
Gerson,  51,  59,  76,  77,  78 
Gnosticism,  203 
Gorres,  33,  115,  205 
Gregory  the  Great,  194 
Grosseteste,  194 
Glinther,  109 
Guyon,  Madame,  171  seq.^  175 

Harnack,  53 

Havphius,  257 

Hartmann,  128,  l6l,  169 

Hegel,  139,  141,  161,  169 

Hermas,  55 

Hierotheus,  200 

Hildegard,  St,  241 

Hilduin,  194 

Hipler,  199 

Hobbes,  185 

Hugo  of  St  Victor,  77,  81,  195 

Hypatius,  193,  194 

IAMBLICHUS,   XXV 

Ignatius,  St,  55 
lUingworth,  30 
Imitation  of  Christ,  i88,  189 
Inge,  II,  12,  26,  65,  180 
Irving,  60,  161 

Jacobi,  161,  169 

James,    36,    72,    108,    no,    112, 

113,  243^^^. 
Jerome,  St,  196 
Joachim  of  Fiore,  60 
John,  St,  203 
John  of  the  Cross,  St,  20,  36,  70, 

74,  75>  83,  85,  96,  97,  98,  99, 

102,   113,    119,  151,  152,   165, 

171,  174,  209,  214 
Joseph  II.,  185 
Julian  of  Norwich,  34,  85,   100, 

124,  241 

Kant,  144,  161 


Kingsley,  247 
Koch,  196 

Lang,  A.,  xxii 
Law,  William,  121 
Leieune,  67 
Lupton,  206 
Luther,  161 

Marcarius,  190 
Maeterlinck,  ii,  56 
Marett,  xxiii 
Maher,  116 
Maximus,  St,  194,  197 
Migne,  206 
Mohammed,  60 
Molinos,  119,  171,  184 
Monophysites,  193 
Monothelites,  194 
Montanus,  161 
Moore,  231 
Moses,  165,  211 
Munsterberg,  xli 

Neoplatonism,  56,  60,  127,  147, 

152,   153,   154,  i69>  I95i  197, 
201,  203,  209 

Occam,  109 

Pachymeres,  198 

Paley,  30 

Paracelsus,  xxviii 

Parker,  206 

Paul,  St,  52,  70,  94,  97,  109,  165, 

199,  203,  229,  xxix 
Peter,  St,  100,  199 
Philo,  II,  56,  198 
Philostratus,  154 
Plato,  56,  57,  60 
Plotinus,  8,  10,  56,  127,  146,  seq., 

161,  201,  214 
Porphyry,  148,  153,  157 
Poulain,  10 1 
Priscilla,  60 
Priscillian,  161 
Proclus   8,  10,  56,  161,  196,  197 

Recejac,  180 

Ribet,  33 

Richard  of  St  Victor,  77,  81 


INDEX   OF   PROPER   NAMES 


261 


Rose,  St,  of  Lima,  240 
Royce,  19 

Ruysbroeck,  59,  70,  99,  132,  141, 
142 

St   Hilaire,  Barthelemy,    151, 

155 

Sarrazenus,  John,  194 

Scaramelli,  97 

Schelling,  169 

Schiller,  F.,  xl 

Schopenhauer,  23,  128,  161,  169 

Schram,  33 

Segneri,  172, 

Severus,  193 

Socrates,  55,  56 

Spinoza,  26,  128,  139,  141 

Stiglmayer,  196,  205 

Storf,  206 

Suarez,  190 


Symonds,  J.  A.,  249 
Swedenboi^,  161,  170 
Tauler,  59,  60,  80,  141,  142 
Teresa,  St,  34,  59,  64,  70,  74,  'l'], 
83,   86,   96,  97,  99,   102,   113, 
119,  131,  151,  152,  171,  174 
Tennyson,  Lord,  247 
Theologia  Germamca^  141,  142 
Thomas  Vercellensis,  194 
Thorold,  A.,  124 
Timothy,  St,  197,  199,  208 

Valla,  Lorenzo,  168,  195 
Vaughan,  no 
Victorinus,  153 
Vienne,  Council  of,  167 
Virgil,  51 

Watt,  230 


-18?,5Slfr"- 


3  5002  02024  341 


Sharpe,  Alfred  Bowyer. 

Mysticism  ;  its  true  nature  and  value 


DATE  DUE 


JM^ki'^im 


GAVUORD 


r 


PRINTCOINUS.A 


BL  625  . S53  1910 


Sharpe,  Alfred  Bowyer. 

Mysticism  :  its  true  nature 
and  value 


■;-Ma«HMh!!rfi:: 


.:!  flklitliwmtr'^lll'n*'^':!  :;*!t'»:l')ri'i*r  rl^hteii.